aws-sdk 2.1371.0 → 2.1373.0

package/clients/s3.d.ts

@@ -26,43 +26,43 @@ declare class S3 extends S3Customizations {
    */
   abortMultipartUpload(callback?: (err: AWSError, data: S3.Types.AbortMultipartUploadOutput) => void): Request<S3.Types.AbortMultipartUploadOutput, AWSError>;
   /**
-   * Completes a multipart upload by assembling previously uploaded parts. You first initiate the multipart upload and then upload all parts using the UploadPart operation. After successfully uploading all relevant parts of an upload, you call this action to complete the upload. Upon receiving this request, Amazon S3 concatenates all the parts in ascending order by part number to create a new object. In the Complete Multipart Upload request, you must provide the parts list. You must ensure that the parts list is complete. This action concatenates the parts that you provide in the list. For each part in the list, you must provide the part number and the ETag value, returned after that part was uploaded. Processing of a Complete Multipart Upload request could take several minutes to complete. After Amazon S3 begins processing the request, it sends an HTTP response header that specifies a 200 OK response. While processing is in progress, Amazon S3 periodically sends white space characters to keep the connection from timing out. Because a request could fail after the initial 200 OK response has been sent, it is important that you check the response body to determine whether the request succeeded. Note that if CompleteMultipartUpload fails, applications should be prepared to retry the failed requests. For more information, see Amazon S3 Error Best Practices.  You cannot use Content-Type: application/x-www-form-urlencoded with Complete Multipart Upload requests. Also, if you do not provide a Content-Type header, CompleteMultipartUpload returns a 200 OK response.  For more information about multipart uploads, see Uploading Objects Using Multipart Upload. For information about permissions required to use the multipart upload API, see Multipart Upload and Permissions.  CompleteMultipartUpload has the following special errors:   Error code: EntityTooSmall    Description: Your proposed upload is smaller than the minimum allowed object size. Each part must be at least 5 MB in size, except the last part.   400 Bad Request     Error code: InvalidPart    Description: One or more of the specified parts could not be found. The part might not have been uploaded, or the specified entity tag might not have matched the part's entity tag.   400 Bad Request     Error code: InvalidPartOrder    Description: The list of parts was not in ascending order. The parts list must be specified in order by part number.   400 Bad Request     Error code: NoSuchUpload    Description: The specified multipart upload does not exist. The upload ID might be invalid, or the multipart upload might have been aborted or completed.   404 Not Found     The following operations are related to CompleteMultipartUpload:    CreateMultipartUpload     UploadPart     AbortMultipartUpload     ListParts     ListMultipartUploads   
+   * Completes a multipart upload by assembling previously uploaded parts. You first initiate the multipart upload and then upload all parts using the UploadPart operation. After successfully uploading all relevant parts of an upload, you call this action to complete the upload. Upon receiving this request, Amazon S3 concatenates all the parts in ascending order by part number to create a new object. In the Complete Multipart Upload request, you must provide the parts list. You must ensure that the parts list is complete. This action concatenates the parts that you provide in the list. For each part in the list, you must provide the part number and the ETag value, returned after that part was uploaded. Processing of a Complete Multipart Upload request could take several minutes to complete. After Amazon S3 begins processing the request, it sends an HTTP response header that specifies a 200 OK response. While processing is in progress, Amazon S3 periodically sends white space characters to keep the connection from timing out. A request could fail after the initial 200 OK response has been sent. This means that a 200 OK response can contain either a success or an error. If you call the S3 API directly, make sure to design your application to parse the contents of the response and handle it appropriately. If you use Amazon Web Services SDKs, SDKs handle this condition. The SDKs detect the embedded error and apply error handling per your configuration settings (including automatically retrying the request as appropriate). If the condition persists, the SDKs throws an exception (or, for the SDKs that don't use exceptions, they return the error).  Note that if CompleteMultipartUpload fails, applications should be prepared to retry the failed requests. For more information, see Amazon S3 Error Best Practices.  You cannot use Content-Type: application/x-www-form-urlencoded with Complete Multipart Upload requests. Also, if you do not provide a Content-Type header, CompleteMultipartUpload returns a 200 OK response.  For more information about multipart uploads, see Uploading Objects Using Multipart Upload. For information about permissions required to use the multipart upload API, see Multipart Upload and Permissions.  CompleteMultipartUpload has the following special errors:   Error code: EntityTooSmall    Description: Your proposed upload is smaller than the minimum allowed object size. Each part must be at least 5 MB in size, except the last part.   400 Bad Request     Error code: InvalidPart    Description: One or more of the specified parts could not be found. The part might not have been uploaded, or the specified entity tag might not have matched the part's entity tag.   400 Bad Request     Error code: InvalidPartOrder    Description: The list of parts was not in ascending order. The parts list must be specified in order by part number.   400 Bad Request     Error code: NoSuchUpload    Description: The specified multipart upload does not exist. The upload ID might be invalid, or the multipart upload might have been aborted or completed.   404 Not Found     The following operations are related to CompleteMultipartUpload:    CreateMultipartUpload     UploadPart     AbortMultipartUpload     ListParts     ListMultipartUploads   
    */
   completeMultipartUpload(params: S3.Types.CompleteMultipartUploadRequest, callback?: (err: AWSError, data: S3.Types.CompleteMultipartUploadOutput) => void): Request<S3.Types.CompleteMultipartUploadOutput, AWSError>;
   /**
-   * Completes a multipart upload by assembling previously uploaded parts. You first initiate the multipart upload and then upload all parts using the UploadPart operation. After successfully uploading all relevant parts of an upload, you call this action to complete the upload. Upon receiving this request, Amazon S3 concatenates all the parts in ascending order by part number to create a new object. In the Complete Multipart Upload request, you must provide the parts list. You must ensure that the parts list is complete. This action concatenates the parts that you provide in the list. For each part in the list, you must provide the part number and the ETag value, returned after that part was uploaded. Processing of a Complete Multipart Upload request could take several minutes to complete. After Amazon S3 begins processing the request, it sends an HTTP response header that specifies a 200 OK response. While processing is in progress, Amazon S3 periodically sends white space characters to keep the connection from timing out. Because a request could fail after the initial 200 OK response has been sent, it is important that you check the response body to determine whether the request succeeded. Note that if CompleteMultipartUpload fails, applications should be prepared to retry the failed requests. For more information, see Amazon S3 Error Best Practices.  You cannot use Content-Type: application/x-www-form-urlencoded with Complete Multipart Upload requests. Also, if you do not provide a Content-Type header, CompleteMultipartUpload returns a 200 OK response.  For more information about multipart uploads, see Uploading Objects Using Multipart Upload. For information about permissions required to use the multipart upload API, see Multipart Upload and Permissions.  CompleteMultipartUpload has the following special errors:   Error code: EntityTooSmall    Description: Your proposed upload is smaller than the minimum allowed object size. Each part must be at least 5 MB in size, except the last part.   400 Bad Request     Error code: InvalidPart    Description: One or more of the specified parts could not be found. The part might not have been uploaded, or the specified entity tag might not have matched the part's entity tag.   400 Bad Request     Error code: InvalidPartOrder    Description: The list of parts was not in ascending order. The parts list must be specified in order by part number.   400 Bad Request     Error code: NoSuchUpload    Description: The specified multipart upload does not exist. The upload ID might be invalid, or the multipart upload might have been aborted or completed.   404 Not Found     The following operations are related to CompleteMultipartUpload:    CreateMultipartUpload     UploadPart     AbortMultipartUpload     ListParts     ListMultipartUploads   
+   * Completes a multipart upload by assembling previously uploaded parts. You first initiate the multipart upload and then upload all parts using the UploadPart operation. After successfully uploading all relevant parts of an upload, you call this action to complete the upload. Upon receiving this request, Amazon S3 concatenates all the parts in ascending order by part number to create a new object. In the Complete Multipart Upload request, you must provide the parts list. You must ensure that the parts list is complete. This action concatenates the parts that you provide in the list. For each part in the list, you must provide the part number and the ETag value, returned after that part was uploaded. Processing of a Complete Multipart Upload request could take several minutes to complete. After Amazon S3 begins processing the request, it sends an HTTP response header that specifies a 200 OK response. While processing is in progress, Amazon S3 periodically sends white space characters to keep the connection from timing out. A request could fail after the initial 200 OK response has been sent. This means that a 200 OK response can contain either a success or an error. If you call the S3 API directly, make sure to design your application to parse the contents of the response and handle it appropriately. If you use Amazon Web Services SDKs, SDKs handle this condition. The SDKs detect the embedded error and apply error handling per your configuration settings (including automatically retrying the request as appropriate). If the condition persists, the SDKs throws an exception (or, for the SDKs that don't use exceptions, they return the error).  Note that if CompleteMultipartUpload fails, applications should be prepared to retry the failed requests. For more information, see Amazon S3 Error Best Practices.  You cannot use Content-Type: application/x-www-form-urlencoded with Complete Multipart Upload requests. Also, if you do not provide a Content-Type header, CompleteMultipartUpload returns a 200 OK response.  For more information about multipart uploads, see Uploading Objects Using Multipart Upload. For information about permissions required to use the multipart upload API, see Multipart Upload and Permissions.  CompleteMultipartUpload has the following special errors:   Error code: EntityTooSmall    Description: Your proposed upload is smaller than the minimum allowed object size. Each part must be at least 5 MB in size, except the last part.   400 Bad Request     Error code: InvalidPart    Description: One or more of the specified parts could not be found. The part might not have been uploaded, or the specified entity tag might not have matched the part's entity tag.   400 Bad Request     Error code: InvalidPartOrder    Description: The list of parts was not in ascending order. The parts list must be specified in order by part number.   400 Bad Request     Error code: NoSuchUpload    Description: The specified multipart upload does not exist. The upload ID might be invalid, or the multipart upload might have been aborted or completed.   404 Not Found     The following operations are related to CompleteMultipartUpload:    CreateMultipartUpload     UploadPart     AbortMultipartUpload     ListParts     ListMultipartUploads   
    */
   completeMultipartUpload(callback?: (err: AWSError, data: S3.Types.CompleteMultipartUploadOutput) => void): Request<S3.Types.CompleteMultipartUploadOutput, AWSError>;
   /**
-   * Creates a copy of an object that is already stored in Amazon S3.  You can store individual objects of up to 5 TB in Amazon S3. You create a copy of your object up to 5 GB in size in a single atomic action using this API. However, to copy an object greater than 5 GB, you must use the multipart upload Upload Part - Copy (UploadPartCopy) API. For more information, see Copy Object Using the REST Multipart Upload API.  All copy requests must be authenticated. Additionally, you must have read access to the source object and write access to the destination bucket. For more information, see REST Authentication. Both the Region that you want to copy the object from and the Region that you want to copy the object to must be enabled for your account. A copy request might return an error when Amazon S3 receives the copy request or while Amazon S3 is copying the files. If the error occurs before the copy action starts, you receive a standard Amazon S3 error. If the error occurs during the copy operation, the error response is embedded in the 200 OK response. This means that a 200 OK response can contain either a success or an error. Design your application to parse the contents of the response and handle it appropriately. If the copy is successful, you receive a response with information about the copied object.  If the request is an HTTP 1.1 request, the response is chunk encoded. If it were not, it would not contain the content-length, and you would need to read the entire body.  The copy request charge is based on the storage class and Region that you specify for the destination object. For pricing information, see Amazon S3 pricing.  Amazon S3 transfer acceleration does not support cross-Region copies. If you request a cross-Region copy using a transfer acceleration endpoint, you get a 400 Bad Request error. For more information, see Transfer Acceleration.   Metadata  When copying an object, you can preserve all metadata (default) or specify new metadata. However, the ACL is not preserved and is set to private for the user making the request. To override the default ACL setting, specify a new ACL when generating a copy request. For more information, see Using ACLs.  To specify whether you want the object metadata copied from the source object or replaced with metadata provided in the request, you can optionally add the x-amz-metadata-directive header. When you grant permissions, you can use the s3:x-amz-metadata-directive condition key to enforce certain metadata behavior when objects are uploaded. For more information, see Specifying Conditions in a Policy in the Amazon S3 User Guide. For a complete list of Amazon S3-specific condition keys, see Actions, Resources, and Condition Keys for Amazon S3.  x-amz-copy-source-if Headers  To only copy an object under certain conditions, such as whether the Etag matches or whether the object was modified before or after a specified date, use the following request parameters:    x-amz-copy-source-if-match     x-amz-copy-source-if-none-match     x-amz-copy-source-if-unmodified-since     x-amz-copy-source-if-modified-since     If both the x-amz-copy-source-if-match and x-amz-copy-source-if-unmodified-since headers are present in the request and evaluate as follows, Amazon S3 returns 200 OK and copies the data:    x-amz-copy-source-if-match condition evaluates to true    x-amz-copy-source-if-unmodified-since condition evaluates to false   If both the x-amz-copy-source-if-none-match and x-amz-copy-source-if-modified-since headers are present in the request and evaluate as follows, Amazon S3 returns the 412 Precondition Failed response code:    x-amz-copy-source-if-none-match condition evaluates to false    x-amz-copy-source-if-modified-since condition evaluates to true    All headers with the x-amz- prefix, including x-amz-copy-source, must be signed.   Server-side encryption  When you perform a CopyObject operation, you can optionally use the appropriate encryption-related headers to encrypt the object using server-side encryption with Amazon Web Services managed encryption keys (SSE-S3 or SSE-KMS) or a customer-provided encryption key. With server-side encryption, Amazon S3 encrypts your data as it writes it to disks in its data centers and decrypts the data when you access it. For more information about server-side encryption, see Using Server-Side Encryption. If a target object uses SSE-KMS, you can enable an S3 Bucket Key for the object. For more information, see Amazon S3 Bucket Keys in the Amazon S3 User Guide.  Access Control List (ACL)-Specific Request Headers  When copying an object, you can optionally use headers to grant ACL-based permissions. By default, all objects are private. Only the owner has full access control. When adding a new object, you can grant permissions to individual Amazon Web Services accounts or to predefined groups defined by Amazon S3. These permissions are then added to the ACL on the object. For more information, see Access Control List (ACL) Overview and Managing ACLs Using the REST API.  If the bucket that you're copying objects to uses the bucket owner enforced setting for S3 Object Ownership, ACLs are disabled and no longer affect permissions. Buckets that use this setting only accept PUT requests that don't specify an ACL or PUT requests that specify bucket owner full control ACLs, such as the bucket-owner-full-control canned ACL or an equivalent form of this ACL expressed in the XML format. For more information, see  Controlling ownership of objects and disabling ACLs in the Amazon S3 User Guide.  If your bucket uses the bucket owner enforced setting for Object Ownership, all objects written to the bucket by any account will be owned by the bucket owner.   Checksums  When copying an object, if it has a checksum, that checksum will be copied to the new object by default. When you copy the object over, you may optionally specify a different checksum algorithm to use with the x-amz-checksum-algorithm header.  Storage Class Options  You can use the CopyObject action to change the storage class of an object that is already stored in Amazon S3 using the StorageClass parameter. For more information, see Storage Classes in the Amazon S3 User Guide.  Versioning  By default, x-amz-copy-source identifies the current version of an object to copy. If the current version is a delete marker, Amazon S3 behaves as if the object was deleted. To copy a different version, use the versionId subresource. If you enable versioning on the target bucket, Amazon S3 generates a unique version ID for the object being copied. This version ID is different from the version ID of the source object. Amazon S3 returns the version ID of the copied object in the x-amz-version-id response header in the response. If you do not enable versioning or suspend it on the target bucket, the version ID that Amazon S3 generates is always null. If the source object's storage class is GLACIER, you must restore a copy of this object before you can use it as a source object for the copy operation. For more information, see RestoreObject. The following operations are related to CopyObject:    PutObject     GetObject    For more information, see Copying Objects.
+   * Creates a copy of an object that is already stored in Amazon S3.  You can store individual objects of up to 5 TB in Amazon S3. You create a copy of your object up to 5 GB in size in a single atomic action using this API. However, to copy an object greater than 5 GB, you must use the multipart upload Upload Part - Copy (UploadPartCopy) API. For more information, see Copy Object Using the REST Multipart Upload API.  All copy requests must be authenticated. Additionally, you must have read access to the source object and write access to the destination bucket. For more information, see REST Authentication. Both the Region that you want to copy the object from and the Region that you want to copy the object to must be enabled for your account. A copy request might return an error when Amazon S3 receives the copy request or while Amazon S3 is copying the files. If the error occurs before the copy action starts, you receive a standard Amazon S3 error. If the error occurs during the copy operation, the error response is embedded in the 200 OK response. This means that a 200 OK response can contain either a success or an error. If you call the S3 API directly, make sure to design your application to parse the contents of the response and handle it appropriately. If you use Amazon Web Services SDKs, SDKs handle this condition. The SDKs detect the embedded error and apply error handling per your configuration settings (including automatically retrying the request as appropriate). If the condition persists, the SDKs throws an exception (or, for the SDKs that don't use exceptions, they return the error). If the copy is successful, you receive a response with information about the copied object.  If the request is an HTTP 1.1 request, the response is chunk encoded. If it were not, it would not contain the content-length, and you would need to read the entire body.  The copy request charge is based on the storage class and Region that you specify for the destination object. For pricing information, see Amazon S3 pricing.  Amazon S3 transfer acceleration does not support cross-Region copies. If you request a cross-Region copy using a transfer acceleration endpoint, you get a 400 Bad Request error. For more information, see Transfer Acceleration.   Metadata  When copying an object, you can preserve all metadata (default) or specify new metadata. However, the ACL is not preserved and is set to private for the user making the request. To override the default ACL setting, specify a new ACL when generating a copy request. For more information, see Using ACLs.  To specify whether you want the object metadata copied from the source object or replaced with metadata provided in the request, you can optionally add the x-amz-metadata-directive header. When you grant permissions, you can use the s3:x-amz-metadata-directive condition key to enforce certain metadata behavior when objects are uploaded. For more information, see Specifying Conditions in a Policy in the Amazon S3 User Guide. For a complete list of Amazon S3-specific condition keys, see Actions, Resources, and Condition Keys for Amazon S3.   x-amz-website-redirect-location is unique to each object and must be specified in the request headers to copy the value.   x-amz-copy-source-if Headers  To only copy an object under certain conditions, such as whether the Etag matches or whether the object was modified before or after a specified date, use the following request parameters:    x-amz-copy-source-if-match     x-amz-copy-source-if-none-match     x-amz-copy-source-if-unmodified-since     x-amz-copy-source-if-modified-since     If both the x-amz-copy-source-if-match and x-amz-copy-source-if-unmodified-since headers are present in the request and evaluate as follows, Amazon S3 returns 200 OK and copies the data:    x-amz-copy-source-if-match condition evaluates to true    x-amz-copy-source-if-unmodified-since condition evaluates to false   If both the x-amz-copy-source-if-none-match and x-amz-copy-source-if-modified-since headers are present in the request and evaluate as follows, Amazon S3 returns the 412 Precondition Failed response code:    x-amz-copy-source-if-none-match condition evaluates to false    x-amz-copy-source-if-modified-since condition evaluates to true    All headers with the x-amz- prefix, including x-amz-copy-source, must be signed.   Server-side encryption  Amazon S3 automatically encrypts all new objects that are copied to an S3 bucket. When copying an object, if you don't specify encryption information in your copy request, the encryption setting of the target object is set to the default encryption configuration of the destination bucket. By default, all buckets have a base level of encryption configuration that uses server-side encryption with Amazon S3 managed keys (SSE-S3). If the destination bucket has a default encryption configuration that uses server-side encryption with an Key Management Service (KMS) key (SSE-KMS), or a customer-provided encryption key (SSE-C), Amazon S3 uses the corresponding KMS key, or a customer-provided key to encrypt the target object copy. When you perform a CopyObject operation, if you want to use a different type of encryption setting for the target object, you can use other appropriate encryption-related headers to encrypt the target object with a KMS key, an Amazon S3 managed key, or a customer-provided key. With server-side encryption, Amazon S3 encrypts your data as it writes it to disks in its data centers and decrypts the data when you access it. If the encryption setting in your request is different from the default encryption configuration of the destination bucket, the encryption setting in your request takes precedence. If the source object for the copy is stored in Amazon S3 using SSE-C, you must provide the necessary encryption information in your request so that Amazon S3 can decrypt the object for copying. For more information about server-side encryption, see Using Server-Side Encryption. If a target object uses SSE-KMS, you can enable an S3 Bucket Key for the object. For more information, see Amazon S3 Bucket Keys in the Amazon S3 User Guide.  Access Control List (ACL)-Specific Request Headers  When copying an object, you can optionally use headers to grant ACL-based permissions. By default, all objects are private. Only the owner has full access control. When adding a new object, you can grant permissions to individual Amazon Web Services accounts or to predefined groups defined by Amazon S3. These permissions are then added to the ACL on the object. For more information, see Access Control List (ACL) Overview and Managing ACLs Using the REST API.  If the bucket that you're copying objects to uses the bucket owner enforced setting for S3 Object Ownership, ACLs are disabled and no longer affect permissions. Buckets that use this setting only accept PUT requests that don't specify an ACL or PUT requests that specify bucket owner full control ACLs, such as the bucket-owner-full-control canned ACL or an equivalent form of this ACL expressed in the XML format. For more information, see  Controlling ownership of objects and disabling ACLs in the Amazon S3 User Guide.  If your bucket uses the bucket owner enforced setting for Object Ownership, all objects written to the bucket by any account will be owned by the bucket owner.   Checksums  When copying an object, if it has a checksum, that checksum will be copied to the new object by default. When you copy the object over, you may optionally specify a different checksum algorithm to use with the x-amz-checksum-algorithm header.  Storage Class Options  You can use the CopyObject action to change the storage class of an object that is already stored in Amazon S3 using the StorageClass parameter. For more information, see Storage Classes in the Amazon S3 User Guide. If the source object's storage class is GLACIER, you must restore a copy of this object before you can use it as a source object for the copy operation. For more information, see RestoreObject. For more information, see Copying Objects.  Versioning  By default, x-amz-copy-source identifies the current version of an object to copy. If the current version is a delete marker, Amazon S3 behaves as if the object was deleted. To copy a different version, use the versionId subresource. If you enable versioning on the target bucket, Amazon S3 generates a unique version ID for the object being copied. This version ID is different from the version ID of the source object. Amazon S3 returns the version ID of the copied object in the x-amz-version-id response header in the response. If you do not enable versioning or suspend it on the target bucket, the version ID that Amazon S3 generates is always null.   The following operations are related to CopyObject:    PutObject     GetObject   
    */
   copyObject(params: S3.Types.CopyObjectRequest, callback?: (err: AWSError, data: S3.Types.CopyObjectOutput) => void): Request<S3.Types.CopyObjectOutput, AWSError>;
   /**
-   * Creates a copy of an object that is already stored in Amazon S3.  You can store individual objects of up to 5 TB in Amazon S3. You create a copy of your object up to 5 GB in size in a single atomic action using this API. However, to copy an object greater than 5 GB, you must use the multipart upload Upload Part - Copy (UploadPartCopy) API. For more information, see Copy Object Using the REST Multipart Upload API.  All copy requests must be authenticated. Additionally, you must have read access to the source object and write access to the destination bucket. For more information, see REST Authentication. Both the Region that you want to copy the object from and the Region that you want to copy the object to must be enabled for your account. A copy request might return an error when Amazon S3 receives the copy request or while Amazon S3 is copying the files. If the error occurs before the copy action starts, you receive a standard Amazon S3 error. If the error occurs during the copy operation, the error response is embedded in the 200 OK response. This means that a 200 OK response can contain either a success or an error. Design your application to parse the contents of the response and handle it appropriately. If the copy is successful, you receive a response with information about the copied object.  If the request is an HTTP 1.1 request, the response is chunk encoded. If it were not, it would not contain the content-length, and you would need to read the entire body.  The copy request charge is based on the storage class and Region that you specify for the destination object. For pricing information, see Amazon S3 pricing.  Amazon S3 transfer acceleration does not support cross-Region copies. If you request a cross-Region copy using a transfer acceleration endpoint, you get a 400 Bad Request error. For more information, see Transfer Acceleration.   Metadata  When copying an object, you can preserve all metadata (default) or specify new metadata. However, the ACL is not preserved and is set to private for the user making the request. To override the default ACL setting, specify a new ACL when generating a copy request. For more information, see Using ACLs.  To specify whether you want the object metadata copied from the source object or replaced with metadata provided in the request, you can optionally add the x-amz-metadata-directive header. When you grant permissions, you can use the s3:x-amz-metadata-directive condition key to enforce certain metadata behavior when objects are uploaded. For more information, see Specifying Conditions in a Policy in the Amazon S3 User Guide. For a complete list of Amazon S3-specific condition keys, see Actions, Resources, and Condition Keys for Amazon S3.  x-amz-copy-source-if Headers  To only copy an object under certain conditions, such as whether the Etag matches or whether the object was modified before or after a specified date, use the following request parameters:    x-amz-copy-source-if-match     x-amz-copy-source-if-none-match     x-amz-copy-source-if-unmodified-since     x-amz-copy-source-if-modified-since     If both the x-amz-copy-source-if-match and x-amz-copy-source-if-unmodified-since headers are present in the request and evaluate as follows, Amazon S3 returns 200 OK and copies the data:    x-amz-copy-source-if-match condition evaluates to true    x-amz-copy-source-if-unmodified-since condition evaluates to false   If both the x-amz-copy-source-if-none-match and x-amz-copy-source-if-modified-since headers are present in the request and evaluate as follows, Amazon S3 returns the 412 Precondition Failed response code:    x-amz-copy-source-if-none-match condition evaluates to false    x-amz-copy-source-if-modified-since condition evaluates to true    All headers with the x-amz- prefix, including x-amz-copy-source, must be signed.   Server-side encryption  When you perform a CopyObject operation, you can optionally use the appropriate encryption-related headers to encrypt the object using server-side encryption with Amazon Web Services managed encryption keys (SSE-S3 or SSE-KMS) or a customer-provided encryption key. With server-side encryption, Amazon S3 encrypts your data as it writes it to disks in its data centers and decrypts the data when you access it. For more information about server-side encryption, see Using Server-Side Encryption. If a target object uses SSE-KMS, you can enable an S3 Bucket Key for the object. For more information, see Amazon S3 Bucket Keys in the Amazon S3 User Guide.  Access Control List (ACL)-Specific Request Headers  When copying an object, you can optionally use headers to grant ACL-based permissions. By default, all objects are private. Only the owner has full access control. When adding a new object, you can grant permissions to individual Amazon Web Services accounts or to predefined groups defined by Amazon S3. These permissions are then added to the ACL on the object. For more information, see Access Control List (ACL) Overview and Managing ACLs Using the REST API.  If the bucket that you're copying objects to uses the bucket owner enforced setting for S3 Object Ownership, ACLs are disabled and no longer affect permissions. Buckets that use this setting only accept PUT requests that don't specify an ACL or PUT requests that specify bucket owner full control ACLs, such as the bucket-owner-full-control canned ACL or an equivalent form of this ACL expressed in the XML format. For more information, see  Controlling ownership of objects and disabling ACLs in the Amazon S3 User Guide.  If your bucket uses the bucket owner enforced setting for Object Ownership, all objects written to the bucket by any account will be owned by the bucket owner.   Checksums  When copying an object, if it has a checksum, that checksum will be copied to the new object by default. When you copy the object over, you may optionally specify a different checksum algorithm to use with the x-amz-checksum-algorithm header.  Storage Class Options  You can use the CopyObject action to change the storage class of an object that is already stored in Amazon S3 using the StorageClass parameter. For more information, see Storage Classes in the Amazon S3 User Guide.  Versioning  By default, x-amz-copy-source identifies the current version of an object to copy. If the current version is a delete marker, Amazon S3 behaves as if the object was deleted. To copy a different version, use the versionId subresource. If you enable versioning on the target bucket, Amazon S3 generates a unique version ID for the object being copied. This version ID is different from the version ID of the source object. Amazon S3 returns the version ID of the copied object in the x-amz-version-id response header in the response. If you do not enable versioning or suspend it on the target bucket, the version ID that Amazon S3 generates is always null. If the source object's storage class is GLACIER, you must restore a copy of this object before you can use it as a source object for the copy operation. For more information, see RestoreObject. The following operations are related to CopyObject:    PutObject     GetObject    For more information, see Copying Objects.
+   * Creates a copy of an object that is already stored in Amazon S3.  You can store individual objects of up to 5 TB in Amazon S3. You create a copy of your object up to 5 GB in size in a single atomic action using this API. However, to copy an object greater than 5 GB, you must use the multipart upload Upload Part - Copy (UploadPartCopy) API. For more information, see Copy Object Using the REST Multipart Upload API.  All copy requests must be authenticated. Additionally, you must have read access to the source object and write access to the destination bucket. For more information, see REST Authentication. Both the Region that you want to copy the object from and the Region that you want to copy the object to must be enabled for your account. A copy request might return an error when Amazon S3 receives the copy request or while Amazon S3 is copying the files. If the error occurs before the copy action starts, you receive a standard Amazon S3 error. If the error occurs during the copy operation, the error response is embedded in the 200 OK response. This means that a 200 OK response can contain either a success or an error. If you call the S3 API directly, make sure to design your application to parse the contents of the response and handle it appropriately. If you use Amazon Web Services SDKs, SDKs handle this condition. The SDKs detect the embedded error and apply error handling per your configuration settings (including automatically retrying the request as appropriate). If the condition persists, the SDKs throws an exception (or, for the SDKs that don't use exceptions, they return the error). If the copy is successful, you receive a response with information about the copied object.  If the request is an HTTP 1.1 request, the response is chunk encoded. If it were not, it would not contain the content-length, and you would need to read the entire body.  The copy request charge is based on the storage class and Region that you specify for the destination object. For pricing information, see Amazon S3 pricing.  Amazon S3 transfer acceleration does not support cross-Region copies. If you request a cross-Region copy using a transfer acceleration endpoint, you get a 400 Bad Request error. For more information, see Transfer Acceleration.   Metadata  When copying an object, you can preserve all metadata (default) or specify new metadata. However, the ACL is not preserved and is set to private for the user making the request. To override the default ACL setting, specify a new ACL when generating a copy request. For more information, see Using ACLs.  To specify whether you want the object metadata copied from the source object or replaced with metadata provided in the request, you can optionally add the x-amz-metadata-directive header. When you grant permissions, you can use the s3:x-amz-metadata-directive condition key to enforce certain metadata behavior when objects are uploaded. For more information, see Specifying Conditions in a Policy in the Amazon S3 User Guide. For a complete list of Amazon S3-specific condition keys, see Actions, Resources, and Condition Keys for Amazon S3.   x-amz-website-redirect-location is unique to each object and must be specified in the request headers to copy the value.   x-amz-copy-source-if Headers  To only copy an object under certain conditions, such as whether the Etag matches or whether the object was modified before or after a specified date, use the following request parameters:    x-amz-copy-source-if-match     x-amz-copy-source-if-none-match     x-amz-copy-source-if-unmodified-since     x-amz-copy-source-if-modified-since     If both the x-amz-copy-source-if-match and x-amz-copy-source-if-unmodified-since headers are present in the request and evaluate as follows, Amazon S3 returns 200 OK and copies the data:    x-amz-copy-source-if-match condition evaluates to true    x-amz-copy-source-if-unmodified-since condition evaluates to false   If both the x-amz-copy-source-if-none-match and x-amz-copy-source-if-modified-since headers are present in the request and evaluate as follows, Amazon S3 returns the 412 Precondition Failed response code:    x-amz-copy-source-if-none-match condition evaluates to false    x-amz-copy-source-if-modified-since condition evaluates to true    All headers with the x-amz- prefix, including x-amz-copy-source, must be signed.   Server-side encryption  Amazon S3 automatically encrypts all new objects that are copied to an S3 bucket. When copying an object, if you don't specify encryption information in your copy request, the encryption setting of the target object is set to the default encryption configuration of the destination bucket. By default, all buckets have a base level of encryption configuration that uses server-side encryption with Amazon S3 managed keys (SSE-S3). If the destination bucket has a default encryption configuration that uses server-side encryption with an Key Management Service (KMS) key (SSE-KMS), or a customer-provided encryption key (SSE-C), Amazon S3 uses the corresponding KMS key, or a customer-provided key to encrypt the target object copy. When you perform a CopyObject operation, if you want to use a different type of encryption setting for the target object, you can use other appropriate encryption-related headers to encrypt the target object with a KMS key, an Amazon S3 managed key, or a customer-provided key. With server-side encryption, Amazon S3 encrypts your data as it writes it to disks in its data centers and decrypts the data when you access it. If the encryption setting in your request is different from the default encryption configuration of the destination bucket, the encryption setting in your request takes precedence. If the source object for the copy is stored in Amazon S3 using SSE-C, you must provide the necessary encryption information in your request so that Amazon S3 can decrypt the object for copying. For more information about server-side encryption, see Using Server-Side Encryption. If a target object uses SSE-KMS, you can enable an S3 Bucket Key for the object. For more information, see Amazon S3 Bucket Keys in the Amazon S3 User Guide.  Access Control List (ACL)-Specific Request Headers  When copying an object, you can optionally use headers to grant ACL-based permissions. By default, all objects are private. Only the owner has full access control. When adding a new object, you can grant permissions to individual Amazon Web Services accounts or to predefined groups defined by Amazon S3. These permissions are then added to the ACL on the object. For more information, see Access Control List (ACL) Overview and Managing ACLs Using the REST API.  If the bucket that you're copying objects to uses the bucket owner enforced setting for S3 Object Ownership, ACLs are disabled and no longer affect permissions. Buckets that use this setting only accept PUT requests that don't specify an ACL or PUT requests that specify bucket owner full control ACLs, such as the bucket-owner-full-control canned ACL or an equivalent form of this ACL expressed in the XML format. For more information, see  Controlling ownership of objects and disabling ACLs in the Amazon S3 User Guide.  If your bucket uses the bucket owner enforced setting for Object Ownership, all objects written to the bucket by any account will be owned by the bucket owner.   Checksums  When copying an object, if it has a checksum, that checksum will be copied to the new object by default. When you copy the object over, you may optionally specify a different checksum algorithm to use with the x-amz-checksum-algorithm header.  Storage Class Options  You can use the CopyObject action to change the storage class of an object that is already stored in Amazon S3 using the StorageClass parameter. For more information, see Storage Classes in the Amazon S3 User Guide. If the source object's storage class is GLACIER, you must restore a copy of this object before you can use it as a source object for the copy operation. For more information, see RestoreObject. For more information, see Copying Objects.  Versioning  By default, x-amz-copy-source identifies the current version of an object to copy. If the current version is a delete marker, Amazon S3 behaves as if the object was deleted. To copy a different version, use the versionId subresource. If you enable versioning on the target bucket, Amazon S3 generates a unique version ID for the object being copied. This version ID is different from the version ID of the source object. Amazon S3 returns the version ID of the copied object in the x-amz-version-id response header in the response. If you do not enable versioning or suspend it on the target bucket, the version ID that Amazon S3 generates is always null.   The following operations are related to CopyObject:    PutObject     GetObject   
    */
   copyObject(callback?: (err: AWSError, data: S3.Types.CopyObjectOutput) => void): Request<S3.Types.CopyObjectOutput, AWSError>;
   /**
-   * Creates a new S3 bucket. To create a bucket, you must register with Amazon S3 and have a valid Amazon Web Services Access Key ID to authenticate requests. Anonymous requests are never allowed to create buckets. By creating the bucket, you become the bucket owner. Not every string is an acceptable bucket name. For information about bucket naming restrictions, see Bucket naming rules. If you want to create an Amazon S3 on Outposts bucket, see Create Bucket.  By default, the bucket is created in the US East (N. Virginia) Region. You can optionally specify a Region in the request body. You might choose a Region to optimize latency, minimize costs, or address regulatory requirements. For example, if you reside in Europe, you will probably find it advantageous to create buckets in the Europe (Ireland) Region. For more information, see Accessing a bucket.  If you send your create bucket request to the s3.amazonaws.com endpoint, the request goes to the us-east-1 Region. Accordingly, the signature calculations in Signature Version 4 must use us-east-1 as the Region, even if the location constraint in the request specifies another Region where the bucket is to be created. If you create a bucket in a Region other than US East (N. Virginia), your application must be able to handle 307 redirect. For more information, see Virtual hosting of buckets.   Access control lists (ACLs)  When creating a bucket using this operation, you can optionally configure the bucket ACL to specify the accounts or groups that should be granted specific permissions on the bucket.  If your CreateBucket request sets bucket owner enforced for S3 Object Ownership and specifies a bucket ACL that provides access to an external Amazon Web Services account, your request fails with a 400 error and returns the InvalidBucketAclWithObjectOwnership error code. For more information, see Controlling object ownership in the Amazon S3 User Guide.  There are two ways to grant the appropriate permissions using the request headers.   Specify a canned ACL using the x-amz-acl request header. Amazon S3 supports a set of predefined ACLs, known as canned ACLs. Each canned ACL has a predefined set of grantees and permissions. For more information, see Canned ACL.   Specify access permissions explicitly using the x-amz-grant-read, x-amz-grant-write, x-amz-grant-read-acp, x-amz-grant-write-acp, and x-amz-grant-full-control headers. These headers map to the set of permissions Amazon S3 supports in an ACL. For more information, see Access control list (ACL) overview. You specify each grantee as a type=value pair, where the type is one of the following:    id – if the value specified is the canonical user ID of an Amazon Web Services account    uri – if you are granting permissions to a predefined group    emailAddress – if the value specified is the email address of an Amazon Web Services account  Using email addresses to specify a grantee is only supported in the following Amazon Web Services Regions:    US East (N. Virginia)   US West (N. California)    US West (Oregon)    Asia Pacific (Singapore)   Asia Pacific (Sydney)   Asia Pacific (Tokyo)   Europe (Ireland)   South America (São Paulo)   For a list of all the Amazon S3 supported Regions and endpoints, see Regions and Endpoints in the Amazon Web Services General Reference.    For example, the following x-amz-grant-read header grants the Amazon Web Services accounts identified by account IDs permissions to read object data and its metadata:  x-amz-grant-read: id="11112222333", id="444455556666"      You can use either a canned ACL or specify access permissions explicitly. You cannot do both.   Permissions  In addition to s3:CreateBucket, the following permissions are required when your CreateBucket includes specific headers:    ACLs - If your CreateBucket request specifies ACL permissions and the ACL is public-read, public-read-write, authenticated-read, or if you specify access permissions explicitly through any other ACL, both s3:CreateBucket and s3:PutBucketAcl permissions are needed. If the ACL the CreateBucket request is private or doesn't specify any ACLs, only s3:CreateBucket permission is needed.     Object Lock - If ObjectLockEnabledForBucket is set to true in your CreateBucket request, s3:PutBucketObjectLockConfiguration and s3:PutBucketVersioning permissions are required.    S3 Object Ownership - If your CreateBucket request includes the the x-amz-object-ownership header, s3:PutBucketOwnershipControls permission is required.   The following operations are related to CreateBucket:    PutObject     DeleteBucket   
+   * Creates a new S3 bucket. To create a bucket, you must register with Amazon S3 and have a valid Amazon Web Services Access Key ID to authenticate requests. Anonymous requests are never allowed to create buckets. By creating the bucket, you become the bucket owner. Not every string is an acceptable bucket name. For information about bucket naming restrictions, see Bucket naming rules. If you want to create an Amazon S3 on Outposts bucket, see Create Bucket.  By default, the bucket is created in the US East (N. Virginia) Region. You can optionally specify a Region in the request body. You might choose a Region to optimize latency, minimize costs, or address regulatory requirements. For example, if you reside in Europe, you will probably find it advantageous to create buckets in the Europe (Ireland) Region. For more information, see Accessing a bucket.  If you send your create bucket request to the s3.amazonaws.com endpoint, the request goes to the us-east-1 Region. Accordingly, the signature calculations in Signature Version 4 must use us-east-1 as the Region, even if the location constraint in the request specifies another Region where the bucket is to be created. If you create a bucket in a Region other than US East (N. Virginia), your application must be able to handle 307 redirect. For more information, see Virtual hosting of buckets.   Access control lists (ACLs)  When creating a bucket using this operation, you can optionally configure the bucket ACL to specify the accounts or groups that should be granted specific permissions on the bucket.  If your CreateBucket request sets bucket owner enforced for S3 Object Ownership and specifies a bucket ACL that provides access to an external Amazon Web Services account, your request fails with a 400 error and returns the InvalidBucketAclWithObjectOwnership error code. For more information, see Controlling object ownership in the Amazon S3 User Guide.  There are two ways to grant the appropriate permissions using the request headers.   Specify a canned ACL using the x-amz-acl request header. Amazon S3 supports a set of predefined ACLs, known as canned ACLs. Each canned ACL has a predefined set of grantees and permissions. For more information, see Canned ACL.   Specify access permissions explicitly using the x-amz-grant-read, x-amz-grant-write, x-amz-grant-read-acp, x-amz-grant-write-acp, and x-amz-grant-full-control headers. These headers map to the set of permissions Amazon S3 supports in an ACL. For more information, see Access control list (ACL) overview. You specify each grantee as a type=value pair, where the type is one of the following:    id – if the value specified is the canonical user ID of an Amazon Web Services account    uri – if you are granting permissions to a predefined group    emailAddress – if the value specified is the email address of an Amazon Web Services account  Using email addresses to specify a grantee is only supported in the following Amazon Web Services Regions:    US East (N. Virginia)   US West (N. California)    US West (Oregon)    Asia Pacific (Singapore)   Asia Pacific (Sydney)   Asia Pacific (Tokyo)   Europe (Ireland)   South America (São Paulo)   For a list of all the Amazon S3 supported Regions and endpoints, see Regions and Endpoints in the Amazon Web Services General Reference.    For example, the following x-amz-grant-read header grants the Amazon Web Services accounts identified by account IDs permissions to read object data and its metadata:  x-amz-grant-read: id="11112222333", id="444455556666"      You can use either a canned ACL or specify access permissions explicitly. You cannot do both.   Permissions  In addition to s3:CreateBucket, the following permissions are required when your CreateBucket includes specific headers:    ACLs - If your CreateBucket request specifies ACL permissions and the ACL is public-read, public-read-write, authenticated-read, or if you specify access permissions explicitly through any other ACL, both s3:CreateBucket and s3:PutBucketAcl permissions are needed. If the ACL the CreateBucket request is private or doesn't specify any ACLs, only s3:CreateBucket permission is needed.     Object Lock - If ObjectLockEnabledForBucket is set to true in your CreateBucket request, s3:PutBucketObjectLockConfiguration and s3:PutBucketVersioning permissions are required.    S3 Object Ownership - If your CreateBucket request includes the x-amz-object-ownership header, s3:PutBucketOwnershipControls permission is required.     The following operations are related to CreateBucket:    PutObject     DeleteBucket   
    */
   createBucket(params: S3.Types.CreateBucketRequest, callback?: (err: AWSError, data: S3.Types.CreateBucketOutput) => void): Request<S3.Types.CreateBucketOutput, AWSError>;
   /**
-   * Creates a new S3 bucket. To create a bucket, you must register with Amazon S3 and have a valid Amazon Web Services Access Key ID to authenticate requests. Anonymous requests are never allowed to create buckets. By creating the bucket, you become the bucket owner. Not every string is an acceptable bucket name. For information about bucket naming restrictions, see Bucket naming rules. If you want to create an Amazon S3 on Outposts bucket, see Create Bucket.  By default, the bucket is created in the US East (N. Virginia) Region. You can optionally specify a Region in the request body. You might choose a Region to optimize latency, minimize costs, or address regulatory requirements. For example, if you reside in Europe, you will probably find it advantageous to create buckets in the Europe (Ireland) Region. For more information, see Accessing a bucket.  If you send your create bucket request to the s3.amazonaws.com endpoint, the request goes to the us-east-1 Region. Accordingly, the signature calculations in Signature Version 4 must use us-east-1 as the Region, even if the location constraint in the request specifies another Region where the bucket is to be created. If you create a bucket in a Region other than US East (N. Virginia), your application must be able to handle 307 redirect. For more information, see Virtual hosting of buckets.   Access control lists (ACLs)  When creating a bucket using this operation, you can optionally configure the bucket ACL to specify the accounts or groups that should be granted specific permissions on the bucket.  If your CreateBucket request sets bucket owner enforced for S3 Object Ownership and specifies a bucket ACL that provides access to an external Amazon Web Services account, your request fails with a 400 error and returns the InvalidBucketAclWithObjectOwnership error code. For more information, see Controlling object ownership in the Amazon S3 User Guide.  There are two ways to grant the appropriate permissions using the request headers.   Specify a canned ACL using the x-amz-acl request header. Amazon S3 supports a set of predefined ACLs, known as canned ACLs. Each canned ACL has a predefined set of grantees and permissions. For more information, see Canned ACL.   Specify access permissions explicitly using the x-amz-grant-read, x-amz-grant-write, x-amz-grant-read-acp, x-amz-grant-write-acp, and x-amz-grant-full-control headers. These headers map to the set of permissions Amazon S3 supports in an ACL. For more information, see Access control list (ACL) overview. You specify each grantee as a type=value pair, where the type is one of the following:    id – if the value specified is the canonical user ID of an Amazon Web Services account    uri – if you are granting permissions to a predefined group    emailAddress – if the value specified is the email address of an Amazon Web Services account  Using email addresses to specify a grantee is only supported in the following Amazon Web Services Regions:    US East (N. Virginia)   US West (N. California)    US West (Oregon)    Asia Pacific (Singapore)   Asia Pacific (Sydney)   Asia Pacific (Tokyo)   Europe (Ireland)   South America (São Paulo)   For a list of all the Amazon S3 supported Regions and endpoints, see Regions and Endpoints in the Amazon Web Services General Reference.    For example, the following x-amz-grant-read header grants the Amazon Web Services accounts identified by account IDs permissions to read object data and its metadata:  x-amz-grant-read: id="11112222333", id="444455556666"      You can use either a canned ACL or specify access permissions explicitly. You cannot do both.   Permissions  In addition to s3:CreateBucket, the following permissions are required when your CreateBucket includes specific headers:    ACLs - If your CreateBucket request specifies ACL permissions and the ACL is public-read, public-read-write, authenticated-read, or if you specify access permissions explicitly through any other ACL, both s3:CreateBucket and s3:PutBucketAcl permissions are needed. If the ACL the CreateBucket request is private or doesn't specify any ACLs, only s3:CreateBucket permission is needed.     Object Lock - If ObjectLockEnabledForBucket is set to true in your CreateBucket request, s3:PutBucketObjectLockConfiguration and s3:PutBucketVersioning permissions are required.    S3 Object Ownership - If your CreateBucket request includes the the x-amz-object-ownership header, s3:PutBucketOwnershipControls permission is required.   The following operations are related to CreateBucket:    PutObject     DeleteBucket   
+   * Creates a new S3 bucket. To create a bucket, you must register with Amazon S3 and have a valid Amazon Web Services Access Key ID to authenticate requests. Anonymous requests are never allowed to create buckets. By creating the bucket, you become the bucket owner. Not every string is an acceptable bucket name. For information about bucket naming restrictions, see Bucket naming rules. If you want to create an Amazon S3 on Outposts bucket, see Create Bucket.  By default, the bucket is created in the US East (N. Virginia) Region. You can optionally specify a Region in the request body. You might choose a Region to optimize latency, minimize costs, or address regulatory requirements. For example, if you reside in Europe, you will probably find it advantageous to create buckets in the Europe (Ireland) Region. For more information, see Accessing a bucket.  If you send your create bucket request to the s3.amazonaws.com endpoint, the request goes to the us-east-1 Region. Accordingly, the signature calculations in Signature Version 4 must use us-east-1 as the Region, even if the location constraint in the request specifies another Region where the bucket is to be created. If you create a bucket in a Region other than US East (N. Virginia), your application must be able to handle 307 redirect. For more information, see Virtual hosting of buckets.   Access control lists (ACLs)  When creating a bucket using this operation, you can optionally configure the bucket ACL to specify the accounts or groups that should be granted specific permissions on the bucket.  If your CreateBucket request sets bucket owner enforced for S3 Object Ownership and specifies a bucket ACL that provides access to an external Amazon Web Services account, your request fails with a 400 error and returns the InvalidBucketAclWithObjectOwnership error code. For more information, see Controlling object ownership in the Amazon S3 User Guide.  There are two ways to grant the appropriate permissions using the request headers.   Specify a canned ACL using the x-amz-acl request header. Amazon S3 supports a set of predefined ACLs, known as canned ACLs. Each canned ACL has a predefined set of grantees and permissions. For more information, see Canned ACL.   Specify access permissions explicitly using the x-amz-grant-read, x-amz-grant-write, x-amz-grant-read-acp, x-amz-grant-write-acp, and x-amz-grant-full-control headers. These headers map to the set of permissions Amazon S3 supports in an ACL. For more information, see Access control list (ACL) overview. You specify each grantee as a type=value pair, where the type is one of the following:    id – if the value specified is the canonical user ID of an Amazon Web Services account    uri – if you are granting permissions to a predefined group    emailAddress – if the value specified is the email address of an Amazon Web Services account  Using email addresses to specify a grantee is only supported in the following Amazon Web Services Regions:    US East (N. Virginia)   US West (N. California)    US West (Oregon)    Asia Pacific (Singapore)   Asia Pacific (Sydney)   Asia Pacific (Tokyo)   Europe (Ireland)   South America (São Paulo)   For a list of all the Amazon S3 supported Regions and endpoints, see Regions and Endpoints in the Amazon Web Services General Reference.    For example, the following x-amz-grant-read header grants the Amazon Web Services accounts identified by account IDs permissions to read object data and its metadata:  x-amz-grant-read: id="11112222333", id="444455556666"      You can use either a canned ACL or specify access permissions explicitly. You cannot do both.   Permissions  In addition to s3:CreateBucket, the following permissions are required when your CreateBucket includes specific headers:    ACLs - If your CreateBucket request specifies ACL permissions and the ACL is public-read, public-read-write, authenticated-read, or if you specify access permissions explicitly through any other ACL, both s3:CreateBucket and s3:PutBucketAcl permissions are needed. If the ACL the CreateBucket request is private or doesn't specify any ACLs, only s3:CreateBucket permission is needed.     Object Lock - If ObjectLockEnabledForBucket is set to true in your CreateBucket request, s3:PutBucketObjectLockConfiguration and s3:PutBucketVersioning permissions are required.    S3 Object Ownership - If your CreateBucket request includes the x-amz-object-ownership header, s3:PutBucketOwnershipControls permission is required.     The following operations are related to CreateBucket:    PutObject     DeleteBucket   
    */
   createBucket(callback?: (err: AWSError, data: S3.Types.CreateBucketOutput) => void): Request<S3.Types.CreateBucketOutput, AWSError>;
   /**
-   * This action initiates a multipart upload and returns an upload ID. This upload ID is used to associate all of the parts in the specific multipart upload. You specify this upload ID in each of your subsequent upload part requests (see UploadPart). You also include this upload ID in the final request to either complete or abort the multipart upload request. For more information about multipart uploads, see Multipart Upload Overview. If you have configured a lifecycle rule to abort incomplete multipart uploads, the upload must complete within the number of days specified in the bucket lifecycle configuration. Otherwise, the incomplete multipart upload becomes eligible for an abort action and Amazon S3 aborts the multipart upload. For more information, see Aborting Incomplete Multipart Uploads Using a Bucket Lifecycle Policy. For information about the permissions required to use the multipart upload API, see Multipart Upload and Permissions. For request signing, multipart upload is just a series of regular requests. You initiate a multipart upload, send one or more requests to upload parts, and then complete the multipart upload process. You sign each request individually. There is nothing special about signing multipart upload requests. For more information about signing, see Authenticating Requests (Amazon Web Services Signature Version 4).   After you initiate a multipart upload and upload one or more parts, to stop being charged for storing the uploaded parts, you must either complete or abort the multipart upload. Amazon S3 frees up the space used to store the parts and stop charging you for storing them only after you either complete or abort a multipart upload.   You can optionally request server-side encryption. For server-side encryption, Amazon S3 encrypts your data as it writes it to disks in its data centers and decrypts it when you access it. You can provide your own encryption key, or use Amazon Web Services KMS keys or Amazon S3-managed encryption keys. If you choose to provide your own encryption key, the request headers you provide in UploadPart and UploadPartCopy requests must match the headers you used in the request to initiate the upload by using CreateMultipartUpload.  To perform a multipart upload with encryption using an Amazon Web Services KMS key, the requester must have permission to the kms:Decrypt and kms:GenerateDataKey* actions on the key. These permissions are required because Amazon S3 must decrypt and read data from the encrypted file parts before it completes the multipart upload. For more information, see Multipart upload API and permissions in the Amazon S3 User Guide. If your Identity and Access Management (IAM) user or role is in the same Amazon Web Services account as the KMS key, then you must have these permissions on the key policy. If your IAM user or role belongs to a different account than the key, then you must have the permissions on both the key policy and your IAM user or role.  For more information, see Protecting Data Using Server-Side Encryption.  Access Permissions  When copying an object, you can optionally specify the accounts or groups that should be granted specific permissions on the new object. There are two ways to grant the permissions using the request headers:   Specify a canned ACL with the x-amz-acl request header. For more information, see Canned ACL.   Specify access permissions explicitly with the x-amz-grant-read, x-amz-grant-read-acp, x-amz-grant-write-acp, and x-amz-grant-full-control headers. These parameters map to the set of permissions that Amazon S3 supports in an ACL. For more information, see Access Control List (ACL) Overview.   You can use either a canned ACL or specify access permissions explicitly. You cannot do both.  Server-Side- Encryption-Specific Request Headers  You can optionally tell Amazon S3 to encrypt data at rest using server-side encryption. Server-side encryption is for data encryption at rest. Amazon S3 encrypts your data as it writes it to disks in its data centers and decrypts it when you access it. The option you use depends on whether you want to use Amazon Web Services managed encryption keys or provide your own encryption key.    Use encryption keys managed by Amazon S3 or customer managed key stored in Amazon Web Services Key Management Service (Amazon Web Services KMS) – If you want Amazon Web Services to manage the keys used to encrypt data, specify the following headers in the request.    x-amz-server-side-encryption     x-amz-server-side-encryption-aws-kms-key-id     x-amz-server-side-encryption-context     If you specify x-amz-server-side-encryption:aws:kms, but don't provide x-amz-server-side-encryption-aws-kms-key-id, Amazon S3 uses the Amazon Web Services managed key in Amazon Web Services KMS to protect the data.   All GET and PUT requests for an object protected by Amazon Web Services KMS fail if you don't make them with SSL or by using SigV4.  For more information about server-side encryption with KMS key (SSE-KMS), see Protecting Data Using Server-Side Encryption with KMS keys.   Use customer-provided encryption keys – If you want to manage your own encryption keys, provide all the following headers in the request.    x-amz-server-side-encryption-customer-algorithm     x-amz-server-side-encryption-customer-key     x-amz-server-side-encryption-customer-key-MD5    For more information about server-side encryption with KMS keys (SSE-KMS), see Protecting Data Using Server-Side Encryption with KMS keys.    Access-Control-List (ACL)-Specific Request Headers  You also can use the following access control–related headers with this operation. By default, all objects are private. Only the owner has full access control. When adding a new object, you can grant permissions to individual Amazon Web Services accounts or to predefined groups defined by Amazon S3. These permissions are then added to the access control list (ACL) on the object. For more information, see Using ACLs. With this operation, you can grant access permissions using one of the following two methods:   Specify a canned ACL (x-amz-acl) — Amazon S3 supports a set of predefined ACLs, known as canned ACLs. Each canned ACL has a predefined set of grantees and permissions. For more information, see Canned ACL.   Specify access permissions explicitly — To explicitly grant access permissions to specific Amazon Web Services accounts or groups, use the following headers. Each header maps to specific permissions that Amazon S3 supports in an ACL. For more information, see Access Control List (ACL) Overview. In the header, you specify a list of grantees who get the specific permission. To grant permissions explicitly, use:    x-amz-grant-read     x-amz-grant-write     x-amz-grant-read-acp     x-amz-grant-write-acp     x-amz-grant-full-control    You specify each grantee as a type=value pair, where the type is one of the following:    id – if the value specified is the canonical user ID of an Amazon Web Services account    uri – if you are granting permissions to a predefined group    emailAddress – if the value specified is the email address of an Amazon Web Services account  Using email addresses to specify a grantee is only supported in the following Amazon Web Services Regions:    US East (N. Virginia)   US West (N. California)    US West (Oregon)    Asia Pacific (Singapore)   Asia Pacific (Sydney)   Asia Pacific (Tokyo)   Europe (Ireland)   South America (São Paulo)   For a list of all the Amazon S3 supported Regions and endpoints, see Regions and Endpoints in the Amazon Web Services General Reference.    For example, the following x-amz-grant-read header grants the Amazon Web Services accounts identified by account IDs permissions to read object data and its metadata:  x-amz-grant-read: id="11112222333", id="444455556666"       The following operations are related to CreateMultipartUpload:    UploadPart     CompleteMultipartUpload     AbortMultipartUpload     ListParts     ListMultipartUploads   
+   * This action initiates a multipart upload and returns an upload ID. This upload ID is used to associate all of the parts in the specific multipart upload. You specify this upload ID in each of your subsequent upload part requests (see UploadPart). You also include this upload ID in the final request to either complete or abort the multipart upload request. For more information about multipart uploads, see Multipart Upload Overview. If you have configured a lifecycle rule to abort incomplete multipart uploads, the upload must complete within the number of days specified in the bucket lifecycle configuration. Otherwise, the incomplete multipart upload becomes eligible for an abort action and Amazon S3 aborts the multipart upload. For more information, see Aborting Incomplete Multipart Uploads Using a Bucket Lifecycle Configuration. For information about the permissions required to use the multipart upload API, see Multipart Upload and Permissions. For request signing, multipart upload is just a series of regular requests. You initiate a multipart upload, send one or more requests to upload parts, and then complete the multipart upload process. You sign each request individually. There is nothing special about signing multipart upload requests. For more information about signing, see Authenticating Requests (Amazon Web Services Signature Version 4).  After you initiate a multipart upload and upload one or more parts, to stop being charged for storing the uploaded parts, you must either complete or abort the multipart upload. Amazon S3 frees up the space used to store the parts and stop charging you for storing them only after you either complete or abort a multipart upload.   Server-side encryption is for data encryption at rest. Amazon S3 encrypts your data as it writes it to disks in its data centers and decrypts it when you access it. Amazon S3 automatically encrypts all new objects that are uploaded to an S3 bucket. When doing a multipart upload, if you don't specify encryption information in your request, the encryption setting of the uploaded parts is set to the default encryption configuration of the destination bucket. By default, all buckets have a base level of encryption configuration that uses server-side encryption with Amazon S3 managed keys (SSE-S3). If the destination bucket has a default encryption configuration that uses server-side encryption with an Key Management Service (KMS) key (SSE-KMS), or a customer-provided encryption key (SSE-C), Amazon S3 uses the corresponding KMS key, or a customer-provided key to encrypt the uploaded parts. When you perform a CreateMultipartUpload operation, if you want to use a different type of encryption setting for the uploaded parts, you can request that Amazon S3 encrypts the object with a KMS key, an Amazon S3 managed key, or a customer-provided key. If the encryption setting in your request is different from the default encryption configuration of the destination bucket, the encryption setting in your request takes precedence. If you choose to provide your own encryption key, the request headers you provide in UploadPart and UploadPartCopy requests must match the headers you used in the request to initiate the upload by using CreateMultipartUpload. You can request that Amazon S3 save the uploaded parts encrypted with server-side encryption with an Amazon S3 managed key (SSE-S3), an Key Management Service (KMS) key (SSE-KMS), or a customer-provided encryption key (SSE-C).  To perform a multipart upload with encryption by using an Amazon Web Services KMS key, the requester must have permission to the kms:Decrypt and kms:GenerateDataKey* actions on the key. These permissions are required because Amazon S3 must decrypt and read data from the encrypted file parts before it completes the multipart upload. For more information, see Multipart upload API and permissions and Protecting data using server-side encryption with Amazon Web Services KMS in the Amazon S3 User Guide. If your Identity and Access Management (IAM) user or role is in the same Amazon Web Services account as the KMS key, then you must have these permissions on the key policy. If your IAM user or role belongs to a different account than the key, then you must have the permissions on both the key policy and your IAM user or role.  For more information, see Protecting Data Using Server-Side Encryption.  Access Permissions  When copying an object, you can optionally specify the accounts or groups that should be granted specific permissions on the new object. There are two ways to grant the permissions using the request headers:   Specify a canned ACL with the x-amz-acl request header. For more information, see Canned ACL.   Specify access permissions explicitly with the x-amz-grant-read, x-amz-grant-read-acp, x-amz-grant-write-acp, and x-amz-grant-full-control headers. These parameters map to the set of permissions that Amazon S3 supports in an ACL. For more information, see Access Control List (ACL) Overview.   You can use either a canned ACL or specify access permissions explicitly. You cannot do both.  Server-Side- Encryption-Specific Request Headers  Amazon S3 encrypts data by using server-side encryption with an Amazon S3 managed key (SSE-S3) by default. Server-side encryption is for data encryption at rest. Amazon S3 encrypts your data as it writes it to disks in its data centers and decrypts it when you access it. You can request that Amazon S3 encrypts data at rest by using server-side encryption with other key options. The option you use depends on whether you want to use KMS keys (SSE-KMS) or provide your own encryption keys (SSE-C).   Use KMS keys (SSE-KMS) that include the Amazon Web Services managed key (aws/s3) and KMS customer managed keys stored in Key Management Service (KMS) – If you want Amazon Web Services to manage the keys used to encrypt data, specify the following headers in the request.    x-amz-server-side-encryption     x-amz-server-side-encryption-aws-kms-key-id     x-amz-server-side-encryption-context     If you specify x-amz-server-side-encryption:aws:kms, but don't provide x-amz-server-side-encryption-aws-kms-key-id, Amazon S3 uses the Amazon Web Services managed key (aws/s3 key) in KMS to protect the data.   All GET and PUT requests for an object protected by KMS fail if you don't make them by using Secure Sockets Layer (SSL), Transport Layer Security (TLS), or Signature Version 4.  For more information about server-side encryption with KMS keys (SSE-KMS), see Protecting Data Using Server-Side Encryption with KMS keys.   Use customer-provided encryption keys (SSE-C) – If you want to manage your own encryption keys, provide all the following headers in the request.    x-amz-server-side-encryption-customer-algorithm     x-amz-server-side-encryption-customer-key     x-amz-server-side-encryption-customer-key-MD5    For more information about server-side encryption with customer-provided encryption keys (SSE-C), see  Protecting data using server-side encryption with customer-provided encryption keys (SSE-C).    Access-Control-List (ACL)-Specific Request Headers  You also can use the following access control–related headers with this operation. By default, all objects are private. Only the owner has full access control. When adding a new object, you can grant permissions to individual Amazon Web Services accounts or to predefined groups defined by Amazon S3. These permissions are then added to the access control list (ACL) on the object. For more information, see Using ACLs. With this operation, you can grant access permissions using one of the following two methods:   Specify a canned ACL (x-amz-acl) — Amazon S3 supports a set of predefined ACLs, known as canned ACLs. Each canned ACL has a predefined set of grantees and permissions. For more information, see Canned ACL.   Specify access permissions explicitly — To explicitly grant access permissions to specific Amazon Web Services accounts or groups, use the following headers. Each header maps to specific permissions that Amazon S3 supports in an ACL. For more information, see Access Control List (ACL) Overview. In the header, you specify a list of grantees who get the specific permission. To grant permissions explicitly, use:    x-amz-grant-read     x-amz-grant-write     x-amz-grant-read-acp     x-amz-grant-write-acp     x-amz-grant-full-control    You specify each grantee as a type=value pair, where the type is one of the following:    id – if the value specified is the canonical user ID of an Amazon Web Services account    uri – if you are granting permissions to a predefined group    emailAddress – if the value specified is the email address of an Amazon Web Services account  Using email addresses to specify a grantee is only supported in the following Amazon Web Services Regions:    US East (N. Virginia)   US West (N. California)    US West (Oregon)    Asia Pacific (Singapore)   Asia Pacific (Sydney)   Asia Pacific (Tokyo)   Europe (Ireland)   South America (São Paulo)   For a list of all the Amazon S3 supported Regions and endpoints, see Regions and Endpoints in the Amazon Web Services General Reference.    For example, the following x-amz-grant-read header grants the Amazon Web Services accounts identified by account IDs permissions to read object data and its metadata:  x-amz-grant-read: id="11112222333", id="444455556666"       The following operations are related to CreateMultipartUpload:    UploadPart     CompleteMultipartUpload     AbortMultipartUpload     ListParts     ListMultipartUploads   
    */
   createMultipartUpload(params: S3.Types.CreateMultipartUploadRequest, callback?: (err: AWSError, data: S3.Types.CreateMultipartUploadOutput) => void): Request<S3.Types.CreateMultipartUploadOutput, AWSError>;
   /**
-   * This action initiates a multipart upload and returns an upload ID. This upload ID is used to associate all of the parts in the specific multipart upload. You specify this upload ID in each of your subsequent upload part requests (see UploadPart). You also include this upload ID in the final request to either complete or abort the multipart upload request. For more information about multipart uploads, see Multipart Upload Overview. If you have configured a lifecycle rule to abort incomplete multipart uploads, the upload must complete within the number of days specified in the bucket lifecycle configuration. Otherwise, the incomplete multipart upload becomes eligible for an abort action and Amazon S3 aborts the multipart upload. For more information, see Aborting Incomplete Multipart Uploads Using a Bucket Lifecycle Policy. For information about the permissions required to use the multipart upload API, see Multipart Upload and Permissions. For request signing, multipart upload is just a series of regular requests. You initiate a multipart upload, send one or more requests to upload parts, and then complete the multipart upload process. You sign each request individually. There is nothing special about signing multipart upload requests. For more information about signing, see Authenticating Requests (Amazon Web Services Signature Version 4).   After you initiate a multipart upload and upload one or more parts, to stop being charged for storing the uploaded parts, you must either complete or abort the multipart upload. Amazon S3 frees up the space used to store the parts and stop charging you for storing them only after you either complete or abort a multipart upload.   You can optionally request server-side encryption. For server-side encryption, Amazon S3 encrypts your data as it writes it to disks in its data centers and decrypts it when you access it. You can provide your own encryption key, or use Amazon Web Services KMS keys or Amazon S3-managed encryption keys. If you choose to provide your own encryption key, the request headers you provide in UploadPart and UploadPartCopy requests must match the headers you used in the request to initiate the upload by using CreateMultipartUpload.  To perform a multipart upload with encryption using an Amazon Web Services KMS key, the requester must have permission to the kms:Decrypt and kms:GenerateDataKey* actions on the key. These permissions are required because Amazon S3 must decrypt and read data from the encrypted file parts before it completes the multipart upload. For more information, see Multipart upload API and permissions in the Amazon S3 User Guide. If your Identity and Access Management (IAM) user or role is in the same Amazon Web Services account as the KMS key, then you must have these permissions on the key policy. If your IAM user or role belongs to a different account than the key, then you must have the permissions on both the key policy and your IAM user or role.  For more information, see Protecting Data Using Server-Side Encryption.  Access Permissions  When copying an object, you can optionally specify the accounts or groups that should be granted specific permissions on the new object. There are two ways to grant the permissions using the request headers:   Specify a canned ACL with the x-amz-acl request header. For more information, see Canned ACL.   Specify access permissions explicitly with the x-amz-grant-read, x-amz-grant-read-acp, x-amz-grant-write-acp, and x-amz-grant-full-control headers. These parameters map to the set of permissions that Amazon S3 supports in an ACL. For more information, see Access Control List (ACL) Overview.   You can use either a canned ACL or specify access permissions explicitly. You cannot do both.  Server-Side- Encryption-Specific Request Headers  You can optionally tell Amazon S3 to encrypt data at rest using server-side encryption. Server-side encryption is for data encryption at rest. Amazon S3 encrypts your data as it writes it to disks in its data centers and decrypts it when you access it. The option you use depends on whether you want to use Amazon Web Services managed encryption keys or provide your own encryption key.    Use encryption keys managed by Amazon S3 or customer managed key stored in Amazon Web Services Key Management Service (Amazon Web Services KMS) – If you want Amazon Web Services to manage the keys used to encrypt data, specify the following headers in the request.    x-amz-server-side-encryption     x-amz-server-side-encryption-aws-kms-key-id     x-amz-server-side-encryption-context     If you specify x-amz-server-side-encryption:aws:kms, but don't provide x-amz-server-side-encryption-aws-kms-key-id, Amazon S3 uses the Amazon Web Services managed key in Amazon Web Services KMS to protect the data.   All GET and PUT requests for an object protected by Amazon Web Services KMS fail if you don't make them with SSL or by using SigV4.  For more information about server-side encryption with KMS key (SSE-KMS), see Protecting Data Using Server-Side Encryption with KMS keys.   Use customer-provided encryption keys – If you want to manage your own encryption keys, provide all the following headers in the request.    x-amz-server-side-encryption-customer-algorithm     x-amz-server-side-encryption-customer-key     x-amz-server-side-encryption-customer-key-MD5    For more information about server-side encryption with KMS keys (SSE-KMS), see Protecting Data Using Server-Side Encryption with KMS keys.    Access-Control-List (ACL)-Specific Request Headers  You also can use the following access control–related headers with this operation. By default, all objects are private. Only the owner has full access control. When adding a new object, you can grant permissions to individual Amazon Web Services accounts or to predefined groups defined by Amazon S3. These permissions are then added to the access control list (ACL) on the object. For more information, see Using ACLs. With this operation, you can grant access permissions using one of the following two methods:   Specify a canned ACL (x-amz-acl) — Amazon S3 supports a set of predefined ACLs, known as canned ACLs. Each canned ACL has a predefined set of grantees and permissions. For more information, see Canned ACL.   Specify access permissions explicitly — To explicitly grant access permissions to specific Amazon Web Services accounts or groups, use the following headers. Each header maps to specific permissions that Amazon S3 supports in an ACL. For more information, see Access Control List (ACL) Overview. In the header, you specify a list of grantees who get the specific permission. To grant permissions explicitly, use:    x-amz-grant-read     x-amz-grant-write     x-amz-grant-read-acp     x-amz-grant-write-acp     x-amz-grant-full-control    You specify each grantee as a type=value pair, where the type is one of the following:    id – if the value specified is the canonical user ID of an Amazon Web Services account    uri – if you are granting permissions to a predefined group    emailAddress – if the value specified is the email address of an Amazon Web Services account  Using email addresses to specify a grantee is only supported in the following Amazon Web Services Regions:    US East (N. Virginia)   US West (N. California)    US West (Oregon)    Asia Pacific (Singapore)   Asia Pacific (Sydney)   Asia Pacific (Tokyo)   Europe (Ireland)   South America (São Paulo)   For a list of all the Amazon S3 supported Regions and endpoints, see Regions and Endpoints in the Amazon Web Services General Reference.    For example, the following x-amz-grant-read header grants the Amazon Web Services accounts identified by account IDs permissions to read object data and its metadata:  x-amz-grant-read: id="11112222333", id="444455556666"       The following operations are related to CreateMultipartUpload:    UploadPart     CompleteMultipartUpload     AbortMultipartUpload     ListParts     ListMultipartUploads   
+   * This action initiates a multipart upload and returns an upload ID. This upload ID is used to associate all of the parts in the specific multipart upload. You specify this upload ID in each of your subsequent upload part requests (see UploadPart). You also include this upload ID in the final request to either complete or abort the multipart upload request. For more information about multipart uploads, see Multipart Upload Overview. If you have configured a lifecycle rule to abort incomplete multipart uploads, the upload must complete within the number of days specified in the bucket lifecycle configuration. Otherwise, the incomplete multipart upload becomes eligible for an abort action and Amazon S3 aborts the multipart upload. For more information, see Aborting Incomplete Multipart Uploads Using a Bucket Lifecycle Configuration. For information about the permissions required to use the multipart upload API, see Multipart Upload and Permissions. For request signing, multipart upload is just a series of regular requests. You initiate a multipart upload, send one or more requests to upload parts, and then complete the multipart upload process. You sign each request individually. There is nothing special about signing multipart upload requests. For more information about signing, see Authenticating Requests (Amazon Web Services Signature Version 4).  After you initiate a multipart upload and upload one or more parts, to stop being charged for storing the uploaded parts, you must either complete or abort the multipart upload. Amazon S3 frees up the space used to store the parts and stop charging you for storing them only after you either complete or abort a multipart upload.   Server-side encryption is for data encryption at rest. Amazon S3 encrypts your data as it writes it to disks in its data centers and decrypts it when you access it. Amazon S3 automatically encrypts all new objects that are uploaded to an S3 bucket. When doing a multipart upload, if you don't specify encryption information in your request, the encryption setting of the uploaded parts is set to the default encryption configuration of the destination bucket. By default, all buckets have a base level of encryption configuration that uses server-side encryption with Amazon S3 managed keys (SSE-S3). If the destination bucket has a default encryption configuration that uses server-side encryption with an Key Management Service (KMS) key (SSE-KMS), or a customer-provided encryption key (SSE-C), Amazon S3 uses the corresponding KMS key, or a customer-provided key to encrypt the uploaded parts. When you perform a CreateMultipartUpload operation, if you want to use a different type of encryption setting for the uploaded parts, you can request that Amazon S3 encrypts the object with a KMS key, an Amazon S3 managed key, or a customer-provided key. If the encryption setting in your request is different from the default encryption configuration of the destination bucket, the encryption setting in your request takes precedence. If you choose to provide your own encryption key, the request headers you provide in UploadPart and UploadPartCopy requests must match the headers you used in the request to initiate the upload by using CreateMultipartUpload. You can request that Amazon S3 save the uploaded parts encrypted with server-side encryption with an Amazon S3 managed key (SSE-S3), an Key Management Service (KMS) key (SSE-KMS), or a customer-provided encryption key (SSE-C).  To perform a multipart upload with encryption by using an Amazon Web Services KMS key, the requester must have permission to the kms:Decrypt and kms:GenerateDataKey* actions on the key. These permissions are required because Amazon S3 must decrypt and read data from the encrypted file parts before it completes the multipart upload. For more information, see Multipart upload API and permissions and Protecting data using server-side encryption with Amazon Web Services KMS in the Amazon S3 User Guide. If your Identity and Access Management (IAM) user or role is in the same Amazon Web Services account as the KMS key, then you must have these permissions on the key policy. If your IAM user or role belongs to a different account than the key, then you must have the permissions on both the key policy and your IAM user or role.  For more information, see Protecting Data Using Server-Side Encryption.  Access Permissions  When copying an object, you can optionally specify the accounts or groups that should be granted specific permissions on the new object. There are two ways to grant the permissions using the request headers:   Specify a canned ACL with the x-amz-acl request header. For more information, see Canned ACL.   Specify access permissions explicitly with the x-amz-grant-read, x-amz-grant-read-acp, x-amz-grant-write-acp, and x-amz-grant-full-control headers. These parameters map to the set of permissions that Amazon S3 supports in an ACL. For more information, see Access Control List (ACL) Overview.   You can use either a canned ACL or specify access permissions explicitly. You cannot do both.  Server-Side- Encryption-Specific Request Headers  Amazon S3 encrypts data by using server-side encryption with an Amazon S3 managed key (SSE-S3) by default. Server-side encryption is for data encryption at rest. Amazon S3 encrypts your data as it writes it to disks in its data centers and decrypts it when you access it. You can request that Amazon S3 encrypts data at rest by using server-side encryption with other key options. The option you use depends on whether you want to use KMS keys (SSE-KMS) or provide your own encryption keys (SSE-C).   Use KMS keys (SSE-KMS) that include the Amazon Web Services managed key (aws/s3) and KMS customer managed keys stored in Key Management Service (KMS) – If you want Amazon Web Services to manage the keys used to encrypt data, specify the following headers in the request.    x-amz-server-side-encryption     x-amz-server-side-encryption-aws-kms-key-id     x-amz-server-side-encryption-context     If you specify x-amz-server-side-encryption:aws:kms, but don't provide x-amz-server-side-encryption-aws-kms-key-id, Amazon S3 uses the Amazon Web Services managed key (aws/s3 key) in KMS to protect the data.   All GET and PUT requests for an object protected by KMS fail if you don't make them by using Secure Sockets Layer (SSL), Transport Layer Security (TLS), or Signature Version 4.  For more information about server-side encryption with KMS keys (SSE-KMS), see Protecting Data Using Server-Side Encryption with KMS keys.   Use customer-provided encryption keys (SSE-C) – If you want to manage your own encryption keys, provide all the following headers in the request.    x-amz-server-side-encryption-customer-algorithm     x-amz-server-side-encryption-customer-key     x-amz-server-side-encryption-customer-key-MD5    For more information about server-side encryption with customer-provided encryption keys (SSE-C), see  Protecting data using server-side encryption with customer-provided encryption keys (SSE-C).    Access-Control-List (ACL)-Specific Request Headers  You also can use the following access control–related headers with this operation. By default, all objects are private. Only the owner has full access control. When adding a new object, you can grant permissions to individual Amazon Web Services accounts or to predefined groups defined by Amazon S3. These permissions are then added to the access control list (ACL) on the object. For more information, see Using ACLs. With this operation, you can grant access permissions using one of the following two methods:   Specify a canned ACL (x-amz-acl) — Amazon S3 supports a set of predefined ACLs, known as canned ACLs. Each canned ACL has a predefined set of grantees and permissions. For more information, see Canned ACL.   Specify access permissions explicitly — To explicitly grant access permissions to specific Amazon Web Services accounts or groups, use the following headers. Each header maps to specific permissions that Amazon S3 supports in an ACL. For more information, see Access Control List (ACL) Overview. In the header, you specify a list of grantees who get the specific permission. To grant permissions explicitly, use:    x-amz-grant-read     x-amz-grant-write     x-amz-grant-read-acp     x-amz-grant-write-acp     x-amz-grant-full-control    You specify each grantee as a type=value pair, where the type is one of the following:    id – if the value specified is the canonical user ID of an Amazon Web Services account    uri – if you are granting permissions to a predefined group    emailAddress – if the value specified is the email address of an Amazon Web Services account  Using email addresses to specify a grantee is only supported in the following Amazon Web Services Regions:    US East (N. Virginia)   US West (N. California)    US West (Oregon)    Asia Pacific (Singapore)   Asia Pacific (Sydney)   Asia Pacific (Tokyo)   Europe (Ireland)   South America (São Paulo)   For a list of all the Amazon S3 supported Regions and endpoints, see Regions and Endpoints in the Amazon Web Services General Reference.    For example, the following x-amz-grant-read header grants the Amazon Web Services accounts identified by account IDs permissions to read object data and its metadata:  x-amz-grant-read: id="11112222333", id="444455556666"       The following operations are related to CreateMultipartUpload:    UploadPart     CompleteMultipartUpload     AbortMultipartUpload     ListParts     ListMultipartUploads   
    */
   createMultipartUpload(callback?: (err: AWSError, data: S3.Types.CreateMultipartUploadOutput) => void): Request<S3.Types.CreateMultipartUploadOutput, AWSError>;
   /**
-   * Deletes the S3 bucket. All objects (including all object versions and delete markers) in the bucket must be deleted before the bucket itself can be deleted.  Related Resources     CreateBucket     DeleteObject   
+   * Deletes the S3 bucket. All objects (including all object versions and delete markers) in the bucket must be deleted before the bucket itself can be deleted. The following operations are related to DeleteBucket:    CreateBucket     DeleteObject   
    */
   deleteBucket(params: S3.Types.DeleteBucketRequest, callback?: (err: AWSError, data: {}) => void): Request<{}, AWSError>;
   /**
-   * Deletes the S3 bucket. All objects (including all object versions and delete markers) in the bucket must be deleted before the bucket itself can be deleted.  Related Resources     CreateBucket     DeleteObject   
+   * Deletes the S3 bucket. All objects (including all object versions and delete markers) in the bucket must be deleted before the bucket itself can be deleted. The following operations are related to DeleteBucket:    CreateBucket     DeleteObject   
    */
   deleteBucket(callback?: (err: AWSError, data: {}) => void): Request<{}, AWSError>;
   /**
@@ -74,19 +74,19 @@ declare class S3 extends S3Customizations {
    */
   deleteBucketAnalyticsConfiguration(callback?: (err: AWSError, data: {}) => void): Request<{}, AWSError>;
   /**
-   * Deletes the cors configuration information set for the bucket. To use this operation, you must have permission to perform the s3:PutBucketCORS action. The bucket owner has this permission by default and can grant this permission to others.  For information about cors, see Enabling Cross-Origin Resource Sharing in the Amazon S3 User Guide.  Related Resources:     PutBucketCors     RESTOPTIONSobject   
+   * Deletes the cors configuration information set for the bucket. To use this operation, you must have permission to perform the s3:PutBucketCORS action. The bucket owner has this permission by default and can grant this permission to others.  For information about cors, see Enabling Cross-Origin Resource Sharing in the Amazon S3 User Guide. The following operations are related to DeleteBucketCors:    PutBucketCors     RESTOPTIONSobject   
    */
   deleteBucketCors(params: S3.Types.DeleteBucketCorsRequest, callback?: (err: AWSError, data: {}) => void): Request<{}, AWSError>;
   /**
-   * Deletes the cors configuration information set for the bucket. To use this operation, you must have permission to perform the s3:PutBucketCORS action. The bucket owner has this permission by default and can grant this permission to others.  For information about cors, see Enabling Cross-Origin Resource Sharing in the Amazon S3 User Guide.  Related Resources:     PutBucketCors     RESTOPTIONSobject   
+   * Deletes the cors configuration information set for the bucket. To use this operation, you must have permission to perform the s3:PutBucketCORS action. The bucket owner has this permission by default and can grant this permission to others.  For information about cors, see Enabling Cross-Origin Resource Sharing in the Amazon S3 User Guide. The following operations are related to DeleteBucketCors:    PutBucketCors     RESTOPTIONSobject   
    */
   deleteBucketCors(callback?: (err: AWSError, data: {}) => void): Request<{}, AWSError>;
   /**
-   * This implementation of the DELETE action removes default encryption from the bucket. For information about the Amazon S3 default encryption feature, see Amazon S3 Default Bucket Encryption in the Amazon S3 User Guide. To use this operation, you must have permissions to perform the s3:PutEncryptionConfiguration action. The bucket owner has this permission by default. The bucket owner can grant this permission to others. For more information about permissions, see Permissions Related to Bucket Subresource Operations and Managing Access Permissions to your Amazon S3 Resources in the Amazon S3 User Guide.  Related Resources     PutBucketEncryption     GetBucketEncryption   
+   * This implementation of the DELETE action resets the default encryption for the bucket as server-side encryption with Amazon S3 managed keys (SSE-S3). For information about the bucket default encryption feature, see Amazon S3 Bucket Default Encryption in the Amazon S3 User Guide. To use this operation, you must have permissions to perform the s3:PutEncryptionConfiguration action. The bucket owner has this permission by default. The bucket owner can grant this permission to others. For more information about permissions, see Permissions Related to Bucket Subresource Operations and Managing Access Permissions to your Amazon S3 Resources in the Amazon S3 User Guide. The following operations are related to DeleteBucketEncryption:    PutBucketEncryption     GetBucketEncryption   
    */
   deleteBucketEncryption(params: S3.Types.DeleteBucketEncryptionRequest, callback?: (err: AWSError, data: {}) => void): Request<{}, AWSError>;
   /**
-   * This implementation of the DELETE action removes default encryption from the bucket. For information about the Amazon S3 default encryption feature, see Amazon S3 Default Bucket Encryption in the Amazon S3 User Guide. To use this operation, you must have permissions to perform the s3:PutEncryptionConfiguration action. The bucket owner has this permission by default. The bucket owner can grant this permission to others. For more information about permissions, see Permissions Related to Bucket Subresource Operations and Managing Access Permissions to your Amazon S3 Resources in the Amazon S3 User Guide.  Related Resources     PutBucketEncryption     GetBucketEncryption   
+   * This implementation of the DELETE action resets the default encryption for the bucket as server-side encryption with Amazon S3 managed keys (SSE-S3). For information about the bucket default encryption feature, see Amazon S3 Bucket Default Encryption in the Amazon S3 User Guide. To use this operation, you must have permissions to perform the s3:PutEncryptionConfiguration action. The bucket owner has this permission by default. The bucket owner can grant this permission to others. For more information about permissions, see Permissions Related to Bucket Subresource Operations and Managing Access Permissions to your Amazon S3 Resources in the Amazon S3 User Guide. The following operations are related to DeleteBucketEncryption:    PutBucketEncryption     GetBucketEncryption   
    */
   deleteBucketEncryption(callback?: (err: AWSError, data: {}) => void): Request<{}, AWSError>;
   /**
@@ -130,11 +130,11 @@ declare class S3 extends S3Customizations {
    */
   deleteBucketOwnershipControls(callback?: (err: AWSError, data: {}) => void): Request<{}, AWSError>;
   /**
-   * This implementation of the DELETE action uses the policy subresource to delete the policy of a specified bucket. If you are using an identity other than the root user of the Amazon Web Services account that owns the bucket, the calling identity must have the DeleteBucketPolicy permissions on the specified bucket and belong to the bucket owner's account to use this operation.  If you don't have DeleteBucketPolicy permissions, Amazon S3 returns a 403 Access Denied error. If you have the correct permissions, but you're not using an identity that belongs to the bucket owner's account, Amazon S3 returns a 405 Method Not Allowed error.   As a security precaution, the root user of the Amazon Web Services account that owns a bucket can always use this operation, even if the policy explicitly denies the root user the ability to perform this action.  For more information about bucket policies, see Using Bucket Policies and UserPolicies.  The following operations are related to DeleteBucketPolicy     CreateBucket     DeleteObject   
+   * This implementation of the DELETE action uses the policy subresource to delete the policy of a specified bucket. If you are using an identity other than the root user of the Amazon Web Services account that owns the bucket, the calling identity must have the DeleteBucketPolicy permissions on the specified bucket and belong to the bucket owner's account to use this operation.  If you don't have DeleteBucketPolicy permissions, Amazon S3 returns a 403 Access Denied error. If you have the correct permissions, but you're not using an identity that belongs to the bucket owner's account, Amazon S3 returns a 405 Method Not Allowed error.   To ensure that bucket owners don't inadvertently lock themselves out of their own buckets, the root principal in a bucket owner's Amazon Web Services account can perform the GetBucketPolicy, PutBucketPolicy, and DeleteBucketPolicy API actions, even if their bucket policy explicitly denies the root principal's access. Bucket owner root principals can only be blocked from performing these API actions by VPC endpoint policies and Amazon Web Services Organizations policies.  For more information about bucket policies, see Using Bucket Policies and UserPolicies.  The following operations are related to DeleteBucketPolicy     CreateBucket     DeleteObject   
    */
   deleteBucketPolicy(params: S3.Types.DeleteBucketPolicyRequest, callback?: (err: AWSError, data: {}) => void): Request<{}, AWSError>;
   /**
-   * This implementation of the DELETE action uses the policy subresource to delete the policy of a specified bucket. If you are using an identity other than the root user of the Amazon Web Services account that owns the bucket, the calling identity must have the DeleteBucketPolicy permissions on the specified bucket and belong to the bucket owner's account to use this operation.  If you don't have DeleteBucketPolicy permissions, Amazon S3 returns a 403 Access Denied error. If you have the correct permissions, but you're not using an identity that belongs to the bucket owner's account, Amazon S3 returns a 405 Method Not Allowed error.   As a security precaution, the root user of the Amazon Web Services account that owns a bucket can always use this operation, even if the policy explicitly denies the root user the ability to perform this action.  For more information about bucket policies, see Using Bucket Policies and UserPolicies.  The following operations are related to DeleteBucketPolicy     CreateBucket     DeleteObject   
+   * This implementation of the DELETE action uses the policy subresource to delete the policy of a specified bucket. If you are using an identity other than the root user of the Amazon Web Services account that owns the bucket, the calling identity must have the DeleteBucketPolicy permissions on the specified bucket and belong to the bucket owner's account to use this operation.  If you don't have DeleteBucketPolicy permissions, Amazon S3 returns a 403 Access Denied error. If you have the correct permissions, but you're not using an identity that belongs to the bucket owner's account, Amazon S3 returns a 405 Method Not Allowed error.   To ensure that bucket owners don't inadvertently lock themselves out of their own buckets, the root principal in a bucket owner's Amazon Web Services account can perform the GetBucketPolicy, PutBucketPolicy, and DeleteBucketPolicy API actions, even if their bucket policy explicitly denies the root principal's access. Bucket owner root principals can only be blocked from performing these API actions by VPC endpoint policies and Amazon Web Services Organizations policies.  For more information about bucket policies, see Using Bucket Policies and UserPolicies.  The following operations are related to DeleteBucketPolicy     CreateBucket     DeleteObject   
    */
   deleteBucketPolicy(callback?: (err: AWSError, data: {}) => void): Request<{}, AWSError>;
   /**
@@ -162,19 +162,19 @@ declare class S3 extends S3Customizations {
    */
   deleteBucketWebsite(callback?: (err: AWSError, data: {}) => void): Request<{}, AWSError>;
   /**
-   * Removes the null version (if there is one) of an object and inserts a delete marker, which becomes the latest version of the object. If there isn't a null version, Amazon S3 does not remove any objects but will still respond that the command was successful. To remove a specific version, you must be the bucket owner and you must use the version Id subresource. Using this subresource permanently deletes the version. If the object deleted is a delete marker, Amazon S3 sets the response header, x-amz-delete-marker, to true.  If the object you want to delete is in a bucket where the bucket versioning configuration is MFA Delete enabled, you must include the x-amz-mfa request header in the DELETE versionId request. Requests that include x-amz-mfa must use HTTPS.   For more information about MFA Delete, see Using MFA Delete. To see sample requests that use versioning, see Sample Request.  You can delete objects by explicitly calling DELETE Object or configure its lifecycle (PutBucketLifecycle) to enable Amazon S3 to remove them for you. If you want to block users or accounts from removing or deleting objects from your bucket, you must deny them the s3:DeleteObject, s3:DeleteObjectVersion, and s3:PutLifeCycleConfiguration actions.  The following action is related to DeleteObject:    PutObject   
+   * Removes the null version (if there is one) of an object and inserts a delete marker, which becomes the latest version of the object. If there isn't a null version, Amazon S3 does not remove any objects but will still respond that the command was successful. To remove a specific version, you must use the version Id subresource. Using this subresource permanently deletes the version. If the object deleted is a delete marker, Amazon S3 sets the response header, x-amz-delete-marker, to true.  If the object you want to delete is in a bucket where the bucket versioning configuration is MFA Delete enabled, you must include the x-amz-mfa request header in the DELETE versionId request. Requests that include x-amz-mfa must use HTTPS.   For more information about MFA Delete, see Using MFA Delete. To see sample requests that use versioning, see Sample Request.  You can delete objects by explicitly calling DELETE Object or configure its lifecycle (PutBucketLifecycle) to enable Amazon S3 to remove them for you. If you want to block users or accounts from removing or deleting objects from your bucket, you must deny them the s3:DeleteObject, s3:DeleteObjectVersion, and s3:PutLifeCycleConfiguration actions.  The following action is related to DeleteObject:    PutObject   
    */
   deleteObject(params: S3.Types.DeleteObjectRequest, callback?: (err: AWSError, data: S3.Types.DeleteObjectOutput) => void): Request<S3.Types.DeleteObjectOutput, AWSError>;
   /**
-   * Removes the null version (if there is one) of an object and inserts a delete marker, which becomes the latest version of the object. If there isn't a null version, Amazon S3 does not remove any objects but will still respond that the command was successful. To remove a specific version, you must be the bucket owner and you must use the version Id subresource. Using this subresource permanently deletes the version. If the object deleted is a delete marker, Amazon S3 sets the response header, x-amz-delete-marker, to true.  If the object you want to delete is in a bucket where the bucket versioning configuration is MFA Delete enabled, you must include the x-amz-mfa request header in the DELETE versionId request. Requests that include x-amz-mfa must use HTTPS.   For more information about MFA Delete, see Using MFA Delete. To see sample requests that use versioning, see Sample Request.  You can delete objects by explicitly calling DELETE Object or configure its lifecycle (PutBucketLifecycle) to enable Amazon S3 to remove them for you. If you want to block users or accounts from removing or deleting objects from your bucket, you must deny them the s3:DeleteObject, s3:DeleteObjectVersion, and s3:PutLifeCycleConfiguration actions.  The following action is related to DeleteObject:    PutObject   
+   * Removes the null version (if there is one) of an object and inserts a delete marker, which becomes the latest version of the object. If there isn't a null version, Amazon S3 does not remove any objects but will still respond that the command was successful. To remove a specific version, you must use the version Id subresource. Using this subresource permanently deletes the version. If the object deleted is a delete marker, Amazon S3 sets the response header, x-amz-delete-marker, to true.  If the object you want to delete is in a bucket where the bucket versioning configuration is MFA Delete enabled, you must include the x-amz-mfa request header in the DELETE versionId request. Requests that include x-amz-mfa must use HTTPS.   For more information about MFA Delete, see Using MFA Delete. To see sample requests that use versioning, see Sample Request.  You can delete objects by explicitly calling DELETE Object or configure its lifecycle (PutBucketLifecycle) to enable Amazon S3 to remove them for you. If you want to block users or accounts from removing or deleting objects from your bucket, you must deny them the s3:DeleteObject, s3:DeleteObjectVersion, and s3:PutLifeCycleConfiguration actions.  The following action is related to DeleteObject:    PutObject   
    */
   deleteObject(callback?: (err: AWSError, data: S3.Types.DeleteObjectOutput) => void): Request<S3.Types.DeleteObjectOutput, AWSError>;
   /**
-   * Removes the entire tag set from the specified object. For more information about managing object tags, see  Object Tagging. To use this operation, you must have permission to perform the s3:DeleteObjectTagging action. To delete tags of a specific object version, add the versionId query parameter in the request. You will need permission for the s3:DeleteObjectVersionTagging action. The following operations are related to DeleteBucketMetricsConfiguration:    PutObjectTagging     GetObjectTagging   
+   * Removes the entire tag set from the specified object. For more information about managing object tags, see  Object Tagging. To use this operation, you must have permission to perform the s3:DeleteObjectTagging action. To delete tags of a specific object version, add the versionId query parameter in the request. You will need permission for the s3:DeleteObjectVersionTagging action. The following operations are related to DeleteObjectTagging:    PutObjectTagging     GetObjectTagging   
    */
   deleteObjectTagging(params: S3.Types.DeleteObjectTaggingRequest, callback?: (err: AWSError, data: S3.Types.DeleteObjectTaggingOutput) => void): Request<S3.Types.DeleteObjectTaggingOutput, AWSError>;
   /**
-   * Removes the entire tag set from the specified object. For more information about managing object tags, see  Object Tagging. To use this operation, you must have permission to perform the s3:DeleteObjectTagging action. To delete tags of a specific object version, add the versionId query parameter in the request. You will need permission for the s3:DeleteObjectVersionTagging action. The following operations are related to DeleteBucketMetricsConfiguration:    PutObjectTagging     GetObjectTagging   
+   * Removes the entire tag set from the specified object. For more information about managing object tags, see  Object Tagging. To use this operation, you must have permission to perform the s3:DeleteObjectTagging action. To delete tags of a specific object version, add the versionId query parameter in the request. You will need permission for the s3:DeleteObjectVersionTagging action. The following operations are related to DeleteObjectTagging:    PutObjectTagging     GetObjectTagging   
    */
   deleteObjectTagging(callback?: (err: AWSError, data: S3.Types.DeleteObjectTaggingOutput) => void): Request<S3.Types.DeleteObjectTaggingOutput, AWSError>;
   /**
@@ -194,43 +194,43 @@ declare class S3 extends S3Customizations {
    */
   deletePublicAccessBlock(callback?: (err: AWSError, data: {}) => void): Request<{}, AWSError>;
   /**
-   * This implementation of the GET action uses the accelerate subresource to return the Transfer Acceleration state of a bucket, which is either Enabled or Suspended. Amazon S3 Transfer Acceleration is a bucket-level feature that enables you to perform faster data transfers to and from Amazon S3. To use this operation, you must have permission to perform the s3:GetAccelerateConfiguration action. The bucket owner has this permission by default. The bucket owner can grant this permission to others. For more information about permissions, see Permissions Related to Bucket Subresource Operations and Managing Access Permissions to your Amazon S3 Resources in the Amazon S3 User Guide. You set the Transfer Acceleration state of an existing bucket to Enabled or Suspended by using the PutBucketAccelerateConfiguration operation.  A GET accelerate request does not return a state value for a bucket that has no transfer acceleration state. A bucket has no Transfer Acceleration state if a state has never been set on the bucket.  For more information about transfer acceleration, see Transfer Acceleration in the Amazon S3 User Guide.  Related Resources     PutBucketAccelerateConfiguration   
+   * This implementation of the GET action uses the accelerate subresource to return the Transfer Acceleration state of a bucket, which is either Enabled or Suspended. Amazon S3 Transfer Acceleration is a bucket-level feature that enables you to perform faster data transfers to and from Amazon S3. To use this operation, you must have permission to perform the s3:GetAccelerateConfiguration action. The bucket owner has this permission by default. The bucket owner can grant this permission to others. For more information about permissions, see Permissions Related to Bucket Subresource Operations and Managing Access Permissions to your Amazon S3 Resources in the Amazon S3 User Guide. You set the Transfer Acceleration state of an existing bucket to Enabled or Suspended by using the PutBucketAccelerateConfiguration operation.  A GET accelerate request does not return a state value for a bucket that has no transfer acceleration state. A bucket has no Transfer Acceleration state if a state has never been set on the bucket.  For more information about transfer acceleration, see Transfer Acceleration in the Amazon S3 User Guide. The following operations are related to GetBucketAccelerateConfiguration:    PutBucketAccelerateConfiguration   
    */
   getBucketAccelerateConfiguration(params: S3.Types.GetBucketAccelerateConfigurationRequest, callback?: (err: AWSError, data: S3.Types.GetBucketAccelerateConfigurationOutput) => void): Request<S3.Types.GetBucketAccelerateConfigurationOutput, AWSError>;
   /**
-   * This implementation of the GET action uses the accelerate subresource to return the Transfer Acceleration state of a bucket, which is either Enabled or Suspended. Amazon S3 Transfer Acceleration is a bucket-level feature that enables you to perform faster data transfers to and from Amazon S3. To use this operation, you must have permission to perform the s3:GetAccelerateConfiguration action. The bucket owner has this permission by default. The bucket owner can grant this permission to others. For more information about permissions, see Permissions Related to Bucket Subresource Operations and Managing Access Permissions to your Amazon S3 Resources in the Amazon S3 User Guide. You set the Transfer Acceleration state of an existing bucket to Enabled or Suspended by using the PutBucketAccelerateConfiguration operation.  A GET accelerate request does not return a state value for a bucket that has no transfer acceleration state. A bucket has no Transfer Acceleration state if a state has never been set on the bucket.  For more information about transfer acceleration, see Transfer Acceleration in the Amazon S3 User Guide.  Related Resources     PutBucketAccelerateConfiguration   
+   * This implementation of the GET action uses the accelerate subresource to return the Transfer Acceleration state of a bucket, which is either Enabled or Suspended. Amazon S3 Transfer Acceleration is a bucket-level feature that enables you to perform faster data transfers to and from Amazon S3. To use this operation, you must have permission to perform the s3:GetAccelerateConfiguration action. The bucket owner has this permission by default. The bucket owner can grant this permission to others. For more information about permissions, see Permissions Related to Bucket Subresource Operations and Managing Access Permissions to your Amazon S3 Resources in the Amazon S3 User Guide. You set the Transfer Acceleration state of an existing bucket to Enabled or Suspended by using the PutBucketAccelerateConfiguration operation.  A GET accelerate request does not return a state value for a bucket that has no transfer acceleration state. A bucket has no Transfer Acceleration state if a state has never been set on the bucket.  For more information about transfer acceleration, see Transfer Acceleration in the Amazon S3 User Guide. The following operations are related to GetBucketAccelerateConfiguration:    PutBucketAccelerateConfiguration   
    */
   getBucketAccelerateConfiguration(callback?: (err: AWSError, data: S3.Types.GetBucketAccelerateConfigurationOutput) => void): Request<S3.Types.GetBucketAccelerateConfigurationOutput, AWSError>;
   /**
-   * This implementation of the GET action uses the acl subresource to return the access control list (ACL) of a bucket. To use GET to return the ACL of the bucket, you must have READ_ACP access to the bucket. If READ_ACP permission is granted to the anonymous user, you can return the ACL of the bucket without using an authorization header.  If your bucket uses the bucket owner enforced setting for S3 Object Ownership, requests to read ACLs are still supported and return the bucket-owner-full-control ACL with the owner being the account that created the bucket. For more information, see  Controlling object ownership and disabling ACLs in the Amazon S3 User Guide.   Related Resources     ListObjects   
+   * This implementation of the GET action uses the acl subresource to return the access control list (ACL) of a bucket. To use GET to return the ACL of the bucket, you must have READ_ACP access to the bucket. If READ_ACP permission is granted to the anonymous user, you can return the ACL of the bucket without using an authorization header. To use this API operation against an access point, provide the alias of the access point in place of the bucket name. To use this API operation against an Object Lambda access point, provide the alias of the Object Lambda access point in place of the bucket name. If the Object Lambda access point alias in a request is not valid, the error code InvalidAccessPointAliasError is returned. For more information about InvalidAccessPointAliasError, see List of Error Codes.  If your bucket uses the bucket owner enforced setting for S3 Object Ownership, requests to read ACLs are still supported and return the bucket-owner-full-control ACL with the owner being the account that created the bucket. For more information, see  Controlling object ownership and disabling ACLs in the Amazon S3 User Guide.  The following operations are related to GetBucketAcl:    ListObjects   
    */
   getBucketAcl(params: S3.Types.GetBucketAclRequest, callback?: (err: AWSError, data: S3.Types.GetBucketAclOutput) => void): Request<S3.Types.GetBucketAclOutput, AWSError>;
   /**
-   * This implementation of the GET action uses the acl subresource to return the access control list (ACL) of a bucket. To use GET to return the ACL of the bucket, you must have READ_ACP access to the bucket. If READ_ACP permission is granted to the anonymous user, you can return the ACL of the bucket without using an authorization header.  If your bucket uses the bucket owner enforced setting for S3 Object Ownership, requests to read ACLs are still supported and return the bucket-owner-full-control ACL with the owner being the account that created the bucket. For more information, see  Controlling object ownership and disabling ACLs in the Amazon S3 User Guide.   Related Resources     ListObjects   
+   * This implementation of the GET action uses the acl subresource to return the access control list (ACL) of a bucket. To use GET to return the ACL of the bucket, you must have READ_ACP access to the bucket. If READ_ACP permission is granted to the anonymous user, you can return the ACL of the bucket without using an authorization header. To use this API operation against an access point, provide the alias of the access point in place of the bucket name. To use this API operation against an Object Lambda access point, provide the alias of the Object Lambda access point in place of the bucket name. If the Object Lambda access point alias in a request is not valid, the error code InvalidAccessPointAliasError is returned. For more information about InvalidAccessPointAliasError, see List of Error Codes.  If your bucket uses the bucket owner enforced setting for S3 Object Ownership, requests to read ACLs are still supported and return the bucket-owner-full-control ACL with the owner being the account that created the bucket. For more information, see  Controlling object ownership and disabling ACLs in the Amazon S3 User Guide.  The following operations are related to GetBucketAcl:    ListObjects   
    */
   getBucketAcl(callback?: (err: AWSError, data: S3.Types.GetBucketAclOutput) => void): Request<S3.Types.GetBucketAclOutput, AWSError>;
   /**
-   * This implementation of the GET action returns an analytics configuration (identified by the analytics configuration ID) from the bucket. To use this operation, you must have permissions to perform the s3:GetAnalyticsConfiguration action. The bucket owner has this permission by default. The bucket owner can grant this permission to others. For more information about permissions, see  Permissions Related to Bucket Subresource Operations and Managing Access Permissions to Your Amazon S3 Resources in the Amazon S3 User Guide.  For information about Amazon S3 analytics feature, see Amazon S3 Analytics – Storage Class Analysis in the Amazon S3 User Guide.  Related Resources     DeleteBucketAnalyticsConfiguration     ListBucketAnalyticsConfigurations     PutBucketAnalyticsConfiguration   
+   * This implementation of the GET action returns an analytics configuration (identified by the analytics configuration ID) from the bucket. To use this operation, you must have permissions to perform the s3:GetAnalyticsConfiguration action. The bucket owner has this permission by default. The bucket owner can grant this permission to others. For more information about permissions, see  Permissions Related to Bucket Subresource Operations and Managing Access Permissions to Your Amazon S3 Resources in the Amazon S3 User Guide.  For information about Amazon S3 analytics feature, see Amazon S3 Analytics – Storage Class Analysis in the Amazon S3 User Guide. The following operations are related to GetBucketAnalyticsConfiguration:    DeleteBucketAnalyticsConfiguration     ListBucketAnalyticsConfigurations     PutBucketAnalyticsConfiguration   
    */
   getBucketAnalyticsConfiguration(params: S3.Types.GetBucketAnalyticsConfigurationRequest, callback?: (err: AWSError, data: S3.Types.GetBucketAnalyticsConfigurationOutput) => void): Request<S3.Types.GetBucketAnalyticsConfigurationOutput, AWSError>;
   /**
-   * This implementation of the GET action returns an analytics configuration (identified by the analytics configuration ID) from the bucket. To use this operation, you must have permissions to perform the s3:GetAnalyticsConfiguration action. The bucket owner has this permission by default. The bucket owner can grant this permission to others. For more information about permissions, see  Permissions Related to Bucket Subresource Operations and Managing Access Permissions to Your Amazon S3 Resources in the Amazon S3 User Guide.  For information about Amazon S3 analytics feature, see Amazon S3 Analytics – Storage Class Analysis in the Amazon S3 User Guide.  Related Resources     DeleteBucketAnalyticsConfiguration     ListBucketAnalyticsConfigurations     PutBucketAnalyticsConfiguration   
+   * This implementation of the GET action returns an analytics configuration (identified by the analytics configuration ID) from the bucket. To use this operation, you must have permissions to perform the s3:GetAnalyticsConfiguration action. The bucket owner has this permission by default. The bucket owner can grant this permission to others. For more information about permissions, see  Permissions Related to Bucket Subresource Operations and Managing Access Permissions to Your Amazon S3 Resources in the Amazon S3 User Guide.  For information about Amazon S3 analytics feature, see Amazon S3 Analytics – Storage Class Analysis in the Amazon S3 User Guide. The following operations are related to GetBucketAnalyticsConfiguration:    DeleteBucketAnalyticsConfiguration     ListBucketAnalyticsConfigurations     PutBucketAnalyticsConfiguration   
    */
   getBucketAnalyticsConfiguration(callback?: (err: AWSError, data: S3.Types.GetBucketAnalyticsConfigurationOutput) => void): Request<S3.Types.GetBucketAnalyticsConfigurationOutput, AWSError>;
   /**
-   * Returns the Cross-Origin Resource Sharing (CORS) configuration information set for the bucket.  To use this operation, you must have permission to perform the s3:GetBucketCORS action. By default, the bucket owner has this permission and can grant it to others.  For more information about CORS, see  Enabling Cross-Origin Resource Sharing. The following operations are related to GetBucketCors:    PutBucketCors     DeleteBucketCors   
+   * Returns the Cross-Origin Resource Sharing (CORS) configuration information set for the bucket.  To use this operation, you must have permission to perform the s3:GetBucketCORS action. By default, the bucket owner has this permission and can grant it to others. To use this API operation against an access point, provide the alias of the access point in place of the bucket name. To use this API operation against an Object Lambda access point, provide the alias of the Object Lambda access point in place of the bucket name. If the Object Lambda access point alias in a request is not valid, the error code InvalidAccessPointAliasError is returned. For more information about InvalidAccessPointAliasError, see List of Error Codes.  For more information about CORS, see  Enabling Cross-Origin Resource Sharing. The following operations are related to GetBucketCors:    PutBucketCors     DeleteBucketCors   
    */
   getBucketCors(params: S3.Types.GetBucketCorsRequest, callback?: (err: AWSError, data: S3.Types.GetBucketCorsOutput) => void): Request<S3.Types.GetBucketCorsOutput, AWSError>;
   /**
-   * Returns the Cross-Origin Resource Sharing (CORS) configuration information set for the bucket.  To use this operation, you must have permission to perform the s3:GetBucketCORS action. By default, the bucket owner has this permission and can grant it to others.  For more information about CORS, see  Enabling Cross-Origin Resource Sharing. The following operations are related to GetBucketCors:    PutBucketCors     DeleteBucketCors   
+   * Returns the Cross-Origin Resource Sharing (CORS) configuration information set for the bucket.  To use this operation, you must have permission to perform the s3:GetBucketCORS action. By default, the bucket owner has this permission and can grant it to others. To use this API operation against an access point, provide the alias of the access point in place of the bucket name. To use this API operation against an Object Lambda access point, provide the alias of the Object Lambda access point in place of the bucket name. If the Object Lambda access point alias in a request is not valid, the error code InvalidAccessPointAliasError is returned. For more information about InvalidAccessPointAliasError, see List of Error Codes.  For more information about CORS, see  Enabling Cross-Origin Resource Sharing. The following operations are related to GetBucketCors:    PutBucketCors     DeleteBucketCors   
    */
   getBucketCors(callback?: (err: AWSError, data: S3.Types.GetBucketCorsOutput) => void): Request<S3.Types.GetBucketCorsOutput, AWSError>;
   /**
-   * Returns the default encryption configuration for an Amazon S3 bucket. If the bucket does not have a default encryption configuration, GetBucketEncryption returns ServerSideEncryptionConfigurationNotFoundError.  For information about the Amazon S3 default encryption feature, see Amazon S3 Default Bucket Encryption.  To use this operation, you must have permission to perform the s3:GetEncryptionConfiguration action. The bucket owner has this permission by default. The bucket owner can grant this permission to others. For more information about permissions, see Permissions Related to Bucket Subresource Operations and Managing Access Permissions to Your Amazon S3 Resources. The following operations are related to GetBucketEncryption:    PutBucketEncryption     DeleteBucketEncryption   
+   * Returns the default encryption configuration for an Amazon S3 bucket. By default, all buckets have a default encryption configuration that uses server-side encryption with Amazon S3 managed keys (SSE-S3). For information about the bucket default encryption feature, see Amazon S3 Bucket Default Encryption in the Amazon S3 User Guide. To use this operation, you must have permission to perform the s3:GetEncryptionConfiguration action. The bucket owner has this permission by default. The bucket owner can grant this permission to others. For more information about permissions, see Permissions Related to Bucket Subresource Operations and Managing Access Permissions to Your Amazon S3 Resources. The following operations are related to GetBucketEncryption:    PutBucketEncryption     DeleteBucketEncryption   
    */
   getBucketEncryption(params: S3.Types.GetBucketEncryptionRequest, callback?: (err: AWSError, data: S3.Types.GetBucketEncryptionOutput) => void): Request<S3.Types.GetBucketEncryptionOutput, AWSError>;
   /**
-   * Returns the default encryption configuration for an Amazon S3 bucket. If the bucket does not have a default encryption configuration, GetBucketEncryption returns ServerSideEncryptionConfigurationNotFoundError.  For information about the Amazon S3 default encryption feature, see Amazon S3 Default Bucket Encryption.  To use this operation, you must have permission to perform the s3:GetEncryptionConfiguration action. The bucket owner has this permission by default. The bucket owner can grant this permission to others. For more information about permissions, see Permissions Related to Bucket Subresource Operations and Managing Access Permissions to Your Amazon S3 Resources. The following operations are related to GetBucketEncryption:    PutBucketEncryption     DeleteBucketEncryption   
+   * Returns the default encryption configuration for an Amazon S3 bucket. By default, all buckets have a default encryption configuration that uses server-side encryption with Amazon S3 managed keys (SSE-S3). For information about the bucket default encryption feature, see Amazon S3 Bucket Default Encryption in the Amazon S3 User Guide. To use this operation, you must have permission to perform the s3:GetEncryptionConfiguration action. The bucket owner has this permission by default. The bucket owner can grant this permission to others. For more information about permissions, see Permissions Related to Bucket Subresource Operations and Managing Access Permissions to Your Amazon S3 Resources. The following operations are related to GetBucketEncryption:    PutBucketEncryption     DeleteBucketEncryption   
    */
   getBucketEncryption(callback?: (err: AWSError, data: S3.Types.GetBucketEncryptionOutput) => void): Request<S3.Types.GetBucketEncryptionOutput, AWSError>;
   /**
@@ -266,19 +266,19 @@ declare class S3 extends S3Customizations {
    */
   getBucketLifecycleConfiguration(callback?: (err: AWSError, data: S3.Types.GetBucketLifecycleConfigurationOutput) => void): Request<S3.Types.GetBucketLifecycleConfigurationOutput, AWSError>;
   /**
-   * Returns the Region the bucket resides in. You set the bucket's Region using the LocationConstraint request parameter in a CreateBucket request. For more information, see CreateBucket. To use this implementation of the operation, you must be the bucket owner. To use this API against an access point, provide the alias of the access point in place of the bucket name. The following operations are related to GetBucketLocation:    GetObject     CreateBucket   
+   * Returns the Region the bucket resides in. You set the bucket's Region using the LocationConstraint request parameter in a CreateBucket request. For more information, see CreateBucket. To use this API operation against an access point, provide the alias of the access point in place of the bucket name. To use this API operation against an Object Lambda access point, provide the alias of the Object Lambda access point in place of the bucket name. If the Object Lambda access point alias in a request is not valid, the error code InvalidAccessPointAliasError is returned. For more information about InvalidAccessPointAliasError, see List of Error Codes.  We recommend that you use HeadBucket to return the Region that a bucket resides in. For backward compatibility, Amazon S3 continues to support GetBucketLocation.  The following operations are related to GetBucketLocation:    GetObject     CreateBucket   
    */
   getBucketLocation(params: S3.Types.GetBucketLocationRequest, callback?: (err: AWSError, data: S3.Types.GetBucketLocationOutput) => void): Request<S3.Types.GetBucketLocationOutput, AWSError>;
   /**
-   * Returns the Region the bucket resides in. You set the bucket's Region using the LocationConstraint request parameter in a CreateBucket request. For more information, see CreateBucket. To use this implementation of the operation, you must be the bucket owner. To use this API against an access point, provide the alias of the access point in place of the bucket name. The following operations are related to GetBucketLocation:    GetObject     CreateBucket   
+   * Returns the Region the bucket resides in. You set the bucket's Region using the LocationConstraint request parameter in a CreateBucket request. For more information, see CreateBucket. To use this API operation against an access point, provide the alias of the access point in place of the bucket name. To use this API operation against an Object Lambda access point, provide the alias of the Object Lambda access point in place of the bucket name. If the Object Lambda access point alias in a request is not valid, the error code InvalidAccessPointAliasError is returned. For more information about InvalidAccessPointAliasError, see List of Error Codes.  We recommend that you use HeadBucket to return the Region that a bucket resides in. For backward compatibility, Amazon S3 continues to support GetBucketLocation.  The following operations are related to GetBucketLocation:    GetObject     CreateBucket   
    */
   getBucketLocation(callback?: (err: AWSError, data: S3.Types.GetBucketLocationOutput) => void): Request<S3.Types.GetBucketLocationOutput, AWSError>;
   /**
-   * Returns the logging status of a bucket and the permissions users have to view and modify that status. To use GET, you must be the bucket owner. The following operations are related to GetBucketLogging:    CreateBucket     PutBucketLogging   
+   * Returns the logging status of a bucket and the permissions users have to view and modify that status. The following operations are related to GetBucketLogging:    CreateBucket     PutBucketLogging   
    */
   getBucketLogging(params: S3.Types.GetBucketLoggingRequest, callback?: (err: AWSError, data: S3.Types.GetBucketLoggingOutput) => void): Request<S3.Types.GetBucketLoggingOutput, AWSError>;
   /**
-   * Returns the logging status of a bucket and the permissions users have to view and modify that status. To use GET, you must be the bucket owner. The following operations are related to GetBucketLogging:    CreateBucket     PutBucketLogging   
+   * Returns the logging status of a bucket and the permissions users have to view and modify that status. The following operations are related to GetBucketLogging:    CreateBucket     PutBucketLogging   
    */
   getBucketLogging(callback?: (err: AWSError, data: S3.Types.GetBucketLoggingOutput) => void): Request<S3.Types.GetBucketLoggingOutput, AWSError>;
   /**
@@ -298,11 +298,11 @@ declare class S3 extends S3Customizations {
    */
   getBucketNotification(callback?: (err: AWSError, data: S3.Types.NotificationConfigurationDeprecated) => void): Request<S3.Types.NotificationConfigurationDeprecated, AWSError>;
   /**
-   * Returns the notification configuration of a bucket. If notifications are not enabled on the bucket, the action returns an empty NotificationConfiguration element. By default, you must be the bucket owner to read the notification configuration of a bucket. However, the bucket owner can use a bucket policy to grant permission to other users to read this configuration with the s3:GetBucketNotification permission. For more information about setting and reading the notification configuration on a bucket, see Setting Up Notification of Bucket Events. For more information about bucket policies, see Using Bucket Policies. The following action is related to GetBucketNotification:    PutBucketNotification   
+   * Returns the notification configuration of a bucket. If notifications are not enabled on the bucket, the action returns an empty NotificationConfiguration element. By default, you must be the bucket owner to read the notification configuration of a bucket. However, the bucket owner can use a bucket policy to grant permission to other users to read this configuration with the s3:GetBucketNotification permission. To use this API operation against an access point, provide the alias of the access point in place of the bucket name. To use this API operation against an Object Lambda access point, provide the alias of the Object Lambda access point in place of the bucket name. If the Object Lambda access point alias in a request is not valid, the error code InvalidAccessPointAliasError is returned. For more information about InvalidAccessPointAliasError, see List of Error Codes. For more information about setting and reading the notification configuration on a bucket, see Setting Up Notification of Bucket Events. For more information about bucket policies, see Using Bucket Policies. The following action is related to GetBucketNotification:    PutBucketNotification   
    */
   getBucketNotificationConfiguration(params: S3.Types.GetBucketNotificationConfigurationRequest, callback?: (err: AWSError, data: S3.Types.NotificationConfiguration) => void): Request<S3.Types.NotificationConfiguration, AWSError>;
   /**
-   * Returns the notification configuration of a bucket. If notifications are not enabled on the bucket, the action returns an empty NotificationConfiguration element. By default, you must be the bucket owner to read the notification configuration of a bucket. However, the bucket owner can use a bucket policy to grant permission to other users to read this configuration with the s3:GetBucketNotification permission. For more information about setting and reading the notification configuration on a bucket, see Setting Up Notification of Bucket Events. For more information about bucket policies, see Using Bucket Policies. The following action is related to GetBucketNotification:    PutBucketNotification   
+   * Returns the notification configuration of a bucket. If notifications are not enabled on the bucket, the action returns an empty NotificationConfiguration element. By default, you must be the bucket owner to read the notification configuration of a bucket. However, the bucket owner can use a bucket policy to grant permission to other users to read this configuration with the s3:GetBucketNotification permission. To use this API operation against an access point, provide the alias of the access point in place of the bucket name. To use this API operation against an Object Lambda access point, provide the alias of the Object Lambda access point in place of the bucket name. If the Object Lambda access point alias in a request is not valid, the error code InvalidAccessPointAliasError is returned. For more information about InvalidAccessPointAliasError, see List of Error Codes. For more information about setting and reading the notification configuration on a bucket, see Setting Up Notification of Bucket Events. For more information about bucket policies, see Using Bucket Policies. The following action is related to GetBucketNotification:    PutBucketNotification   
    */
   getBucketNotificationConfiguration(callback?: (err: AWSError, data: S3.Types.NotificationConfiguration) => void): Request<S3.Types.NotificationConfiguration, AWSError>;
   /**
@@ -314,11 +314,11 @@ declare class S3 extends S3Customizations {
    */
   getBucketOwnershipControls(callback?: (err: AWSError, data: S3.Types.GetBucketOwnershipControlsOutput) => void): Request<S3.Types.GetBucketOwnershipControlsOutput, AWSError>;
   /**
-   * Returns the policy of a specified bucket. If you are using an identity other than the root user of the Amazon Web Services account that owns the bucket, the calling identity must have the GetBucketPolicy permissions on the specified bucket and belong to the bucket owner's account in order to use this operation. If you don't have GetBucketPolicy permissions, Amazon S3 returns a 403 Access Denied error. If you have the correct permissions, but you're not using an identity that belongs to the bucket owner's account, Amazon S3 returns a 405 Method Not Allowed error.  As a security precaution, the root user of the Amazon Web Services account that owns a bucket can always use this operation, even if the policy explicitly denies the root user the ability to perform this action.  For more information about bucket policies, see Using Bucket Policies and User Policies. The following action is related to GetBucketPolicy:    GetObject   
+   * Returns the policy of a specified bucket. If you are using an identity other than the root user of the Amazon Web Services account that owns the bucket, the calling identity must have the GetBucketPolicy permissions on the specified bucket and belong to the bucket owner's account in order to use this operation. If you don't have GetBucketPolicy permissions, Amazon S3 returns a 403 Access Denied error. If you have the correct permissions, but you're not using an identity that belongs to the bucket owner's account, Amazon S3 returns a 405 Method Not Allowed error.  To ensure that bucket owners don't inadvertently lock themselves out of their own buckets, the root principal in a bucket owner's Amazon Web Services account can perform the GetBucketPolicy, PutBucketPolicy, and DeleteBucketPolicy API actions, even if their bucket policy explicitly denies the root principal's access. Bucket owner root principals can only be blocked from performing these API actions by VPC endpoint policies and Amazon Web Services Organizations policies.  To use this API operation against an access point, provide the alias of the access point in place of the bucket name. To use this API operation against an Object Lambda access point, provide the alias of the Object Lambda access point in place of the bucket name. If the Object Lambda access point alias in a request is not valid, the error code InvalidAccessPointAliasError is returned. For more information about InvalidAccessPointAliasError, see List of Error Codes. For more information about bucket policies, see Using Bucket Policies and User Policies. The following action is related to GetBucketPolicy:    GetObject   
    */
   getBucketPolicy(params: S3.Types.GetBucketPolicyRequest, callback?: (err: AWSError, data: S3.Types.GetBucketPolicyOutput) => void): Request<S3.Types.GetBucketPolicyOutput, AWSError>;
   /**
-   * Returns the policy of a specified bucket. If you are using an identity other than the root user of the Amazon Web Services account that owns the bucket, the calling identity must have the GetBucketPolicy permissions on the specified bucket and belong to the bucket owner's account in order to use this operation. If you don't have GetBucketPolicy permissions, Amazon S3 returns a 403 Access Denied error. If you have the correct permissions, but you're not using an identity that belongs to the bucket owner's account, Amazon S3 returns a 405 Method Not Allowed error.  As a security precaution, the root user of the Amazon Web Services account that owns a bucket can always use this operation, even if the policy explicitly denies the root user the ability to perform this action.  For more information about bucket policies, see Using Bucket Policies and User Policies. The following action is related to GetBucketPolicy:    GetObject   
+   * Returns the policy of a specified bucket. If you are using an identity other than the root user of the Amazon Web Services account that owns the bucket, the calling identity must have the GetBucketPolicy permissions on the specified bucket and belong to the bucket owner's account in order to use this operation. If you don't have GetBucketPolicy permissions, Amazon S3 returns a 403 Access Denied error. If you have the correct permissions, but you're not using an identity that belongs to the bucket owner's account, Amazon S3 returns a 405 Method Not Allowed error.  To ensure that bucket owners don't inadvertently lock themselves out of their own buckets, the root principal in a bucket owner's Amazon Web Services account can perform the GetBucketPolicy, PutBucketPolicy, and DeleteBucketPolicy API actions, even if their bucket policy explicitly denies the root principal's access. Bucket owner root principals can only be blocked from performing these API actions by VPC endpoint policies and Amazon Web Services Organizations policies.  To use this API operation against an access point, provide the alias of the access point in place of the bucket name. To use this API operation against an Object Lambda access point, provide the alias of the Object Lambda access point in place of the bucket name. If the Object Lambda access point alias in a request is not valid, the error code InvalidAccessPointAliasError is returned. For more information about InvalidAccessPointAliasError, see List of Error Codes. For more information about bucket policies, see Using Bucket Policies and User Policies. The following action is related to GetBucketPolicy:    GetObject   
    */
   getBucketPolicy(callback?: (err: AWSError, data: S3.Types.GetBucketPolicyOutput) => void): Request<S3.Types.GetBucketPolicyOutput, AWSError>;
   /**
@@ -362,35 +362,35 @@ declare class S3 extends S3Customizations {
    */
   getBucketVersioning(callback?: (err: AWSError, data: S3.Types.GetBucketVersioningOutput) => void): Request<S3.Types.GetBucketVersioningOutput, AWSError>;
   /**
-   * Returns the website configuration for a bucket. To host website on Amazon S3, you can configure a bucket as website by adding a website configuration. For more information about hosting websites, see Hosting Websites on Amazon S3.  This GET action requires the S3:GetBucketWebsite permission. By default, only the bucket owner can read the bucket website configuration. However, bucket owners can allow other users to read the website configuration by writing a bucket policy granting them the S3:GetBucketWebsite permission. The following operations are related to DeleteBucketWebsite:    DeleteBucketWebsite     PutBucketWebsite   
+   * Returns the website configuration for a bucket. To host website on Amazon S3, you can configure a bucket as website by adding a website configuration. For more information about hosting websites, see Hosting Websites on Amazon S3.  This GET action requires the S3:GetBucketWebsite permission. By default, only the bucket owner can read the bucket website configuration. However, bucket owners can allow other users to read the website configuration by writing a bucket policy granting them the S3:GetBucketWebsite permission. The following operations are related to GetBucketWebsite:    DeleteBucketWebsite     PutBucketWebsite   
    */
   getBucketWebsite(params: S3.Types.GetBucketWebsiteRequest, callback?: (err: AWSError, data: S3.Types.GetBucketWebsiteOutput) => void): Request<S3.Types.GetBucketWebsiteOutput, AWSError>;
   /**
-   * Returns the website configuration for a bucket. To host website on Amazon S3, you can configure a bucket as website by adding a website configuration. For more information about hosting websites, see Hosting Websites on Amazon S3.  This GET action requires the S3:GetBucketWebsite permission. By default, only the bucket owner can read the bucket website configuration. However, bucket owners can allow other users to read the website configuration by writing a bucket policy granting them the S3:GetBucketWebsite permission. The following operations are related to DeleteBucketWebsite:    DeleteBucketWebsite     PutBucketWebsite   
+   * Returns the website configuration for a bucket. To host website on Amazon S3, you can configure a bucket as website by adding a website configuration. For more information about hosting websites, see Hosting Websites on Amazon S3.  This GET action requires the S3:GetBucketWebsite permission. By default, only the bucket owner can read the bucket website configuration. However, bucket owners can allow other users to read the website configuration by writing a bucket policy granting them the S3:GetBucketWebsite permission. The following operations are related to GetBucketWebsite:    DeleteBucketWebsite     PutBucketWebsite   
    */
   getBucketWebsite(callback?: (err: AWSError, data: S3.Types.GetBucketWebsiteOutput) => void): Request<S3.Types.GetBucketWebsiteOutput, AWSError>;
   /**
-   * Retrieves objects from Amazon S3. To use GET, you must have READ access to the object. If you grant READ access to the anonymous user, you can return the object without using an authorization header. An Amazon S3 bucket has no directory hierarchy such as you would find in a typical computer file system. You can, however, create a logical hierarchy by using object key names that imply a folder structure. For example, instead of naming an object sample.jpg, you can name it photos/2006/February/sample.jpg. To get an object from such a logical hierarchy, specify the full key name for the object in the GET operation. For a virtual hosted-style request example, if you have the object photos/2006/February/sample.jpg, specify the resource as /photos/2006/February/sample.jpg. For a path-style request example, if you have the object photos/2006/February/sample.jpg in the bucket named examplebucket, specify the resource as /examplebucket/photos/2006/February/sample.jpg. For more information about request types, see HTTP Host Header Bucket Specification. For more information about returning the ACL of an object, see GetObjectAcl. If the object you are retrieving is stored in the S3 Glacier or S3 Glacier Deep Archive storage class, or S3 Intelligent-Tiering Archive or S3 Intelligent-Tiering Deep Archive tiers, before you can retrieve the object you must first restore a copy using RestoreObject. Otherwise, this action returns an InvalidObjectStateError error. For information about restoring archived objects, see Restoring Archived Objects. Encryption request headers, like x-amz-server-side-encryption, should not be sent for GET requests if your object uses server-side encryption with KMS keys (SSE-KMS) or server-side encryption with Amazon S3–managed encryption keys (SSE-S3). If your object does use these types of keys, you’ll get an HTTP 400 BadRequest error. If you encrypt an object by using server-side encryption with customer-provided encryption keys (SSE-C) when you store the object in Amazon S3, then when you GET the object, you must use the following headers:   x-amz-server-side-encryption-customer-algorithm   x-amz-server-side-encryption-customer-key   x-amz-server-side-encryption-customer-key-MD5   For more information about SSE-C, see Server-Side Encryption (Using Customer-Provided Encryption Keys). Assuming you have the relevant permission to read object tags, the response also returns the x-amz-tagging-count header that provides the count of number of tags associated with the object. You can use GetObjectTagging to retrieve the tag set associated with an object.  Permissions  You need the relevant read object (or version) permission for this operation. For more information, see Specifying Permissions in a Policy. If the object you request does not exist, the error Amazon S3 returns depends on whether you also have the s3:ListBucket permission.   If you have the s3:ListBucket permission on the bucket, Amazon S3 will return an HTTP status code 404 ("no such key") error.   If you don’t have the s3:ListBucket permission, Amazon S3 will return an HTTP status code 403 ("access denied") error.    Versioning  By default, the GET action returns the current version of an object. To return a different version, use the versionId subresource.     If you supply a versionId, you need the s3:GetObjectVersion permission to access a specific version of an object. If you request a specific version, you do not need to have the s3:GetObject permission.    If the current version of the object is a delete marker, Amazon S3 behaves as if the object was deleted and includes x-amz-delete-marker: true in the response.    For more information about versioning, see PutBucketVersioning.   Overriding Response Header Values  There are times when you want to override certain response header values in a GET response. For example, you might override the Content-Disposition response header value in your GET request. You can override values for a set of response headers using the following query parameters. These response header values are sent only on a successful request, that is, when status code 200 OK is returned. The set of headers you can override using these parameters is a subset of the headers that Amazon S3 accepts when you create an object. The response headers that you can override for the GET response are Content-Type, Content-Language, Expires, Cache-Control, Content-Disposition, and Content-Encoding. To override these header values in the GET response, you use the following request parameters.  You must sign the request, either using an Authorization header or a presigned URL, when using these parameters. They cannot be used with an unsigned (anonymous) request.     response-content-type     response-content-language     response-expires     response-cache-control     response-content-disposition     response-content-encoding     Additional Considerations about Request Headers  If both of the If-Match and If-Unmodified-Since headers are present in the request as follows: If-Match condition evaluates to true, and; If-Unmodified-Since condition evaluates to false; then, S3 returns 200 OK and the data requested.  If both of the If-None-Match and If-Modified-Since headers are present in the request as follows: If-None-Match condition evaluates to false, and; If-Modified-Since condition evaluates to true; then, S3 returns 304 Not Modified response code. For more information about conditional requests, see RFC 7232. The following operations are related to GetObject:    ListBuckets     GetObjectAcl   
+   * Retrieves objects from Amazon S3. To use GET, you must have READ access to the object. If you grant READ access to the anonymous user, you can return the object without using an authorization header. An Amazon S3 bucket has no directory hierarchy such as you would find in a typical computer file system. You can, however, create a logical hierarchy by using object key names that imply a folder structure. For example, instead of naming an object sample.jpg, you can name it photos/2006/February/sample.jpg. To get an object from such a logical hierarchy, specify the full key name for the object in the GET operation. For a virtual hosted-style request example, if you have the object photos/2006/February/sample.jpg, specify the resource as /photos/2006/February/sample.jpg. For a path-style request example, if you have the object photos/2006/February/sample.jpg in the bucket named examplebucket, specify the resource as /examplebucket/photos/2006/February/sample.jpg. For more information about request types, see HTTP Host Header Bucket Specification. For more information about returning the ACL of an object, see GetObjectAcl. If the object you are retrieving is stored in the S3 Glacier or S3 Glacier Deep Archive storage class, or S3 Intelligent-Tiering Archive or S3 Intelligent-Tiering Deep Archive tiers, before you can retrieve the object you must first restore a copy using RestoreObject. Otherwise, this action returns an InvalidObjectState error. For information about restoring archived objects, see Restoring Archived Objects. Encryption request headers, like x-amz-server-side-encryption, should not be sent for GET requests if your object uses server-side encryption with KMS keys (SSE-KMS) or server-side encryption with Amazon S3–managed encryption keys (SSE-S3). If your object does use these types of keys, you’ll get an HTTP 400 BadRequest error. If you encrypt an object by using server-side encryption with customer-provided encryption keys (SSE-C) when you store the object in Amazon S3, then when you GET the object, you must use the following headers:   x-amz-server-side-encryption-customer-algorithm   x-amz-server-side-encryption-customer-key   x-amz-server-side-encryption-customer-key-MD5   For more information about SSE-C, see Server-Side Encryption (Using Customer-Provided Encryption Keys). Assuming you have the relevant permission to read object tags, the response also returns the x-amz-tagging-count header that provides the count of number of tags associated with the object. You can use GetObjectTagging to retrieve the tag set associated with an object.  Permissions  You need the relevant read object (or version) permission for this operation. For more information, see Specifying Permissions in a Policy. If the object you request does not exist, the error Amazon S3 returns depends on whether you also have the s3:ListBucket permission.   If you have the s3:ListBucket permission on the bucket, Amazon S3 will return an HTTP status code 404 ("no such key") error.   If you don’t have the s3:ListBucket permission, Amazon S3 will return an HTTP status code 403 ("access denied") error.    Versioning  By default, the GET action returns the current version of an object. To return a different version, use the versionId subresource.     If you supply a versionId, you need the s3:GetObjectVersion permission to access a specific version of an object. If you request a specific version, you do not need to have the s3:GetObject permission. If you request the current version without a specific version ID, only s3:GetObject permission is required. s3:GetObjectVersion permission won't be required.   If the current version of the object is a delete marker, Amazon S3 behaves as if the object was deleted and includes x-amz-delete-marker: true in the response.    For more information about versioning, see PutBucketVersioning.   Overriding Response Header Values  There are times when you want to override certain response header values in a GET response. For example, you might override the Content-Disposition response header value in your GET request. You can override values for a set of response headers using the following query parameters. These response header values are sent only on a successful request, that is, when status code 200 OK is returned. The set of headers you can override using these parameters is a subset of the headers that Amazon S3 accepts when you create an object. The response headers that you can override for the GET response are Content-Type, Content-Language, Expires, Cache-Control, Content-Disposition, and Content-Encoding. To override these header values in the GET response, you use the following request parameters.  You must sign the request, either using an Authorization header or a presigned URL, when using these parameters. They cannot be used with an unsigned (anonymous) request.     response-content-type     response-content-language     response-expires     response-cache-control     response-content-disposition     response-content-encoding     Overriding Response Header Values  If both of the If-Match and If-Unmodified-Since headers are present in the request as follows: If-Match condition evaluates to true, and; If-Unmodified-Since condition evaluates to false; then, S3 returns 200 OK and the data requested.  If both of the If-None-Match and If-Modified-Since headers are present in the request as follows: If-None-Match condition evaluates to false, and; If-Modified-Since condition evaluates to true; then, S3 returns 304 Not Modified response code. For more information about conditional requests, see RFC 7232.   The following operations are related to GetObject:    ListBuckets     GetObjectAcl   
    */
   getObject(params: S3.Types.GetObjectRequest, callback?: (err: AWSError, data: S3.Types.GetObjectOutput) => void): Request<S3.Types.GetObjectOutput, AWSError>;
   /**
-   * Retrieves objects from Amazon S3. To use GET, you must have READ access to the object. If you grant READ access to the anonymous user, you can return the object without using an authorization header. An Amazon S3 bucket has no directory hierarchy such as you would find in a typical computer file system. You can, however, create a logical hierarchy by using object key names that imply a folder structure. For example, instead of naming an object sample.jpg, you can name it photos/2006/February/sample.jpg. To get an object from such a logical hierarchy, specify the full key name for the object in the GET operation. For a virtual hosted-style request example, if you have the object photos/2006/February/sample.jpg, specify the resource as /photos/2006/February/sample.jpg. For a path-style request example, if you have the object photos/2006/February/sample.jpg in the bucket named examplebucket, specify the resource as /examplebucket/photos/2006/February/sample.jpg. For more information about request types, see HTTP Host Header Bucket Specification. For more information about returning the ACL of an object, see GetObjectAcl. If the object you are retrieving is stored in the S3 Glacier or S3 Glacier Deep Archive storage class, or S3 Intelligent-Tiering Archive or S3 Intelligent-Tiering Deep Archive tiers, before you can retrieve the object you must first restore a copy using RestoreObject. Otherwise, this action returns an InvalidObjectStateError error. For information about restoring archived objects, see Restoring Archived Objects. Encryption request headers, like x-amz-server-side-encryption, should not be sent for GET requests if your object uses server-side encryption with KMS keys (SSE-KMS) or server-side encryption with Amazon S3–managed encryption keys (SSE-S3). If your object does use these types of keys, you’ll get an HTTP 400 BadRequest error. If you encrypt an object by using server-side encryption with customer-provided encryption keys (SSE-C) when you store the object in Amazon S3, then when you GET the object, you must use the following headers:   x-amz-server-side-encryption-customer-algorithm   x-amz-server-side-encryption-customer-key   x-amz-server-side-encryption-customer-key-MD5   For more information about SSE-C, see Server-Side Encryption (Using Customer-Provided Encryption Keys). Assuming you have the relevant permission to read object tags, the response also returns the x-amz-tagging-count header that provides the count of number of tags associated with the object. You can use GetObjectTagging to retrieve the tag set associated with an object.  Permissions  You need the relevant read object (or version) permission for this operation. For more information, see Specifying Permissions in a Policy. If the object you request does not exist, the error Amazon S3 returns depends on whether you also have the s3:ListBucket permission.   If you have the s3:ListBucket permission on the bucket, Amazon S3 will return an HTTP status code 404 ("no such key") error.   If you don’t have the s3:ListBucket permission, Amazon S3 will return an HTTP status code 403 ("access denied") error.    Versioning  By default, the GET action returns the current version of an object. To return a different version, use the versionId subresource.     If you supply a versionId, you need the s3:GetObjectVersion permission to access a specific version of an object. If you request a specific version, you do not need to have the s3:GetObject permission.    If the current version of the object is a delete marker, Amazon S3 behaves as if the object was deleted and includes x-amz-delete-marker: true in the response.    For more information about versioning, see PutBucketVersioning.   Overriding Response Header Values  There are times when you want to override certain response header values in a GET response. For example, you might override the Content-Disposition response header value in your GET request. You can override values for a set of response headers using the following query parameters. These response header values are sent only on a successful request, that is, when status code 200 OK is returned. The set of headers you can override using these parameters is a subset of the headers that Amazon S3 accepts when you create an object. The response headers that you can override for the GET response are Content-Type, Content-Language, Expires, Cache-Control, Content-Disposition, and Content-Encoding. To override these header values in the GET response, you use the following request parameters.  You must sign the request, either using an Authorization header or a presigned URL, when using these parameters. They cannot be used with an unsigned (anonymous) request.     response-content-type     response-content-language     response-expires     response-cache-control     response-content-disposition     response-content-encoding     Additional Considerations about Request Headers  If both of the If-Match and If-Unmodified-Since headers are present in the request as follows: If-Match condition evaluates to true, and; If-Unmodified-Since condition evaluates to false; then, S3 returns 200 OK and the data requested.  If both of the If-None-Match and If-Modified-Since headers are present in the request as follows: If-None-Match condition evaluates to false, and; If-Modified-Since condition evaluates to true; then, S3 returns 304 Not Modified response code. For more information about conditional requests, see RFC 7232. The following operations are related to GetObject:    ListBuckets     GetObjectAcl   
+   * Retrieves objects from Amazon S3. To use GET, you must have READ access to the object. If you grant READ access to the anonymous user, you can return the object without using an authorization header. An Amazon S3 bucket has no directory hierarchy such as you would find in a typical computer file system. You can, however, create a logical hierarchy by using object key names that imply a folder structure. For example, instead of naming an object sample.jpg, you can name it photos/2006/February/sample.jpg. To get an object from such a logical hierarchy, specify the full key name for the object in the GET operation. For a virtual hosted-style request example, if you have the object photos/2006/February/sample.jpg, specify the resource as /photos/2006/February/sample.jpg. For a path-style request example, if you have the object photos/2006/February/sample.jpg in the bucket named examplebucket, specify the resource as /examplebucket/photos/2006/February/sample.jpg. For more information about request types, see HTTP Host Header Bucket Specification. For more information about returning the ACL of an object, see GetObjectAcl. If the object you are retrieving is stored in the S3 Glacier or S3 Glacier Deep Archive storage class, or S3 Intelligent-Tiering Archive or S3 Intelligent-Tiering Deep Archive tiers, before you can retrieve the object you must first restore a copy using RestoreObject. Otherwise, this action returns an InvalidObjectState error. For information about restoring archived objects, see Restoring Archived Objects. Encryption request headers, like x-amz-server-side-encryption, should not be sent for GET requests if your object uses server-side encryption with KMS keys (SSE-KMS) or server-side encryption with Amazon S3–managed encryption keys (SSE-S3). If your object does use these types of keys, you’ll get an HTTP 400 BadRequest error. If you encrypt an object by using server-side encryption with customer-provided encryption keys (SSE-C) when you store the object in Amazon S3, then when you GET the object, you must use the following headers:   x-amz-server-side-encryption-customer-algorithm   x-amz-server-side-encryption-customer-key   x-amz-server-side-encryption-customer-key-MD5   For more information about SSE-C, see Server-Side Encryption (Using Customer-Provided Encryption Keys). Assuming you have the relevant permission to read object tags, the response also returns the x-amz-tagging-count header that provides the count of number of tags associated with the object. You can use GetObjectTagging to retrieve the tag set associated with an object.  Permissions  You need the relevant read object (or version) permission for this operation. For more information, see Specifying Permissions in a Policy. If the object you request does not exist, the error Amazon S3 returns depends on whether you also have the s3:ListBucket permission.   If you have the s3:ListBucket permission on the bucket, Amazon S3 will return an HTTP status code 404 ("no such key") error.   If you don’t have the s3:ListBucket permission, Amazon S3 will return an HTTP status code 403 ("access denied") error.    Versioning  By default, the GET action returns the current version of an object. To return a different version, use the versionId subresource.     If you supply a versionId, you need the s3:GetObjectVersion permission to access a specific version of an object. If you request a specific version, you do not need to have the s3:GetObject permission. If you request the current version without a specific version ID, only s3:GetObject permission is required. s3:GetObjectVersion permission won't be required.   If the current version of the object is a delete marker, Amazon S3 behaves as if the object was deleted and includes x-amz-delete-marker: true in the response.    For more information about versioning, see PutBucketVersioning.   Overriding Response Header Values  There are times when you want to override certain response header values in a GET response. For example, you might override the Content-Disposition response header value in your GET request. You can override values for a set of response headers using the following query parameters. These response header values are sent only on a successful request, that is, when status code 200 OK is returned. The set of headers you can override using these parameters is a subset of the headers that Amazon S3 accepts when you create an object. The response headers that you can override for the GET response are Content-Type, Content-Language, Expires, Cache-Control, Content-Disposition, and Content-Encoding. To override these header values in the GET response, you use the following request parameters.  You must sign the request, either using an Authorization header or a presigned URL, when using these parameters. They cannot be used with an unsigned (anonymous) request.     response-content-type     response-content-language     response-expires     response-cache-control     response-content-disposition     response-content-encoding     Overriding Response Header Values  If both of the If-Match and If-Unmodified-Since headers are present in the request as follows: If-Match condition evaluates to true, and; If-Unmodified-Since condition evaluates to false; then, S3 returns 200 OK and the data requested.  If both of the If-None-Match and If-Modified-Since headers are present in the request as follows: If-None-Match condition evaluates to false, and; If-Modified-Since condition evaluates to true; then, S3 returns 304 Not Modified response code. For more information about conditional requests, see RFC 7232.   The following operations are related to GetObject:    ListBuckets     GetObjectAcl   
    */
   getObject(callback?: (err: AWSError, data: S3.Types.GetObjectOutput) => void): Request<S3.Types.GetObjectOutput, AWSError>;
   /**
-   * Returns the access control list (ACL) of an object. To use this operation, you must have s3:GetObjectAcl permissions or READ_ACP access to the object. For more information, see Mapping of ACL permissions and access policy permissions in the Amazon S3 User Guide  This action is not supported by Amazon S3 on Outposts.  Versioning  By default, GET returns ACL information about the current version of an object. To return ACL information about a different version, use the versionId subresource.  If your bucket uses the bucket owner enforced setting for S3 Object Ownership, requests to read ACLs are still supported and return the bucket-owner-full-control ACL with the owner being the account that created the bucket. For more information, see  Controlling object ownership and disabling ACLs in the Amazon S3 User Guide.  The following operations are related to GetObjectAcl:    GetObject     GetObjectAttributes     DeleteObject     PutObject   
+   * Returns the access control list (ACL) of an object. To use this operation, you must have s3:GetObjectAcl permissions or READ_ACP access to the object. For more information, see Mapping of ACL permissions and access policy permissions in the Amazon S3 User Guide  This action is not supported by Amazon S3 on Outposts. By default, GET returns ACL information about the current version of an object. To return ACL information about a different version, use the versionId subresource.  If your bucket uses the bucket owner enforced setting for S3 Object Ownership, requests to read ACLs are still supported and return the bucket-owner-full-control ACL with the owner being the account that created the bucket. For more information, see  Controlling object ownership and disabling ACLs in the Amazon S3 User Guide.  The following operations are related to GetObjectAcl:    GetObject     GetObjectAttributes     DeleteObject     PutObject   
    */
   getObjectAcl(params: S3.Types.GetObjectAclRequest, callback?: (err: AWSError, data: S3.Types.GetObjectAclOutput) => void): Request<S3.Types.GetObjectAclOutput, AWSError>;
   /**
-   * Returns the access control list (ACL) of an object. To use this operation, you must have s3:GetObjectAcl permissions or READ_ACP access to the object. For more information, see Mapping of ACL permissions and access policy permissions in the Amazon S3 User Guide  This action is not supported by Amazon S3 on Outposts.  Versioning  By default, GET returns ACL information about the current version of an object. To return ACL information about a different version, use the versionId subresource.  If your bucket uses the bucket owner enforced setting for S3 Object Ownership, requests to read ACLs are still supported and return the bucket-owner-full-control ACL with the owner being the account that created the bucket. For more information, see  Controlling object ownership and disabling ACLs in the Amazon S3 User Guide.  The following operations are related to GetObjectAcl:    GetObject     GetObjectAttributes     DeleteObject     PutObject   
+   * Returns the access control list (ACL) of an object. To use this operation, you must have s3:GetObjectAcl permissions or READ_ACP access to the object. For more information, see Mapping of ACL permissions and access policy permissions in the Amazon S3 User Guide  This action is not supported by Amazon S3 on Outposts. By default, GET returns ACL information about the current version of an object. To return ACL information about a different version, use the versionId subresource.  If your bucket uses the bucket owner enforced setting for S3 Object Ownership, requests to read ACLs are still supported and return the bucket-owner-full-control ACL with the owner being the account that created the bucket. For more information, see  Controlling object ownership and disabling ACLs in the Amazon S3 User Guide.  The following operations are related to GetObjectAcl:    GetObject     GetObjectAttributes     DeleteObject     PutObject   
    */
   getObjectAcl(callback?: (err: AWSError, data: S3.Types.GetObjectAclOutput) => void): Request<S3.Types.GetObjectAclOutput, AWSError>;
   /**
-   * Retrieves all the metadata from an object without returning the object itself. This action is useful if you're interested only in an object's metadata. To use GetObjectAttributes, you must have READ access to the object.  GetObjectAttributes combines the functionality of GetObjectAcl, GetObjectLegalHold, GetObjectLockConfiguration, GetObjectRetention, GetObjectTagging, HeadObject, and ListParts. All of the data returned with each of those individual calls can be returned with a single call to GetObjectAttributes. If you encrypt an object by using server-side encryption with customer-provided encryption keys (SSE-C) when you store the object in Amazon S3, then when you retrieve the metadata from the object, you must use the following headers:    x-amz-server-side-encryption-customer-algorithm     x-amz-server-side-encryption-customer-key     x-amz-server-side-encryption-customer-key-MD5    For more information about SSE-C, see Server-Side Encryption (Using Customer-Provided Encryption Keys) in the Amazon S3 User Guide.    Encryption request headers, such as x-amz-server-side-encryption, should not be sent for GET requests if your object uses server-side encryption with Amazon Web Services KMS keys stored in Amazon Web Services Key Management Service (SSE-KMS) or server-side encryption with Amazon S3 managed encryption keys (SSE-S3). If your object does use these types of keys, you'll get an HTTP 400 Bad Request error.    The last modified property in this case is the creation date of the object.    Consider the following when using request headers:    If both of the If-Match and If-Unmodified-Since headers are present in the request as follows, then Amazon S3 returns the HTTP status code 200 OK and the data requested:    If-Match condition evaluates to true.    If-Unmodified-Since condition evaluates to false.     If both of the If-None-Match and If-Modified-Since headers are present in the request as follows, then Amazon S3 returns the HTTP status code 304 Not Modified:    If-None-Match condition evaluates to false.    If-Modified-Since condition evaluates to true.     For more information about conditional requests, see RFC 7232.  Permissions  The permissions that you need to use this operation depend on whether the bucket is versioned. If the bucket is versioned, you need both the s3:GetObjectVersion and s3:GetObjectVersionAttributes permissions for this operation. If the bucket is not versioned, you need the s3:GetObject and s3:GetObjectAttributes permissions. For more information, see Specifying Permissions in a Policy in the Amazon S3 User Guide. If the object that you request does not exist, the error Amazon S3 returns depends on whether you also have the s3:ListBucket permission.   If you have the s3:ListBucket permission on the bucket, Amazon S3 returns an HTTP status code 404 Not Found ("no such key") error.   If you don't have the s3:ListBucket permission, Amazon S3 returns an HTTP status code 403 Forbidden ("access denied") error.   The following actions are related to GetObjectAttributes:    GetObject     GetObjectAcl     GetObjectLegalHold     GetObjectLockConfiguration     GetObjectRetention     GetObjectTagging     HeadObject     ListParts   
+   * Retrieves all the metadata from an object without returning the object itself. This action is useful if you're interested only in an object's metadata. To use GetObjectAttributes, you must have READ access to the object.  GetObjectAttributes combines the functionality of HeadObject and ListParts. All of the data returned with each of those individual calls can be returned with a single call to GetObjectAttributes. If you encrypt an object by using server-side encryption with customer-provided encryption keys (SSE-C) when you store the object in Amazon S3, then when you retrieve the metadata from the object, you must use the following headers:    x-amz-server-side-encryption-customer-algorithm     x-amz-server-side-encryption-customer-key     x-amz-server-side-encryption-customer-key-MD5    For more information about SSE-C, see Server-Side Encryption (Using Customer-Provided Encryption Keys) in the Amazon S3 User Guide.    Encryption request headers, such as x-amz-server-side-encryption, should not be sent for GET requests if your object uses server-side encryption with Amazon Web Services KMS keys stored in Amazon Web Services Key Management Service (SSE-KMS) or server-side encryption with Amazon S3 managed keys (SSE-S3). If your object does use these types of keys, you'll get an HTTP 400 Bad Request error.    The last modified property in this case is the creation date of the object.    Consider the following when using request headers:    If both of the If-Match and If-Unmodified-Since headers are present in the request as follows, then Amazon S3 returns the HTTP status code 200 OK and the data requested:    If-Match condition evaluates to true.    If-Unmodified-Since condition evaluates to false.     If both of the If-None-Match and If-Modified-Since headers are present in the request as follows, then Amazon S3 returns the HTTP status code 304 Not Modified:    If-None-Match condition evaluates to false.    If-Modified-Since condition evaluates to true.     For more information about conditional requests, see RFC 7232.  Permissions  The permissions that you need to use this operation depend on whether the bucket is versioned. If the bucket is versioned, you need both the s3:GetObjectVersion and s3:GetObjectVersionAttributes permissions for this operation. If the bucket is not versioned, you need the s3:GetObject and s3:GetObjectAttributes permissions. For more information, see Specifying Permissions in a Policy in the Amazon S3 User Guide. If the object that you request does not exist, the error Amazon S3 returns depends on whether you also have the s3:ListBucket permission.   If you have the s3:ListBucket permission on the bucket, Amazon S3 returns an HTTP status code 404 Not Found ("no such key") error.   If you don't have the s3:ListBucket permission, Amazon S3 returns an HTTP status code 403 Forbidden ("access denied") error.     The following actions are related to GetObjectAttributes:    GetObject     GetObjectAcl     GetObjectLegalHold     GetObjectLockConfiguration     GetObjectRetention     GetObjectTagging     HeadObject     ListParts   
    */
   getObjectAttributes(params: S3.Types.GetObjectAttributesRequest, callback?: (err: AWSError, data: S3.Types.GetObjectAttributesOutput) => void): Request<S3.Types.GetObjectAttributesOutput, AWSError>;
   /**
-   * Retrieves all the metadata from an object without returning the object itself. This action is useful if you're interested only in an object's metadata. To use GetObjectAttributes, you must have READ access to the object.  GetObjectAttributes combines the functionality of GetObjectAcl, GetObjectLegalHold, GetObjectLockConfiguration, GetObjectRetention, GetObjectTagging, HeadObject, and ListParts. All of the data returned with each of those individual calls can be returned with a single call to GetObjectAttributes. If you encrypt an object by using server-side encryption with customer-provided encryption keys (SSE-C) when you store the object in Amazon S3, then when you retrieve the metadata from the object, you must use the following headers:    x-amz-server-side-encryption-customer-algorithm     x-amz-server-side-encryption-customer-key     x-amz-server-side-encryption-customer-key-MD5    For more information about SSE-C, see Server-Side Encryption (Using Customer-Provided Encryption Keys) in the Amazon S3 User Guide.    Encryption request headers, such as x-amz-server-side-encryption, should not be sent for GET requests if your object uses server-side encryption with Amazon Web Services KMS keys stored in Amazon Web Services Key Management Service (SSE-KMS) or server-side encryption with Amazon S3 managed encryption keys (SSE-S3). If your object does use these types of keys, you'll get an HTTP 400 Bad Request error.    The last modified property in this case is the creation date of the object.    Consider the following when using request headers:    If both of the If-Match and If-Unmodified-Since headers are present in the request as follows, then Amazon S3 returns the HTTP status code 200 OK and the data requested:    If-Match condition evaluates to true.    If-Unmodified-Since condition evaluates to false.     If both of the If-None-Match and If-Modified-Since headers are present in the request as follows, then Amazon S3 returns the HTTP status code 304 Not Modified:    If-None-Match condition evaluates to false.    If-Modified-Since condition evaluates to true.     For more information about conditional requests, see RFC 7232.  Permissions  The permissions that you need to use this operation depend on whether the bucket is versioned. If the bucket is versioned, you need both the s3:GetObjectVersion and s3:GetObjectVersionAttributes permissions for this operation. If the bucket is not versioned, you need the s3:GetObject and s3:GetObjectAttributes permissions. For more information, see Specifying Permissions in a Policy in the Amazon S3 User Guide. If the object that you request does not exist, the error Amazon S3 returns depends on whether you also have the s3:ListBucket permission.   If you have the s3:ListBucket permission on the bucket, Amazon S3 returns an HTTP status code 404 Not Found ("no such key") error.   If you don't have the s3:ListBucket permission, Amazon S3 returns an HTTP status code 403 Forbidden ("access denied") error.   The following actions are related to GetObjectAttributes:    GetObject     GetObjectAcl     GetObjectLegalHold     GetObjectLockConfiguration     GetObjectRetention     GetObjectTagging     HeadObject     ListParts   
+   * Retrieves all the metadata from an object without returning the object itself. This action is useful if you're interested only in an object's metadata. To use GetObjectAttributes, you must have READ access to the object.  GetObjectAttributes combines the functionality of HeadObject and ListParts. All of the data returned with each of those individual calls can be returned with a single call to GetObjectAttributes. If you encrypt an object by using server-side encryption with customer-provided encryption keys (SSE-C) when you store the object in Amazon S3, then when you retrieve the metadata from the object, you must use the following headers:    x-amz-server-side-encryption-customer-algorithm     x-amz-server-side-encryption-customer-key     x-amz-server-side-encryption-customer-key-MD5    For more information about SSE-C, see Server-Side Encryption (Using Customer-Provided Encryption Keys) in the Amazon S3 User Guide.    Encryption request headers, such as x-amz-server-side-encryption, should not be sent for GET requests if your object uses server-side encryption with Amazon Web Services KMS keys stored in Amazon Web Services Key Management Service (SSE-KMS) or server-side encryption with Amazon S3 managed keys (SSE-S3). If your object does use these types of keys, you'll get an HTTP 400 Bad Request error.    The last modified property in this case is the creation date of the object.    Consider the following when using request headers:    If both of the If-Match and If-Unmodified-Since headers are present in the request as follows, then Amazon S3 returns the HTTP status code 200 OK and the data requested:    If-Match condition evaluates to true.    If-Unmodified-Since condition evaluates to false.     If both of the If-None-Match and If-Modified-Since headers are present in the request as follows, then Amazon S3 returns the HTTP status code 304 Not Modified:    If-None-Match condition evaluates to false.    If-Modified-Since condition evaluates to true.     For more information about conditional requests, see RFC 7232.  Permissions  The permissions that you need to use this operation depend on whether the bucket is versioned. If the bucket is versioned, you need both the s3:GetObjectVersion and s3:GetObjectVersionAttributes permissions for this operation. If the bucket is not versioned, you need the s3:GetObject and s3:GetObjectAttributes permissions. For more information, see Specifying Permissions in a Policy in the Amazon S3 User Guide. If the object that you request does not exist, the error Amazon S3 returns depends on whether you also have the s3:ListBucket permission.   If you have the s3:ListBucket permission on the bucket, Amazon S3 returns an HTTP status code 404 Not Found ("no such key") error.   If you don't have the s3:ListBucket permission, Amazon S3 returns an HTTP status code 403 Forbidden ("access denied") error.     The following actions are related to GetObjectAttributes:    GetObject     GetObjectAcl     GetObjectLegalHold     GetObjectLockConfiguration     GetObjectRetention     GetObjectTagging     HeadObject     ListParts   
    */
   getObjectAttributes(callback?: (err: AWSError, data: S3.Types.GetObjectAttributesOutput) => void): Request<S3.Types.GetObjectAttributesOutput, AWSError>;
   /**
@@ -426,11 +426,11 @@ declare class S3 extends S3Customizations {
    */
   getObjectTagging(callback?: (err: AWSError, data: S3.Types.GetObjectTaggingOutput) => void): Request<S3.Types.GetObjectTaggingOutput, AWSError>;
   /**
-   * Returns torrent files from a bucket. BitTorrent can save you bandwidth when you're distributing large files. For more information about BitTorrent, see Using BitTorrent with Amazon S3.  You can get torrent only for objects that are less than 5 GB in size, and that are not encrypted using server-side encryption with a customer-provided encryption key.  To use GET, you must have READ access to the object. This action is not supported by Amazon S3 on Outposts. The following action is related to GetObjectTorrent:    GetObject   
+   * Returns torrent files from a bucket. BitTorrent can save you bandwidth when you're distributing large files.  You can get torrent only for objects that are less than 5 GB in size, and that are not encrypted using server-side encryption with a customer-provided encryption key.  To use GET, you must have READ access to the object. This action is not supported by Amazon S3 on Outposts. The following action is related to GetObjectTorrent:    GetObject   
    */
   getObjectTorrent(params: S3.Types.GetObjectTorrentRequest, callback?: (err: AWSError, data: S3.Types.GetObjectTorrentOutput) => void): Request<S3.Types.GetObjectTorrentOutput, AWSError>;
   /**
-   * Returns torrent files from a bucket. BitTorrent can save you bandwidth when you're distributing large files. For more information about BitTorrent, see Using BitTorrent with Amazon S3.  You can get torrent only for objects that are less than 5 GB in size, and that are not encrypted using server-side encryption with a customer-provided encryption key.  To use GET, you must have READ access to the object. This action is not supported by Amazon S3 on Outposts. The following action is related to GetObjectTorrent:    GetObject   
+   * Returns torrent files from a bucket. BitTorrent can save you bandwidth when you're distributing large files.  You can get torrent only for objects that are less than 5 GB in size, and that are not encrypted using server-side encryption with a customer-provided encryption key.  To use GET, you must have READ access to the object. This action is not supported by Amazon S3 on Outposts. The following action is related to GetObjectTorrent:    GetObject   
    */
   getObjectTorrent(callback?: (err: AWSError, data: S3.Types.GetObjectTorrentOutput) => void): Request<S3.Types.GetObjectTorrentOutput, AWSError>;
   /**
@@ -442,19 +442,19 @@ declare class S3 extends S3Customizations {
    */
   getPublicAccessBlock(callback?: (err: AWSError, data: S3.Types.GetPublicAccessBlockOutput) => void): Request<S3.Types.GetPublicAccessBlockOutput, AWSError>;
   /**
-   * This action is useful to determine if a bucket exists and you have permission to access it. The action returns a 200 OK if the bucket exists and you have permission to access it. If the bucket does not exist or you do not have permission to access it, the HEAD request returns a generic 404 Not Found or 403 Forbidden code. A message body is not included, so you cannot determine the exception beyond these error codes. To use this operation, you must have permissions to perform the s3:ListBucket action. The bucket owner has this permission by default and can grant this permission to others. For more information about permissions, see Permissions Related to Bucket Subresource Operations and Managing Access Permissions to Your Amazon S3 Resources. To use this API against an access point, you must provide the alias of the access point in place of the bucket name or specify the access point ARN. When using the access point ARN, you must direct requests to the access point hostname. The access point hostname takes the form AccessPointName-AccountId.s3-accesspoint.Region.amazonaws.com. When using the Amazon Web Services SDKs, you provide the ARN in place of the bucket name. For more information see, Using access points.
+   * This action is useful to determine if a bucket exists and you have permission to access it. The action returns a 200 OK if the bucket exists and you have permission to access it. If the bucket does not exist or you do not have permission to access it, the HEAD request returns a generic 400 Bad Request, 403 Forbidden or 404 Not Found code. A message body is not included, so you cannot determine the exception beyond these error codes. To use this operation, you must have permissions to perform the s3:ListBucket action. The bucket owner has this permission by default and can grant this permission to others. For more information about permissions, see Permissions Related to Bucket Subresource Operations and Managing Access Permissions to Your Amazon S3 Resources. To use this API operation against an access point, you must provide the alias of the access point in place of the bucket name or specify the access point ARN. When using the access point ARN, you must direct requests to the access point hostname. The access point hostname takes the form AccessPointName-AccountId.s3-accesspoint.Region.amazonaws.com. When using the Amazon Web Services SDKs, you provide the ARN in place of the bucket name. For more information, see Using access points. To use this API operation against an Object Lambda access point, provide the alias of the Object Lambda access point in place of the bucket name. If the Object Lambda access point alias in a request is not valid, the error code InvalidAccessPointAliasError is returned. For more information about InvalidAccessPointAliasError, see List of Error Codes.
    */
   headBucket(params: S3.Types.HeadBucketRequest, callback?: (err: AWSError, data: {}) => void): Request<{}, AWSError>;
   /**
-   * This action is useful to determine if a bucket exists and you have permission to access it. The action returns a 200 OK if the bucket exists and you have permission to access it. If the bucket does not exist or you do not have permission to access it, the HEAD request returns a generic 404 Not Found or 403 Forbidden code. A message body is not included, so you cannot determine the exception beyond these error codes. To use this operation, you must have permissions to perform the s3:ListBucket action. The bucket owner has this permission by default and can grant this permission to others. For more information about permissions, see Permissions Related to Bucket Subresource Operations and Managing Access Permissions to Your Amazon S3 Resources. To use this API against an access point, you must provide the alias of the access point in place of the bucket name or specify the access point ARN. When using the access point ARN, you must direct requests to the access point hostname. The access point hostname takes the form AccessPointName-AccountId.s3-accesspoint.Region.amazonaws.com. When using the Amazon Web Services SDKs, you provide the ARN in place of the bucket name. For more information see, Using access points.
+   * This action is useful to determine if a bucket exists and you have permission to access it. The action returns a 200 OK if the bucket exists and you have permission to access it. If the bucket does not exist or you do not have permission to access it, the HEAD request returns a generic 400 Bad Request, 403 Forbidden or 404 Not Found code. A message body is not included, so you cannot determine the exception beyond these error codes. To use this operation, you must have permissions to perform the s3:ListBucket action. The bucket owner has this permission by default and can grant this permission to others. For more information about permissions, see Permissions Related to Bucket Subresource Operations and Managing Access Permissions to Your Amazon S3 Resources. To use this API operation against an access point, you must provide the alias of the access point in place of the bucket name or specify the access point ARN. When using the access point ARN, you must direct requests to the access point hostname. The access point hostname takes the form AccessPointName-AccountId.s3-accesspoint.Region.amazonaws.com. When using the Amazon Web Services SDKs, you provide the ARN in place of the bucket name. For more information, see Using access points. To use this API operation against an Object Lambda access point, provide the alias of the Object Lambda access point in place of the bucket name. If the Object Lambda access point alias in a request is not valid, the error code InvalidAccessPointAliasError is returned. For more information about InvalidAccessPointAliasError, see List of Error Codes.
    */
   headBucket(callback?: (err: AWSError, data: {}) => void): Request<{}, AWSError>;
   /**
-   * The HEAD action retrieves metadata from an object without returning the object itself. This action is useful if you're only interested in an object's metadata. To use HEAD, you must have READ access to the object. A HEAD request has the same options as a GET action on an object. The response is identical to the GET response except that there is no response body. Because of this, if the HEAD request generates an error, it returns a generic 404 Not Found or 403 Forbidden code. It is not possible to retrieve the exact exception beyond these error codes. If you encrypt an object by using server-side encryption with customer-provided encryption keys (SSE-C) when you store the object in Amazon S3, then when you retrieve the metadata from the object, you must use the following headers:   x-amz-server-side-encryption-customer-algorithm   x-amz-server-side-encryption-customer-key   x-amz-server-side-encryption-customer-key-MD5   For more information about SSE-C, see Server-Side Encryption (Using Customer-Provided Encryption Keys).    Encryption request headers, like x-amz-server-side-encryption, should not be sent for GET requests if your object uses server-side encryption with KMS keys (SSE-KMS) or server-side encryption with Amazon S3–managed encryption keys (SSE-S3). If your object does use these types of keys, you’ll get an HTTP 400 BadRequest error.    The last modified property in this case is the creation date of the object.    Request headers are limited to 8 KB in size. For more information, see Common Request Headers. Consider the following when using request headers:    Consideration 1 – If both of the If-Match and If-Unmodified-Since headers are present in the request as follows:    If-Match condition evaluates to true, and;    If-Unmodified-Since condition evaluates to false;   Then Amazon S3 returns 200 OK and the data requested.    Consideration 2 – If both of the If-None-Match and If-Modified-Since headers are present in the request as follows:    If-None-Match condition evaluates to false, and;    If-Modified-Since condition evaluates to true;   Then Amazon S3 returns the 304 Not Modified response code.   For more information about conditional requests, see RFC 7232.  Permissions  You need the relevant read object (or version) permission for this operation. For more information, see Specifying Permissions in a Policy. If the object you request does not exist, the error Amazon S3 returns depends on whether you also have the s3:ListBucket permission.   If you have the s3:ListBucket permission on the bucket, Amazon S3 returns an HTTP status code 404 ("no such key") error.   If you don’t have the s3:ListBucket permission, Amazon S3 returns an HTTP status code 403 ("access denied") error.   The following actions are related to HeadObject:    GetObject     GetObjectAttributes   
+   * The HEAD action retrieves metadata from an object without returning the object itself. This action is useful if you're only interested in an object's metadata. To use HEAD, you must have READ access to the object. A HEAD request has the same options as a GET action on an object. The response is identical to the GET response except that there is no response body. Because of this, if the HEAD request generates an error, it returns a generic 400 Bad Request, 403 Forbidden or 404 Not Found code. It is not possible to retrieve the exact exception beyond these error codes. If you encrypt an object by using server-side encryption with customer-provided encryption keys (SSE-C) when you store the object in Amazon S3, then when you retrieve the metadata from the object, you must use the following headers:   x-amz-server-side-encryption-customer-algorithm   x-amz-server-side-encryption-customer-key   x-amz-server-side-encryption-customer-key-MD5   For more information about SSE-C, see Server-Side Encryption (Using Customer-Provided Encryption Keys).    Encryption request headers, like x-amz-server-side-encryption, should not be sent for GET requests if your object uses server-side encryption with KMS keys (SSE-KMS) or server-side encryption with Amazon S3–managed encryption keys (SSE-S3). If your object does use these types of keys, you’ll get an HTTP 400 BadRequest error.    The last modified property in this case is the creation date of the object.    Request headers are limited to 8 KB in size. For more information, see Common Request Headers. Consider the following when using request headers:    Consideration 1 – If both of the If-Match and If-Unmodified-Since headers are present in the request as follows:    If-Match condition evaluates to true, and;    If-Unmodified-Since condition evaluates to false;   Then Amazon S3 returns 200 OK and the data requested.    Consideration 2 – If both of the If-None-Match and If-Modified-Since headers are present in the request as follows:    If-None-Match condition evaluates to false, and;    If-Modified-Since condition evaluates to true;   Then Amazon S3 returns the 304 Not Modified response code.   For more information about conditional requests, see RFC 7232.  Permissions  You need the relevant read object (or version) permission for this operation. For more information, see Actions, resources, and condition keys for Amazon S3. If the object you request does not exist, the error Amazon S3 returns depends on whether you also have the s3:ListBucket permission.   If you have the s3:ListBucket permission on the bucket, Amazon S3 returns an HTTP status code 404 ("no such key") error.   If you don’t have the s3:ListBucket permission, Amazon S3 returns an HTTP status code 403 ("access denied") error.     The following actions are related to HeadObject:    GetObject     GetObjectAttributes   
    */
   headObject(params: S3.Types.HeadObjectRequest, callback?: (err: AWSError, data: S3.Types.HeadObjectOutput) => void): Request<S3.Types.HeadObjectOutput, AWSError>;
   /**
-   * The HEAD action retrieves metadata from an object without returning the object itself. This action is useful if you're only interested in an object's metadata. To use HEAD, you must have READ access to the object. A HEAD request has the same options as a GET action on an object. The response is identical to the GET response except that there is no response body. Because of this, if the HEAD request generates an error, it returns a generic 404 Not Found or 403 Forbidden code. It is not possible to retrieve the exact exception beyond these error codes. If you encrypt an object by using server-side encryption with customer-provided encryption keys (SSE-C) when you store the object in Amazon S3, then when you retrieve the metadata from the object, you must use the following headers:   x-amz-server-side-encryption-customer-algorithm   x-amz-server-side-encryption-customer-key   x-amz-server-side-encryption-customer-key-MD5   For more information about SSE-C, see Server-Side Encryption (Using Customer-Provided Encryption Keys).    Encryption request headers, like x-amz-server-side-encryption, should not be sent for GET requests if your object uses server-side encryption with KMS keys (SSE-KMS) or server-side encryption with Amazon S3–managed encryption keys (SSE-S3). If your object does use these types of keys, you’ll get an HTTP 400 BadRequest error.    The last modified property in this case is the creation date of the object.    Request headers are limited to 8 KB in size. For more information, see Common Request Headers. Consider the following when using request headers:    Consideration 1 – If both of the If-Match and If-Unmodified-Since headers are present in the request as follows:    If-Match condition evaluates to true, and;    If-Unmodified-Since condition evaluates to false;   Then Amazon S3 returns 200 OK and the data requested.    Consideration 2 – If both of the If-None-Match and If-Modified-Since headers are present in the request as follows:    If-None-Match condition evaluates to false, and;    If-Modified-Since condition evaluates to true;   Then Amazon S3 returns the 304 Not Modified response code.   For more information about conditional requests, see RFC 7232.  Permissions  You need the relevant read object (or version) permission for this operation. For more information, see Specifying Permissions in a Policy. If the object you request does not exist, the error Amazon S3 returns depends on whether you also have the s3:ListBucket permission.   If you have the s3:ListBucket permission on the bucket, Amazon S3 returns an HTTP status code 404 ("no such key") error.   If you don’t have the s3:ListBucket permission, Amazon S3 returns an HTTP status code 403 ("access denied") error.   The following actions are related to HeadObject:    GetObject     GetObjectAttributes   
+   * The HEAD action retrieves metadata from an object without returning the object itself. This action is useful if you're only interested in an object's metadata. To use HEAD, you must have READ access to the object. A HEAD request has the same options as a GET action on an object. The response is identical to the GET response except that there is no response body. Because of this, if the HEAD request generates an error, it returns a generic 400 Bad Request, 403 Forbidden or 404 Not Found code. It is not possible to retrieve the exact exception beyond these error codes. If you encrypt an object by using server-side encryption with customer-provided encryption keys (SSE-C) when you store the object in Amazon S3, then when you retrieve the metadata from the object, you must use the following headers:   x-amz-server-side-encryption-customer-algorithm   x-amz-server-side-encryption-customer-key   x-amz-server-side-encryption-customer-key-MD5   For more information about SSE-C, see Server-Side Encryption (Using Customer-Provided Encryption Keys).    Encryption request headers, like x-amz-server-side-encryption, should not be sent for GET requests if your object uses server-side encryption with KMS keys (SSE-KMS) or server-side encryption with Amazon S3–managed encryption keys (SSE-S3). If your object does use these types of keys, you’ll get an HTTP 400 BadRequest error.    The last modified property in this case is the creation date of the object.    Request headers are limited to 8 KB in size. For more information, see Common Request Headers. Consider the following when using request headers:    Consideration 1 – If both of the If-Match and If-Unmodified-Since headers are present in the request as follows:    If-Match condition evaluates to true, and;    If-Unmodified-Since condition evaluates to false;   Then Amazon S3 returns 200 OK and the data requested.    Consideration 2 – If both of the If-None-Match and If-Modified-Since headers are present in the request as follows:    If-None-Match condition evaluates to false, and;    If-Modified-Since condition evaluates to true;   Then Amazon S3 returns the 304 Not Modified response code.   For more information about conditional requests, see RFC 7232.  Permissions  You need the relevant read object (or version) permission for this operation. For more information, see Actions, resources, and condition keys for Amazon S3. If the object you request does not exist, the error Amazon S3 returns depends on whether you also have the s3:ListBucket permission.   If you have the s3:ListBucket permission on the bucket, Amazon S3 returns an HTTP status code 404 ("no such key") error.   If you don’t have the s3:ListBucket permission, Amazon S3 returns an HTTP status code 403 ("access denied") error.     The following actions are related to HeadObject:    GetObject     GetObjectAttributes   
    */
   headObject(callback?: (err: AWSError, data: S3.Types.HeadObjectOutput) => void): Request<S3.Types.HeadObjectOutput, AWSError>;
   /**
@@ -490,7 +490,7 @@ declare class S3 extends S3Customizations {
    */
   listBucketMetricsConfigurations(callback?: (err: AWSError, data: S3.Types.ListBucketMetricsConfigurationsOutput) => void): Request<S3.Types.ListBucketMetricsConfigurationsOutput, AWSError>;
   /**
-   * Returns a list of all buckets owned by the authenticated sender of the request. To use this operation, you must have the s3:ListAllMyBuckets permission.
+   * Returns a list of all buckets owned by the authenticated sender of the request. To use this operation, you must have the s3:ListAllMyBuckets permission.  For information about Amazon S3 buckets, see Creating, configuring, and working with Amazon S3 buckets.
    */
   listBuckets(callback?: (err: AWSError, data: S3.Types.ListBucketsOutput) => void): Request<S3.Types.ListBucketsOutput, AWSError>;
   /**
@@ -542,75 +542,75 @@ declare class S3 extends S3Customizations {
    */
   putBucketAccelerateConfiguration(callback?: (err: AWSError, data: {}) => void): Request<{}, AWSError>;
   /**
-   * Sets the permissions on an existing bucket using access control lists (ACL). For more information, see Using ACLs. To set the ACL of a bucket, you must have WRITE_ACP permission. You can use one of the following two ways to set a bucket's permissions:   Specify the ACL in the request body   Specify permissions using request headers    You cannot specify access permission using both the body and the request headers.  Depending on your application needs, you may choose to set the ACL on a bucket using either the request body or the headers. For example, if you have an existing application that updates a bucket ACL using the request body, then you can continue to use that approach.  If your bucket uses the bucket owner enforced setting for S3 Object Ownership, ACLs are disabled and no longer affect permissions. You must use policies to grant access to your bucket and the objects in it. Requests to set ACLs or update ACLs fail and return the AccessControlListNotSupported error code. Requests to read ACLs are still supported. For more information, see Controlling object ownership in the Amazon S3 User Guide.   Access Permissions  You can set access permissions using one of the following methods:   Specify a canned ACL with the x-amz-acl request header. Amazon S3 supports a set of predefined ACLs, known as canned ACLs. Each canned ACL has a predefined set of grantees and permissions. Specify the canned ACL name as the value of x-amz-acl. If you use this header, you cannot use other access control-specific headers in your request. For more information, see Canned ACL.   Specify access permissions explicitly with the x-amz-grant-read, x-amz-grant-read-acp, x-amz-grant-write-acp, and x-amz-grant-full-control headers. When using these headers, you specify explicit access permissions and grantees (Amazon Web Services accounts or Amazon S3 groups) who will receive the permission. If you use these ACL-specific headers, you cannot use the x-amz-acl header to set a canned ACL. These parameters map to the set of permissions that Amazon S3 supports in an ACL. For more information, see Access Control List (ACL) Overview. You specify each grantee as a type=value pair, where the type is one of the following:    id – if the value specified is the canonical user ID of an Amazon Web Services account    uri – if you are granting permissions to a predefined group    emailAddress – if the value specified is the email address of an Amazon Web Services account  Using email addresses to specify a grantee is only supported in the following Amazon Web Services Regions:    US East (N. Virginia)   US West (N. California)    US West (Oregon)    Asia Pacific (Singapore)   Asia Pacific (Sydney)   Asia Pacific (Tokyo)   Europe (Ireland)   South America (São Paulo)   For a list of all the Amazon S3 supported Regions and endpoints, see Regions and Endpoints in the Amazon Web Services General Reference.    For example, the following x-amz-grant-write header grants create, overwrite, and delete objects permission to LogDelivery group predefined by Amazon S3 and two Amazon Web Services accounts identified by their email addresses.  x-amz-grant-write: uri="http://acs.amazonaws.com/groups/s3/LogDelivery", id="111122223333", id="555566667777"     You can use either a canned ACL or specify access permissions explicitly. You cannot do both.  Grantee Values  You can specify the person (grantee) to whom you're assigning access rights (using request elements) in the following ways:   By the person's ID:  &lt;Grantee xmlns:xsi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XMLSchema-instance" xsi:type="CanonicalUser"&gt;&lt;ID&gt;&lt;&gt;ID&lt;&gt;&lt;/ID&gt;&lt;DisplayName&gt;&lt;&gt;GranteesEmail&lt;&gt;&lt;/DisplayName&gt; &lt;/Grantee&gt;  DisplayName is optional and ignored in the request   By URI:  &lt;Grantee xmlns:xsi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XMLSchema-instance" xsi:type="Group"&gt;&lt;URI&gt;&lt;&gt;http://acs.amazonaws.com/groups/global/AuthenticatedUsers&lt;&gt;&lt;/URI&gt;&lt;/Grantee&gt;    By Email address:  &lt;Grantee xmlns:xsi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XMLSchema-instance" xsi:type="AmazonCustomerByEmail"&gt;&lt;EmailAddress&gt;&lt;&gt;Grantees@email.com&lt;&gt;&lt;/EmailAddress&gt;lt;/Grantee&gt;  The grantee is resolved to the CanonicalUser and, in a response to a GET Object acl request, appears as the CanonicalUser.   Using email addresses to specify a grantee is only supported in the following Amazon Web Services Regions:    US East (N. Virginia)   US West (N. California)    US West (Oregon)    Asia Pacific (Singapore)   Asia Pacific (Sydney)   Asia Pacific (Tokyo)   Europe (Ireland)   South America (São Paulo)   For a list of all the Amazon S3 supported Regions and endpoints, see Regions and Endpoints in the Amazon Web Services General Reference.     Related Resources     CreateBucket     DeleteBucket     GetObjectAcl   
+   * Sets the permissions on an existing bucket using access control lists (ACL). For more information, see Using ACLs. To set the ACL of a bucket, you must have WRITE_ACP permission. You can use one of the following two ways to set a bucket's permissions:   Specify the ACL in the request body   Specify permissions using request headers    You cannot specify access permission using both the body and the request headers.  Depending on your application needs, you may choose to set the ACL on a bucket using either the request body or the headers. For example, if you have an existing application that updates a bucket ACL using the request body, then you can continue to use that approach.  If your bucket uses the bucket owner enforced setting for S3 Object Ownership, ACLs are disabled and no longer affect permissions. You must use policies to grant access to your bucket and the objects in it. Requests to set ACLs or update ACLs fail and return the AccessControlListNotSupported error code. Requests to read ACLs are still supported. For more information, see Controlling object ownership in the Amazon S3 User Guide.   Permissions  You can set access permissions using one of the following methods:   Specify a canned ACL with the x-amz-acl request header. Amazon S3 supports a set of predefined ACLs, known as canned ACLs. Each canned ACL has a predefined set of grantees and permissions. Specify the canned ACL name as the value of x-amz-acl. If you use this header, you cannot use other access control-specific headers in your request. For more information, see Canned ACL.   Specify access permissions explicitly with the x-amz-grant-read, x-amz-grant-read-acp, x-amz-grant-write-acp, and x-amz-grant-full-control headers. When using these headers, you specify explicit access permissions and grantees (Amazon Web Services accounts or Amazon S3 groups) who will receive the permission. If you use these ACL-specific headers, you cannot use the x-amz-acl header to set a canned ACL. These parameters map to the set of permissions that Amazon S3 supports in an ACL. For more information, see Access Control List (ACL) Overview. You specify each grantee as a type=value pair, where the type is one of the following:    id – if the value specified is the canonical user ID of an Amazon Web Services account    uri – if you are granting permissions to a predefined group    emailAddress – if the value specified is the email address of an Amazon Web Services account  Using email addresses to specify a grantee is only supported in the following Amazon Web Services Regions:    US East (N. Virginia)   US West (N. California)    US West (Oregon)    Asia Pacific (Singapore)   Asia Pacific (Sydney)   Asia Pacific (Tokyo)   Europe (Ireland)   South America (São Paulo)   For a list of all the Amazon S3 supported Regions and endpoints, see Regions and Endpoints in the Amazon Web Services General Reference.    For example, the following x-amz-grant-write header grants create, overwrite, and delete objects permission to LogDelivery group predefined by Amazon S3 and two Amazon Web Services accounts identified by their email addresses.  x-amz-grant-write: uri="http://acs.amazonaws.com/groups/s3/LogDelivery", id="111122223333", id="555566667777"     You can use either a canned ACL or specify access permissions explicitly. You cannot do both.  Grantee Values  You can specify the person (grantee) to whom you're assigning access rights (using request elements) in the following ways:   By the person's ID:  &lt;Grantee xmlns:xsi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XMLSchema-instance" xsi:type="CanonicalUser"&gt;&lt;ID&gt;&lt;&gt;ID&lt;&gt;&lt;/ID&gt;&lt;DisplayName&gt;&lt;&gt;GranteesEmail&lt;&gt;&lt;/DisplayName&gt; &lt;/Grantee&gt;  DisplayName is optional and ignored in the request   By URI:  &lt;Grantee xmlns:xsi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XMLSchema-instance" xsi:type="Group"&gt;&lt;URI&gt;&lt;&gt;http://acs.amazonaws.com/groups/global/AuthenticatedUsers&lt;&gt;&lt;/URI&gt;&lt;/Grantee&gt;    By Email address:  &lt;Grantee xmlns:xsi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XMLSchema-instance" xsi:type="AmazonCustomerByEmail"&gt;&lt;EmailAddress&gt;&lt;&gt;Grantees@email.com&lt;&gt;&lt;/EmailAddress&gt;&amp;&lt;/Grantee&gt;  The grantee is resolved to the CanonicalUser and, in a response to a GET Object acl request, appears as the CanonicalUser.   Using email addresses to specify a grantee is only supported in the following Amazon Web Services Regions:    US East (N. Virginia)   US West (N. California)    US West (Oregon)    Asia Pacific (Singapore)   Asia Pacific (Sydney)   Asia Pacific (Tokyo)   Europe (Ireland)   South America (São Paulo)   For a list of all the Amazon S3 supported Regions and endpoints, see Regions and Endpoints in the Amazon Web Services General Reference.      The following operations are related to PutBucketAcl:    CreateBucket     DeleteBucket     GetObjectAcl   
    */
   putBucketAcl(params: S3.Types.PutBucketAclRequest, callback?: (err: AWSError, data: {}) => void): Request<{}, AWSError>;
   /**
-   * Sets the permissions on an existing bucket using access control lists (ACL). For more information, see Using ACLs. To set the ACL of a bucket, you must have WRITE_ACP permission. You can use one of the following two ways to set a bucket's permissions:   Specify the ACL in the request body   Specify permissions using request headers    You cannot specify access permission using both the body and the request headers.  Depending on your application needs, you may choose to set the ACL on a bucket using either the request body or the headers. For example, if you have an existing application that updates a bucket ACL using the request body, then you can continue to use that approach.  If your bucket uses the bucket owner enforced setting for S3 Object Ownership, ACLs are disabled and no longer affect permissions. You must use policies to grant access to your bucket and the objects in it. Requests to set ACLs or update ACLs fail and return the AccessControlListNotSupported error code. Requests to read ACLs are still supported. For more information, see Controlling object ownership in the Amazon S3 User Guide.   Access Permissions  You can set access permissions using one of the following methods:   Specify a canned ACL with the x-amz-acl request header. Amazon S3 supports a set of predefined ACLs, known as canned ACLs. Each canned ACL has a predefined set of grantees and permissions. Specify the canned ACL name as the value of x-amz-acl. If you use this header, you cannot use other access control-specific headers in your request. For more information, see Canned ACL.   Specify access permissions explicitly with the x-amz-grant-read, x-amz-grant-read-acp, x-amz-grant-write-acp, and x-amz-grant-full-control headers. When using these headers, you specify explicit access permissions and grantees (Amazon Web Services accounts or Amazon S3 groups) who will receive the permission. If you use these ACL-specific headers, you cannot use the x-amz-acl header to set a canned ACL. These parameters map to the set of permissions that Amazon S3 supports in an ACL. For more information, see Access Control List (ACL) Overview. You specify each grantee as a type=value pair, where the type is one of the following:    id – if the value specified is the canonical user ID of an Amazon Web Services account    uri – if you are granting permissions to a predefined group    emailAddress – if the value specified is the email address of an Amazon Web Services account  Using email addresses to specify a grantee is only supported in the following Amazon Web Services Regions:    US East (N. Virginia)   US West (N. California)    US West (Oregon)    Asia Pacific (Singapore)   Asia Pacific (Sydney)   Asia Pacific (Tokyo)   Europe (Ireland)   South America (São Paulo)   For a list of all the Amazon S3 supported Regions and endpoints, see Regions and Endpoints in the Amazon Web Services General Reference.    For example, the following x-amz-grant-write header grants create, overwrite, and delete objects permission to LogDelivery group predefined by Amazon S3 and two Amazon Web Services accounts identified by their email addresses.  x-amz-grant-write: uri="http://acs.amazonaws.com/groups/s3/LogDelivery", id="111122223333", id="555566667777"     You can use either a canned ACL or specify access permissions explicitly. You cannot do both.  Grantee Values  You can specify the person (grantee) to whom you're assigning access rights (using request elements) in the following ways:   By the person's ID:  &lt;Grantee xmlns:xsi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XMLSchema-instance" xsi:type="CanonicalUser"&gt;&lt;ID&gt;&lt;&gt;ID&lt;&gt;&lt;/ID&gt;&lt;DisplayName&gt;&lt;&gt;GranteesEmail&lt;&gt;&lt;/DisplayName&gt; &lt;/Grantee&gt;  DisplayName is optional and ignored in the request   By URI:  &lt;Grantee xmlns:xsi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XMLSchema-instance" xsi:type="Group"&gt;&lt;URI&gt;&lt;&gt;http://acs.amazonaws.com/groups/global/AuthenticatedUsers&lt;&gt;&lt;/URI&gt;&lt;/Grantee&gt;    By Email address:  &lt;Grantee xmlns:xsi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XMLSchema-instance" xsi:type="AmazonCustomerByEmail"&gt;&lt;EmailAddress&gt;&lt;&gt;Grantees@email.com&lt;&gt;&lt;/EmailAddress&gt;lt;/Grantee&gt;  The grantee is resolved to the CanonicalUser and, in a response to a GET Object acl request, appears as the CanonicalUser.   Using email addresses to specify a grantee is only supported in the following Amazon Web Services Regions:    US East (N. Virginia)   US West (N. California)    US West (Oregon)    Asia Pacific (Singapore)   Asia Pacific (Sydney)   Asia Pacific (Tokyo)   Europe (Ireland)   South America (São Paulo)   For a list of all the Amazon S3 supported Regions and endpoints, see Regions and Endpoints in the Amazon Web Services General Reference.     Related Resources     CreateBucket     DeleteBucket     GetObjectAcl   
+   * Sets the permissions on an existing bucket using access control lists (ACL). For more information, see Using ACLs. To set the ACL of a bucket, you must have WRITE_ACP permission. You can use one of the following two ways to set a bucket's permissions:   Specify the ACL in the request body   Specify permissions using request headers    You cannot specify access permission using both the body and the request headers.  Depending on your application needs, you may choose to set the ACL on a bucket using either the request body or the headers. For example, if you have an existing application that updates a bucket ACL using the request body, then you can continue to use that approach.  If your bucket uses the bucket owner enforced setting for S3 Object Ownership, ACLs are disabled and no longer affect permissions. You must use policies to grant access to your bucket and the objects in it. Requests to set ACLs or update ACLs fail and return the AccessControlListNotSupported error code. Requests to read ACLs are still supported. For more information, see Controlling object ownership in the Amazon S3 User Guide.   Permissions  You can set access permissions using one of the following methods:   Specify a canned ACL with the x-amz-acl request header. Amazon S3 supports a set of predefined ACLs, known as canned ACLs. Each canned ACL has a predefined set of grantees and permissions. Specify the canned ACL name as the value of x-amz-acl. If you use this header, you cannot use other access control-specific headers in your request. For more information, see Canned ACL.   Specify access permissions explicitly with the x-amz-grant-read, x-amz-grant-read-acp, x-amz-grant-write-acp, and x-amz-grant-full-control headers. When using these headers, you specify explicit access permissions and grantees (Amazon Web Services accounts or Amazon S3 groups) who will receive the permission. If you use these ACL-specific headers, you cannot use the x-amz-acl header to set a canned ACL. These parameters map to the set of permissions that Amazon S3 supports in an ACL. For more information, see Access Control List (ACL) Overview. You specify each grantee as a type=value pair, where the type is one of the following:    id – if the value specified is the canonical user ID of an Amazon Web Services account    uri – if you are granting permissions to a predefined group    emailAddress – if the value specified is the email address of an Amazon Web Services account  Using email addresses to specify a grantee is only supported in the following Amazon Web Services Regions:    US East (N. Virginia)   US West (N. California)    US West (Oregon)    Asia Pacific (Singapore)   Asia Pacific (Sydney)   Asia Pacific (Tokyo)   Europe (Ireland)   South America (São Paulo)   For a list of all the Amazon S3 supported Regions and endpoints, see Regions and Endpoints in the Amazon Web Services General Reference.    For example, the following x-amz-grant-write header grants create, overwrite, and delete objects permission to LogDelivery group predefined by Amazon S3 and two Amazon Web Services accounts identified by their email addresses.  x-amz-grant-write: uri="http://acs.amazonaws.com/groups/s3/LogDelivery", id="111122223333", id="555566667777"     You can use either a canned ACL or specify access permissions explicitly. You cannot do both.  Grantee Values  You can specify the person (grantee) to whom you're assigning access rights (using request elements) in the following ways:   By the person's ID:  &lt;Grantee xmlns:xsi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XMLSchema-instance" xsi:type="CanonicalUser"&gt;&lt;ID&gt;&lt;&gt;ID&lt;&gt;&lt;/ID&gt;&lt;DisplayName&gt;&lt;&gt;GranteesEmail&lt;&gt;&lt;/DisplayName&gt; &lt;/Grantee&gt;  DisplayName is optional and ignored in the request   By URI:  &lt;Grantee xmlns:xsi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XMLSchema-instance" xsi:type="Group"&gt;&lt;URI&gt;&lt;&gt;http://acs.amazonaws.com/groups/global/AuthenticatedUsers&lt;&gt;&lt;/URI&gt;&lt;/Grantee&gt;    By Email address:  &lt;Grantee xmlns:xsi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XMLSchema-instance" xsi:type="AmazonCustomerByEmail"&gt;&lt;EmailAddress&gt;&lt;&gt;Grantees@email.com&lt;&gt;&lt;/EmailAddress&gt;&amp;&lt;/Grantee&gt;  The grantee is resolved to the CanonicalUser and, in a response to a GET Object acl request, appears as the CanonicalUser.   Using email addresses to specify a grantee is only supported in the following Amazon Web Services Regions:    US East (N. Virginia)   US West (N. California)    US West (Oregon)    Asia Pacific (Singapore)   Asia Pacific (Sydney)   Asia Pacific (Tokyo)   Europe (Ireland)   South America (São Paulo)   For a list of all the Amazon S3 supported Regions and endpoints, see Regions and Endpoints in the Amazon Web Services General Reference.      The following operations are related to PutBucketAcl:    CreateBucket     DeleteBucket     GetObjectAcl   
    */
   putBucketAcl(callback?: (err: AWSError, data: {}) => void): Request<{}, AWSError>;
   /**
-   * Sets an analytics configuration for the bucket (specified by the analytics configuration ID). You can have up to 1,000 analytics configurations per bucket. You can choose to have storage class analysis export analysis reports sent to a comma-separated values (CSV) flat file. See the DataExport request element. Reports are updated daily and are based on the object filters that you configure. When selecting data export, you specify a destination bucket and an optional destination prefix where the file is written. You can export the data to a destination bucket in a different account. However, the destination bucket must be in the same Region as the bucket that you are making the PUT analytics configuration to. For more information, see Amazon S3 Analytics – Storage Class Analysis.   You must create a bucket policy on the destination bucket where the exported file is written to grant permissions to Amazon S3 to write objects to the bucket. For an example policy, see Granting Permissions for Amazon S3 Inventory and Storage Class Analysis.  To use this operation, you must have permissions to perform the s3:PutAnalyticsConfiguration action. The bucket owner has this permission by default. The bucket owner can grant this permission to others. For more information about permissions, see Permissions Related to Bucket Subresource Operations and Managing Access Permissions to Your Amazon S3 Resources.  Special Errors       HTTP Error: HTTP 400 Bad Request     Code: InvalidArgument     Cause: Invalid argument.         HTTP Error: HTTP 400 Bad Request     Code: TooManyConfigurations     Cause: You are attempting to create a new configuration but have already reached the 1,000-configuration limit.         HTTP Error: HTTP 403 Forbidden     Code: AccessDenied     Cause: You are not the owner of the specified bucket, or you do not have the s3:PutAnalyticsConfiguration bucket permission to set the configuration on the bucket.       Related Resources     GetBucketAnalyticsConfiguration     DeleteBucketAnalyticsConfiguration     ListBucketAnalyticsConfigurations   
+   * Sets an analytics configuration for the bucket (specified by the analytics configuration ID). You can have up to 1,000 analytics configurations per bucket. You can choose to have storage class analysis export analysis reports sent to a comma-separated values (CSV) flat file. See the DataExport request element. Reports are updated daily and are based on the object filters that you configure. When selecting data export, you specify a destination bucket and an optional destination prefix where the file is written. You can export the data to a destination bucket in a different account. However, the destination bucket must be in the same Region as the bucket that you are making the PUT analytics configuration to. For more information, see Amazon S3 Analytics – Storage Class Analysis.   You must create a bucket policy on the destination bucket where the exported file is written to grant permissions to Amazon S3 to write objects to the bucket. For an example policy, see Granting Permissions for Amazon S3 Inventory and Storage Class Analysis.  To use this operation, you must have permissions to perform the s3:PutAnalyticsConfiguration action. The bucket owner has this permission by default. The bucket owner can grant this permission to others. For more information about permissions, see Permissions Related to Bucket Subresource Operations and Managing Access Permissions to Your Amazon S3 Resources.  PutBucketAnalyticsConfiguration has the following special errors:      HTTP Error: HTTP 400 Bad Request     Code: InvalidArgument     Cause: Invalid argument.         HTTP Error: HTTP 400 Bad Request     Code: TooManyConfigurations     Cause: You are attempting to create a new configuration but have already reached the 1,000-configuration limit.         HTTP Error: HTTP 403 Forbidden     Code: AccessDenied     Cause: You are not the owner of the specified bucket, or you do not have the s3:PutAnalyticsConfiguration bucket permission to set the configuration on the bucket.      The following operations are related to PutBucketAnalyticsConfiguration:    GetBucketAnalyticsConfiguration     DeleteBucketAnalyticsConfiguration     ListBucketAnalyticsConfigurations   
    */
   putBucketAnalyticsConfiguration(params: S3.Types.PutBucketAnalyticsConfigurationRequest, callback?: (err: AWSError, data: {}) => void): Request<{}, AWSError>;
   /**
-   * Sets an analytics configuration for the bucket (specified by the analytics configuration ID). You can have up to 1,000 analytics configurations per bucket. You can choose to have storage class analysis export analysis reports sent to a comma-separated values (CSV) flat file. See the DataExport request element. Reports are updated daily and are based on the object filters that you configure. When selecting data export, you specify a destination bucket and an optional destination prefix where the file is written. You can export the data to a destination bucket in a different account. However, the destination bucket must be in the same Region as the bucket that you are making the PUT analytics configuration to. For more information, see Amazon S3 Analytics – Storage Class Analysis.   You must create a bucket policy on the destination bucket where the exported file is written to grant permissions to Amazon S3 to write objects to the bucket. For an example policy, see Granting Permissions for Amazon S3 Inventory and Storage Class Analysis.  To use this operation, you must have permissions to perform the s3:PutAnalyticsConfiguration action. The bucket owner has this permission by default. The bucket owner can grant this permission to others. For more information about permissions, see Permissions Related to Bucket Subresource Operations and Managing Access Permissions to Your Amazon S3 Resources.  Special Errors       HTTP Error: HTTP 400 Bad Request     Code: InvalidArgument     Cause: Invalid argument.         HTTP Error: HTTP 400 Bad Request     Code: TooManyConfigurations     Cause: You are attempting to create a new configuration but have already reached the 1,000-configuration limit.         HTTP Error: HTTP 403 Forbidden     Code: AccessDenied     Cause: You are not the owner of the specified bucket, or you do not have the s3:PutAnalyticsConfiguration bucket permission to set the configuration on the bucket.       Related Resources     GetBucketAnalyticsConfiguration     DeleteBucketAnalyticsConfiguration     ListBucketAnalyticsConfigurations   
+   * Sets an analytics configuration for the bucket (specified by the analytics configuration ID). You can have up to 1,000 analytics configurations per bucket. You can choose to have storage class analysis export analysis reports sent to a comma-separated values (CSV) flat file. See the DataExport request element. Reports are updated daily and are based on the object filters that you configure. When selecting data export, you specify a destination bucket and an optional destination prefix where the file is written. You can export the data to a destination bucket in a different account. However, the destination bucket must be in the same Region as the bucket that you are making the PUT analytics configuration to. For more information, see Amazon S3 Analytics – Storage Class Analysis.   You must create a bucket policy on the destination bucket where the exported file is written to grant permissions to Amazon S3 to write objects to the bucket. For an example policy, see Granting Permissions for Amazon S3 Inventory and Storage Class Analysis.  To use this operation, you must have permissions to perform the s3:PutAnalyticsConfiguration action. The bucket owner has this permission by default. The bucket owner can grant this permission to others. For more information about permissions, see Permissions Related to Bucket Subresource Operations and Managing Access Permissions to Your Amazon S3 Resources.  PutBucketAnalyticsConfiguration has the following special errors:      HTTP Error: HTTP 400 Bad Request     Code: InvalidArgument     Cause: Invalid argument.         HTTP Error: HTTP 400 Bad Request     Code: TooManyConfigurations     Cause: You are attempting to create a new configuration but have already reached the 1,000-configuration limit.         HTTP Error: HTTP 403 Forbidden     Code: AccessDenied     Cause: You are not the owner of the specified bucket, or you do not have the s3:PutAnalyticsConfiguration bucket permission to set the configuration on the bucket.      The following operations are related to PutBucketAnalyticsConfiguration:    GetBucketAnalyticsConfiguration     DeleteBucketAnalyticsConfiguration     ListBucketAnalyticsConfigurations   
    */
   putBucketAnalyticsConfiguration(callback?: (err: AWSError, data: {}) => void): Request<{}, AWSError>;
   /**
-   * Sets the cors configuration for your bucket. If the configuration exists, Amazon S3 replaces it. To use this operation, you must be allowed to perform the s3:PutBucketCORS action. By default, the bucket owner has this permission and can grant it to others. You set this configuration on a bucket so that the bucket can service cross-origin requests. For example, you might want to enable a request whose origin is http://www.example.com to access your Amazon S3 bucket at my.example.bucket.com by using the browser's XMLHttpRequest capability. To enable cross-origin resource sharing (CORS) on a bucket, you add the cors subresource to the bucket. The cors subresource is an XML document in which you configure rules that identify origins and the HTTP methods that can be executed on your bucket. The document is limited to 64 KB in size.  When Amazon S3 receives a cross-origin request (or a pre-flight OPTIONS request) against a bucket, it evaluates the cors configuration on the bucket and uses the first CORSRule rule that matches the incoming browser request to enable a cross-origin request. For a rule to match, the following conditions must be met:   The request's Origin header must match AllowedOrigin elements.   The request method (for example, GET, PUT, HEAD, and so on) or the Access-Control-Request-Method header in case of a pre-flight OPTIONS request must be one of the AllowedMethod elements.    Every header specified in the Access-Control-Request-Headers request header of a pre-flight request must match an AllowedHeader element.     For more information about CORS, go to Enabling Cross-Origin Resource Sharing in the Amazon S3 User Guide.  Related Resources     GetBucketCors     DeleteBucketCors     RESTOPTIONSobject   
+   * Sets the cors configuration for your bucket. If the configuration exists, Amazon S3 replaces it. To use this operation, you must be allowed to perform the s3:PutBucketCORS action. By default, the bucket owner has this permission and can grant it to others. You set this configuration on a bucket so that the bucket can service cross-origin requests. For example, you might want to enable a request whose origin is http://www.example.com to access your Amazon S3 bucket at my.example.bucket.com by using the browser's XMLHttpRequest capability. To enable cross-origin resource sharing (CORS) on a bucket, you add the cors subresource to the bucket. The cors subresource is an XML document in which you configure rules that identify origins and the HTTP methods that can be executed on your bucket. The document is limited to 64 KB in size.  When Amazon S3 receives a cross-origin request (or a pre-flight OPTIONS request) against a bucket, it evaluates the cors configuration on the bucket and uses the first CORSRule rule that matches the incoming browser request to enable a cross-origin request. For a rule to match, the following conditions must be met:   The request's Origin header must match AllowedOrigin elements.   The request method (for example, GET, PUT, HEAD, and so on) or the Access-Control-Request-Method header in case of a pre-flight OPTIONS request must be one of the AllowedMethod elements.    Every header specified in the Access-Control-Request-Headers request header of a pre-flight request must match an AllowedHeader element.     For more information about CORS, go to Enabling Cross-Origin Resource Sharing in the Amazon S3 User Guide. The following operations are related to PutBucketCors:    GetBucketCors     DeleteBucketCors     RESTOPTIONSobject   
    */
   putBucketCors(params: S3.Types.PutBucketCorsRequest, callback?: (err: AWSError, data: {}) => void): Request<{}, AWSError>;
   /**
-   * Sets the cors configuration for your bucket. If the configuration exists, Amazon S3 replaces it. To use this operation, you must be allowed to perform the s3:PutBucketCORS action. By default, the bucket owner has this permission and can grant it to others. You set this configuration on a bucket so that the bucket can service cross-origin requests. For example, you might want to enable a request whose origin is http://www.example.com to access your Amazon S3 bucket at my.example.bucket.com by using the browser's XMLHttpRequest capability. To enable cross-origin resource sharing (CORS) on a bucket, you add the cors subresource to the bucket. The cors subresource is an XML document in which you configure rules that identify origins and the HTTP methods that can be executed on your bucket. The document is limited to 64 KB in size.  When Amazon S3 receives a cross-origin request (or a pre-flight OPTIONS request) against a bucket, it evaluates the cors configuration on the bucket and uses the first CORSRule rule that matches the incoming browser request to enable a cross-origin request. For a rule to match, the following conditions must be met:   The request's Origin header must match AllowedOrigin elements.   The request method (for example, GET, PUT, HEAD, and so on) or the Access-Control-Request-Method header in case of a pre-flight OPTIONS request must be one of the AllowedMethod elements.    Every header specified in the Access-Control-Request-Headers request header of a pre-flight request must match an AllowedHeader element.     For more information about CORS, go to Enabling Cross-Origin Resource Sharing in the Amazon S3 User Guide.  Related Resources     GetBucketCors     DeleteBucketCors     RESTOPTIONSobject   
+   * Sets the cors configuration for your bucket. If the configuration exists, Amazon S3 replaces it. To use this operation, you must be allowed to perform the s3:PutBucketCORS action. By default, the bucket owner has this permission and can grant it to others. You set this configuration on a bucket so that the bucket can service cross-origin requests. For example, you might want to enable a request whose origin is http://www.example.com to access your Amazon S3 bucket at my.example.bucket.com by using the browser's XMLHttpRequest capability. To enable cross-origin resource sharing (CORS) on a bucket, you add the cors subresource to the bucket. The cors subresource is an XML document in which you configure rules that identify origins and the HTTP methods that can be executed on your bucket. The document is limited to 64 KB in size.  When Amazon S3 receives a cross-origin request (or a pre-flight OPTIONS request) against a bucket, it evaluates the cors configuration on the bucket and uses the first CORSRule rule that matches the incoming browser request to enable a cross-origin request. For a rule to match, the following conditions must be met:   The request's Origin header must match AllowedOrigin elements.   The request method (for example, GET, PUT, HEAD, and so on) or the Access-Control-Request-Method header in case of a pre-flight OPTIONS request must be one of the AllowedMethod elements.    Every header specified in the Access-Control-Request-Headers request header of a pre-flight request must match an AllowedHeader element.     For more information about CORS, go to Enabling Cross-Origin Resource Sharing in the Amazon S3 User Guide. The following operations are related to PutBucketCors:    GetBucketCors     DeleteBucketCors     RESTOPTIONSobject   
    */
   putBucketCors(callback?: (err: AWSError, data: {}) => void): Request<{}, AWSError>;
   /**
-   * This action uses the encryption subresource to configure default encryption and Amazon S3 Bucket Key for an existing bucket. Default encryption for a bucket can use server-side encryption with Amazon S3-managed keys (SSE-S3) or customer managed keys (SSE-KMS). If you specify default encryption using SSE-KMS, you can also configure Amazon S3 Bucket Key. When the default encryption is SSE-KMS, if you upload an object to the bucket and do not specify the KMS key to use for encryption, Amazon S3 uses the default Amazon Web Services managed KMS key for your account. For information about default encryption, see Amazon S3 default bucket encryption in the Amazon S3 User Guide. For more information about S3 Bucket Keys, see Amazon S3 Bucket Keys in the Amazon S3 User Guide.  This action requires Amazon Web Services Signature Version 4. For more information, see  Authenticating Requests (Amazon Web Services Signature Version 4).   To use this operation, you must have permissions to perform the s3:PutEncryptionConfiguration action. The bucket owner has this permission by default. The bucket owner can grant this permission to others. For more information about permissions, see Permissions Related to Bucket Subresource Operations and Managing Access Permissions to Your Amazon S3 Resources in the Amazon S3 User Guide.   Related Resources     GetBucketEncryption     DeleteBucketEncryption   
+   * This action uses the encryption subresource to configure default encryption and Amazon S3 Bucket Keys for an existing bucket. By default, all buckets have a default encryption configuration that uses server-side encryption with Amazon S3 managed keys (SSE-S3). You can optionally configure default encryption for a bucket by using server-side encryption with an Amazon Web Services KMS key (SSE-KMS) or a customer-provided key (SSE-C). If you specify default encryption by using SSE-KMS, you can also configure Amazon S3 Bucket Keys. For information about bucket default encryption, see Amazon S3 bucket default encryption in the Amazon S3 User Guide. For more information about S3 Bucket Keys, see Amazon S3 Bucket Keys in the Amazon S3 User Guide.  This action requires Amazon Web Services Signature Version 4. For more information, see  Authenticating Requests (Amazon Web Services Signature Version 4).   To use this operation, you must have permissions to perform the s3:PutEncryptionConfiguration action. The bucket owner has this permission by default. The bucket owner can grant this permission to others. For more information about permissions, see Permissions Related to Bucket Subresource Operations and Managing Access Permissions to Your Amazon S3 Resources in the Amazon S3 User Guide.  The following operations are related to PutBucketEncryption:    GetBucketEncryption     DeleteBucketEncryption   
    */
   putBucketEncryption(params: S3.Types.PutBucketEncryptionRequest, callback?: (err: AWSError, data: {}) => void): Request<{}, AWSError>;
   /**
-   * This action uses the encryption subresource to configure default encryption and Amazon S3 Bucket Key for an existing bucket. Default encryption for a bucket can use server-side encryption with Amazon S3-managed keys (SSE-S3) or customer managed keys (SSE-KMS). If you specify default encryption using SSE-KMS, you can also configure Amazon S3 Bucket Key. When the default encryption is SSE-KMS, if you upload an object to the bucket and do not specify the KMS key to use for encryption, Amazon S3 uses the default Amazon Web Services managed KMS key for your account. For information about default encryption, see Amazon S3 default bucket encryption in the Amazon S3 User Guide. For more information about S3 Bucket Keys, see Amazon S3 Bucket Keys in the Amazon S3 User Guide.  This action requires Amazon Web Services Signature Version 4. For more information, see  Authenticating Requests (Amazon Web Services Signature Version 4).   To use this operation, you must have permissions to perform the s3:PutEncryptionConfiguration action. The bucket owner has this permission by default. The bucket owner can grant this permission to others. For more information about permissions, see Permissions Related to Bucket Subresource Operations and Managing Access Permissions to Your Amazon S3 Resources in the Amazon S3 User Guide.   Related Resources     GetBucketEncryption     DeleteBucketEncryption   
+   * This action uses the encryption subresource to configure default encryption and Amazon S3 Bucket Keys for an existing bucket. By default, all buckets have a default encryption configuration that uses server-side encryption with Amazon S3 managed keys (SSE-S3). You can optionally configure default encryption for a bucket by using server-side encryption with an Amazon Web Services KMS key (SSE-KMS) or a customer-provided key (SSE-C). If you specify default encryption by using SSE-KMS, you can also configure Amazon S3 Bucket Keys. For information about bucket default encryption, see Amazon S3 bucket default encryption in the Amazon S3 User Guide. For more information about S3 Bucket Keys, see Amazon S3 Bucket Keys in the Amazon S3 User Guide.  This action requires Amazon Web Services Signature Version 4. For more information, see  Authenticating Requests (Amazon Web Services Signature Version 4).   To use this operation, you must have permissions to perform the s3:PutEncryptionConfiguration action. The bucket owner has this permission by default. The bucket owner can grant this permission to others. For more information about permissions, see Permissions Related to Bucket Subresource Operations and Managing Access Permissions to Your Amazon S3 Resources in the Amazon S3 User Guide.  The following operations are related to PutBucketEncryption:    GetBucketEncryption     DeleteBucketEncryption   
    */
   putBucketEncryption(callback?: (err: AWSError, data: {}) => void): Request<{}, AWSError>;
   /**
-   * Puts a S3 Intelligent-Tiering configuration to the specified bucket. You can have up to 1,000 S3 Intelligent-Tiering configurations per bucket. The S3 Intelligent-Tiering storage class is designed to optimize storage costs by automatically moving data to the most cost-effective storage access tier, without performance impact or operational overhead. S3 Intelligent-Tiering delivers automatic cost savings in three low latency and high throughput access tiers. To get the lowest storage cost on data that can be accessed in minutes to hours, you can choose to activate additional archiving capabilities. The S3 Intelligent-Tiering storage class is the ideal storage class for data with unknown, changing, or unpredictable access patterns, independent of object size or retention period. If the size of an object is less than 128 KB, it is not monitored and not eligible for auto-tiering. Smaller objects can be stored, but they are always charged at the Frequent Access tier rates in the S3 Intelligent-Tiering storage class. For more information, see Storage class for automatically optimizing frequently and infrequently accessed objects. Operations related to PutBucketIntelligentTieringConfiguration include:     DeleteBucketIntelligentTieringConfiguration     GetBucketIntelligentTieringConfiguration     ListBucketIntelligentTieringConfigurations     You only need S3 Intelligent-Tiering enabled on a bucket if you want to automatically move objects stored in the S3 Intelligent-Tiering storage class to the Archive Access or Deep Archive Access tier.   Special Errors     HTTP 400 Bad Request Error     Code: InvalidArgument    Cause: Invalid Argument      HTTP 400 Bad Request Error     Code: TooManyConfigurations    Cause: You are attempting to create a new configuration but have already reached the 1,000-configuration limit.       HTTP 403 Forbidden Error     Code: AccessDenied    Cause: You are not the owner of the specified bucket, or you do not have the s3:PutIntelligentTieringConfiguration bucket permission to set the configuration on the bucket.     
+   * Puts a S3 Intelligent-Tiering configuration to the specified bucket. You can have up to 1,000 S3 Intelligent-Tiering configurations per bucket. The S3 Intelligent-Tiering storage class is designed to optimize storage costs by automatically moving data to the most cost-effective storage access tier, without performance impact or operational overhead. S3 Intelligent-Tiering delivers automatic cost savings in three low latency and high throughput access tiers. To get the lowest storage cost on data that can be accessed in minutes to hours, you can choose to activate additional archiving capabilities. The S3 Intelligent-Tiering storage class is the ideal storage class for data with unknown, changing, or unpredictable access patterns, independent of object size or retention period. If the size of an object is less than 128 KB, it is not monitored and not eligible for auto-tiering. Smaller objects can be stored, but they are always charged at the Frequent Access tier rates in the S3 Intelligent-Tiering storage class. For more information, see Storage class for automatically optimizing frequently and infrequently accessed objects. Operations related to PutBucketIntelligentTieringConfiguration include:     DeleteBucketIntelligentTieringConfiguration     GetBucketIntelligentTieringConfiguration     ListBucketIntelligentTieringConfigurations     You only need S3 Intelligent-Tiering enabled on a bucket if you want to automatically move objects stored in the S3 Intelligent-Tiering storage class to the Archive Access or Deep Archive Access tier.   PutBucketIntelligentTieringConfiguration has the following special errors:  HTTP 400 Bad Request Error   Code: InvalidArgument  Cause: Invalid Argument  HTTP 400 Bad Request Error   Code: TooManyConfigurations  Cause: You are attempting to create a new configuration but have already reached the 1,000-configuration limit.   HTTP 403 Forbidden Error   Cause: You are not the owner of the specified bucket, or you do not have the s3:PutIntelligentTieringConfiguration bucket permission to set the configuration on the bucket.   
    */
   putBucketIntelligentTieringConfiguration(params: S3.Types.PutBucketIntelligentTieringConfigurationRequest, callback?: (err: AWSError, data: {}) => void): Request<{}, AWSError>;
   /**
-   * Puts a S3 Intelligent-Tiering configuration to the specified bucket. You can have up to 1,000 S3 Intelligent-Tiering configurations per bucket. The S3 Intelligent-Tiering storage class is designed to optimize storage costs by automatically moving data to the most cost-effective storage access tier, without performance impact or operational overhead. S3 Intelligent-Tiering delivers automatic cost savings in three low latency and high throughput access tiers. To get the lowest storage cost on data that can be accessed in minutes to hours, you can choose to activate additional archiving capabilities. The S3 Intelligent-Tiering storage class is the ideal storage class for data with unknown, changing, or unpredictable access patterns, independent of object size or retention period. If the size of an object is less than 128 KB, it is not monitored and not eligible for auto-tiering. Smaller objects can be stored, but they are always charged at the Frequent Access tier rates in the S3 Intelligent-Tiering storage class. For more information, see Storage class for automatically optimizing frequently and infrequently accessed objects. Operations related to PutBucketIntelligentTieringConfiguration include:     DeleteBucketIntelligentTieringConfiguration     GetBucketIntelligentTieringConfiguration     ListBucketIntelligentTieringConfigurations     You only need S3 Intelligent-Tiering enabled on a bucket if you want to automatically move objects stored in the S3 Intelligent-Tiering storage class to the Archive Access or Deep Archive Access tier.   Special Errors     HTTP 400 Bad Request Error     Code: InvalidArgument    Cause: Invalid Argument      HTTP 400 Bad Request Error     Code: TooManyConfigurations    Cause: You are attempting to create a new configuration but have already reached the 1,000-configuration limit.       HTTP 403 Forbidden Error     Code: AccessDenied    Cause: You are not the owner of the specified bucket, or you do not have the s3:PutIntelligentTieringConfiguration bucket permission to set the configuration on the bucket.     
+   * Puts a S3 Intelligent-Tiering configuration to the specified bucket. You can have up to 1,000 S3 Intelligent-Tiering configurations per bucket. The S3 Intelligent-Tiering storage class is designed to optimize storage costs by automatically moving data to the most cost-effective storage access tier, without performance impact or operational overhead. S3 Intelligent-Tiering delivers automatic cost savings in three low latency and high throughput access tiers. To get the lowest storage cost on data that can be accessed in minutes to hours, you can choose to activate additional archiving capabilities. The S3 Intelligent-Tiering storage class is the ideal storage class for data with unknown, changing, or unpredictable access patterns, independent of object size or retention period. If the size of an object is less than 128 KB, it is not monitored and not eligible for auto-tiering. Smaller objects can be stored, but they are always charged at the Frequent Access tier rates in the S3 Intelligent-Tiering storage class. For more information, see Storage class for automatically optimizing frequently and infrequently accessed objects. Operations related to PutBucketIntelligentTieringConfiguration include:     DeleteBucketIntelligentTieringConfiguration     GetBucketIntelligentTieringConfiguration     ListBucketIntelligentTieringConfigurations     You only need S3 Intelligent-Tiering enabled on a bucket if you want to automatically move objects stored in the S3 Intelligent-Tiering storage class to the Archive Access or Deep Archive Access tier.   PutBucketIntelligentTieringConfiguration has the following special errors:  HTTP 400 Bad Request Error   Code: InvalidArgument  Cause: Invalid Argument  HTTP 400 Bad Request Error   Code: TooManyConfigurations  Cause: You are attempting to create a new configuration but have already reached the 1,000-configuration limit.   HTTP 403 Forbidden Error   Cause: You are not the owner of the specified bucket, or you do not have the s3:PutIntelligentTieringConfiguration bucket permission to set the configuration on the bucket.   
    */
   putBucketIntelligentTieringConfiguration(callback?: (err: AWSError, data: {}) => void): Request<{}, AWSError>;
   /**
-   * This implementation of the PUT action adds an inventory configuration (identified by the inventory ID) to the bucket. You can have up to 1,000 inventory configurations per bucket.  Amazon S3 inventory generates inventories of the objects in the bucket on a daily or weekly basis, and the results are published to a flat file. The bucket that is inventoried is called the source bucket, and the bucket where the inventory flat file is stored is called the destination bucket. The destination bucket must be in the same Amazon Web Services Region as the source bucket.  When you configure an inventory for a source bucket, you specify the destination bucket where you want the inventory to be stored, and whether to generate the inventory daily or weekly. You can also configure what object metadata to include and whether to inventory all object versions or only current versions. For more information, see Amazon S3 Inventory in the Amazon S3 User Guide.  You must create a bucket policy on the destination bucket to grant permissions to Amazon S3 to write objects to the bucket in the defined location. For an example policy, see  Granting Permissions for Amazon S3 Inventory and Storage Class Analysis.  To use this operation, you must have permissions to perform the s3:PutInventoryConfiguration action. The bucket owner has this permission by default and can grant this permission to others. For more information about permissions, see Permissions Related to Bucket Subresource Operations and Managing Access Permissions to Your Amazon S3 Resources in the Amazon S3 User Guide.  Special Errors     HTTP 400 Bad Request Error     Code: InvalidArgument    Cause: Invalid Argument      HTTP 400 Bad Request Error     Code: TooManyConfigurations    Cause: You are attempting to create a new configuration but have already reached the 1,000-configuration limit.       HTTP 403 Forbidden Error     Code: AccessDenied    Cause: You are not the owner of the specified bucket, or you do not have the s3:PutInventoryConfiguration bucket permission to set the configuration on the bucket.       Related Resources     GetBucketInventoryConfiguration     DeleteBucketInventoryConfiguration     ListBucketInventoryConfigurations   
+   * This implementation of the PUT action adds an inventory configuration (identified by the inventory ID) to the bucket. You can have up to 1,000 inventory configurations per bucket.  Amazon S3 inventory generates inventories of the objects in the bucket on a daily or weekly basis, and the results are published to a flat file. The bucket that is inventoried is called the source bucket, and the bucket where the inventory flat file is stored is called the destination bucket. The destination bucket must be in the same Amazon Web Services Region as the source bucket.  When you configure an inventory for a source bucket, you specify the destination bucket where you want the inventory to be stored, and whether to generate the inventory daily or weekly. You can also configure what object metadata to include and whether to inventory all object versions or only current versions. For more information, see Amazon S3 Inventory in the Amazon S3 User Guide.  You must create a bucket policy on the destination bucket to grant permissions to Amazon S3 to write objects to the bucket in the defined location. For an example policy, see  Granting Permissions for Amazon S3 Inventory and Storage Class Analysis.   Permissions  To use this operation, you must have permission to perform the s3:PutInventoryConfiguration action. The bucket owner has this permission by default and can grant this permission to others.  The s3:PutInventoryConfiguration permission allows a user to create an S3 Inventory report that includes all object metadata fields available and to specify the destination bucket to store the inventory. A user with read access to objects in the destination bucket can also access all object metadata fields that are available in the inventory report.  To restrict access to an inventory report, see Restricting access to an Amazon S3 Inventory report in the Amazon S3 User Guide. For more information about the metadata fields available in S3 Inventory, see Amazon S3 Inventory lists in the Amazon S3 User Guide. For more information about permissions, see Permissions related to bucket subresource operations and Identity and access management in Amazon S3 in the Amazon S3 User Guide.    PutBucketInventoryConfiguration has the following special errors:  HTTP 400 Bad Request Error   Code: InvalidArgument  Cause: Invalid Argument  HTTP 400 Bad Request Error   Code: TooManyConfigurations  Cause: You are attempting to create a new configuration but have already reached the 1,000-configuration limit.   HTTP 403 Forbidden Error   Cause: You are not the owner of the specified bucket, or you do not have the s3:PutInventoryConfiguration bucket permission to set the configuration on the bucket.    The following operations are related to PutBucketInventoryConfiguration:    GetBucketInventoryConfiguration     DeleteBucketInventoryConfiguration     ListBucketInventoryConfigurations   
    */
   putBucketInventoryConfiguration(params: S3.Types.PutBucketInventoryConfigurationRequest, callback?: (err: AWSError, data: {}) => void): Request<{}, AWSError>;
   /**
-   * This implementation of the PUT action adds an inventory configuration (identified by the inventory ID) to the bucket. You can have up to 1,000 inventory configurations per bucket.  Amazon S3 inventory generates inventories of the objects in the bucket on a daily or weekly basis, and the results are published to a flat file. The bucket that is inventoried is called the source bucket, and the bucket where the inventory flat file is stored is called the destination bucket. The destination bucket must be in the same Amazon Web Services Region as the source bucket.  When you configure an inventory for a source bucket, you specify the destination bucket where you want the inventory to be stored, and whether to generate the inventory daily or weekly. You can also configure what object metadata to include and whether to inventory all object versions or only current versions. For more information, see Amazon S3 Inventory in the Amazon S3 User Guide.  You must create a bucket policy on the destination bucket to grant permissions to Amazon S3 to write objects to the bucket in the defined location. For an example policy, see  Granting Permissions for Amazon S3 Inventory and Storage Class Analysis.  To use this operation, you must have permissions to perform the s3:PutInventoryConfiguration action. The bucket owner has this permission by default and can grant this permission to others. For more information about permissions, see Permissions Related to Bucket Subresource Operations and Managing Access Permissions to Your Amazon S3 Resources in the Amazon S3 User Guide.  Special Errors     HTTP 400 Bad Request Error     Code: InvalidArgument    Cause: Invalid Argument      HTTP 400 Bad Request Error     Code: TooManyConfigurations    Cause: You are attempting to create a new configuration but have already reached the 1,000-configuration limit.       HTTP 403 Forbidden Error     Code: AccessDenied    Cause: You are not the owner of the specified bucket, or you do not have the s3:PutInventoryConfiguration bucket permission to set the configuration on the bucket.       Related Resources     GetBucketInventoryConfiguration     DeleteBucketInventoryConfiguration     ListBucketInventoryConfigurations   
+   * This implementation of the PUT action adds an inventory configuration (identified by the inventory ID) to the bucket. You can have up to 1,000 inventory configurations per bucket.  Amazon S3 inventory generates inventories of the objects in the bucket on a daily or weekly basis, and the results are published to a flat file. The bucket that is inventoried is called the source bucket, and the bucket where the inventory flat file is stored is called the destination bucket. The destination bucket must be in the same Amazon Web Services Region as the source bucket.  When you configure an inventory for a source bucket, you specify the destination bucket where you want the inventory to be stored, and whether to generate the inventory daily or weekly. You can also configure what object metadata to include and whether to inventory all object versions or only current versions. For more information, see Amazon S3 Inventory in the Amazon S3 User Guide.  You must create a bucket policy on the destination bucket to grant permissions to Amazon S3 to write objects to the bucket in the defined location. For an example policy, see  Granting Permissions for Amazon S3 Inventory and Storage Class Analysis.   Permissions  To use this operation, you must have permission to perform the s3:PutInventoryConfiguration action. The bucket owner has this permission by default and can grant this permission to others.  The s3:PutInventoryConfiguration permission allows a user to create an S3 Inventory report that includes all object metadata fields available and to specify the destination bucket to store the inventory. A user with read access to objects in the destination bucket can also access all object metadata fields that are available in the inventory report.  To restrict access to an inventory report, see Restricting access to an Amazon S3 Inventory report in the Amazon S3 User Guide. For more information about the metadata fields available in S3 Inventory, see Amazon S3 Inventory lists in the Amazon S3 User Guide. For more information about permissions, see Permissions related to bucket subresource operations and Identity and access management in Amazon S3 in the Amazon S3 User Guide.    PutBucketInventoryConfiguration has the following special errors:  HTTP 400 Bad Request Error   Code: InvalidArgument  Cause: Invalid Argument  HTTP 400 Bad Request Error   Code: TooManyConfigurations  Cause: You are attempting to create a new configuration but have already reached the 1,000-configuration limit.   HTTP 403 Forbidden Error   Cause: You are not the owner of the specified bucket, or you do not have the s3:PutInventoryConfiguration bucket permission to set the configuration on the bucket.    The following operations are related to PutBucketInventoryConfiguration:    GetBucketInventoryConfiguration     DeleteBucketInventoryConfiguration     ListBucketInventoryConfigurations   
    */
   putBucketInventoryConfiguration(callback?: (err: AWSError, data: {}) => void): Request<{}, AWSError>;
   /**
-   *  For an updated version of this API, see PutBucketLifecycleConfiguration. This version has been deprecated. Existing lifecycle configurations will work. For new lifecycle configurations, use the updated API.   Creates a new lifecycle configuration for the bucket or replaces an existing lifecycle configuration. For information about lifecycle configuration, see Object Lifecycle Management in the Amazon S3 User Guide.  By default, all Amazon S3 resources, including buckets, objects, and related subresources (for example, lifecycle configuration and website configuration) are private. Only the resource owner, the Amazon Web Services account that created the resource, can access it. The resource owner can optionally grant access permissions to others by writing an access policy. For this operation, users must get the s3:PutLifecycleConfiguration permission. You can also explicitly deny permissions. Explicit denial also supersedes any other permissions. If you want to prevent users or accounts from removing or deleting objects from your bucket, you must deny them permissions for the following actions:     s3:DeleteObject     s3:DeleteObjectVersion     s3:PutLifecycleConfiguration    For more information about permissions, see Managing Access Permissions to your Amazon S3 Resources in the Amazon S3 User Guide. For more examples of transitioning objects to storage classes such as STANDARD_IA or ONEZONE_IA, see Examples of Lifecycle Configuration.  Related Resources     GetBucketLifecycle(Deprecated)    GetBucketLifecycleConfiguration     RestoreObject    By default, a resource owner—in this case, a bucket owner, which is the Amazon Web Services account that created the bucket—can perform any of the operations. A resource owner can also grant others permission to perform the operation. For more information, see the following topics in the Amazon S3 User Guide:     Specifying Permissions in a Policy     Managing Access Permissions to your Amazon S3 Resources     
+   *  For an updated version of this API, see PutBucketLifecycleConfiguration. This version has been deprecated. Existing lifecycle configurations will work. For new lifecycle configurations, use the updated API.   Creates a new lifecycle configuration for the bucket or replaces an existing lifecycle configuration. For information about lifecycle configuration, see Object Lifecycle Management in the Amazon S3 User Guide.  By default, all Amazon S3 resources, including buckets, objects, and related subresources (for example, lifecycle configuration and website configuration) are private. Only the resource owner, the Amazon Web Services account that created the resource, can access it. The resource owner can optionally grant access permissions to others by writing an access policy. For this operation, users must get the s3:PutLifecycleConfiguration permission. You can also explicitly deny permissions. Explicit denial also supersedes any other permissions. If you want to prevent users or accounts from removing or deleting objects from your bucket, you must deny them permissions for the following actions:     s3:DeleteObject     s3:DeleteObjectVersion     s3:PutLifecycleConfiguration    For more information about permissions, see Managing Access Permissions to your Amazon S3 Resources in the Amazon S3 User Guide. For more examples of transitioning objects to storage classes such as STANDARD_IA or ONEZONE_IA, see Examples of Lifecycle Configuration. The following operations are related to PutBucketLifecycle:    GetBucketLifecycle(Deprecated)    GetBucketLifecycleConfiguration     RestoreObject    By default, a resource owner—in this case, a bucket owner, which is the Amazon Web Services account that created the bucket—can perform any of the operations. A resource owner can also grant others permission to perform the operation. For more information, see the following topics in the Amazon S3 User Guide:     Specifying Permissions in a Policy     Managing Access Permissions to your Amazon S3 Resources     
    */
   putBucketLifecycle(params: S3.Types.PutBucketLifecycleRequest, callback?: (err: AWSError, data: {}) => void): Request<{}, AWSError>;
   /**
-   *  For an updated version of this API, see PutBucketLifecycleConfiguration. This version has been deprecated. Existing lifecycle configurations will work. For new lifecycle configurations, use the updated API.   Creates a new lifecycle configuration for the bucket or replaces an existing lifecycle configuration. For information about lifecycle configuration, see Object Lifecycle Management in the Amazon S3 User Guide.  By default, all Amazon S3 resources, including buckets, objects, and related subresources (for example, lifecycle configuration and website configuration) are private. Only the resource owner, the Amazon Web Services account that created the resource, can access it. The resource owner can optionally grant access permissions to others by writing an access policy. For this operation, users must get the s3:PutLifecycleConfiguration permission. You can also explicitly deny permissions. Explicit denial also supersedes any other permissions. If you want to prevent users or accounts from removing or deleting objects from your bucket, you must deny them permissions for the following actions:     s3:DeleteObject     s3:DeleteObjectVersion     s3:PutLifecycleConfiguration    For more information about permissions, see Managing Access Permissions to your Amazon S3 Resources in the Amazon S3 User Guide. For more examples of transitioning objects to storage classes such as STANDARD_IA or ONEZONE_IA, see Examples of Lifecycle Configuration.  Related Resources     GetBucketLifecycle(Deprecated)    GetBucketLifecycleConfiguration     RestoreObject    By default, a resource owner—in this case, a bucket owner, which is the Amazon Web Services account that created the bucket—can perform any of the operations. A resource owner can also grant others permission to perform the operation. For more information, see the following topics in the Amazon S3 User Guide:     Specifying Permissions in a Policy     Managing Access Permissions to your Amazon S3 Resources     
+   *  For an updated version of this API, see PutBucketLifecycleConfiguration. This version has been deprecated. Existing lifecycle configurations will work. For new lifecycle configurations, use the updated API.   Creates a new lifecycle configuration for the bucket or replaces an existing lifecycle configuration. For information about lifecycle configuration, see Object Lifecycle Management in the Amazon S3 User Guide.  By default, all Amazon S3 resources, including buckets, objects, and related subresources (for example, lifecycle configuration and website configuration) are private. Only the resource owner, the Amazon Web Services account that created the resource, can access it. The resource owner can optionally grant access permissions to others by writing an access policy. For this operation, users must get the s3:PutLifecycleConfiguration permission. You can also explicitly deny permissions. Explicit denial also supersedes any other permissions. If you want to prevent users or accounts from removing or deleting objects from your bucket, you must deny them permissions for the following actions:     s3:DeleteObject     s3:DeleteObjectVersion     s3:PutLifecycleConfiguration    For more information about permissions, see Managing Access Permissions to your Amazon S3 Resources in the Amazon S3 User Guide. For more examples of transitioning objects to storage classes such as STANDARD_IA or ONEZONE_IA, see Examples of Lifecycle Configuration. The following operations are related to PutBucketLifecycle:    GetBucketLifecycle(Deprecated)    GetBucketLifecycleConfiguration     RestoreObject    By default, a resource owner—in this case, a bucket owner, which is the Amazon Web Services account that created the bucket—can perform any of the operations. A resource owner can also grant others permission to perform the operation. For more information, see the following topics in the Amazon S3 User Guide:     Specifying Permissions in a Policy     Managing Access Permissions to your Amazon S3 Resources     
    */
   putBucketLifecycle(callback?: (err: AWSError, data: {}) => void): Request<{}, AWSError>;
   /**
-   * Creates a new lifecycle configuration for the bucket or replaces an existing lifecycle configuration. Keep in mind that this will overwrite an existing lifecycle configuration, so if you want to retain any configuration details, they must be included in the new lifecycle configuration. For information about lifecycle configuration, see Managing your storage lifecycle.  Bucket lifecycle configuration now supports specifying a lifecycle rule using an object key name prefix, one or more object tags, or a combination of both. Accordingly, this section describes the latest API. The previous version of the API supported filtering based only on an object key name prefix, which is supported for backward compatibility. For the related API description, see PutBucketLifecycle.   Rules  You specify the lifecycle configuration in your request body. The lifecycle configuration is specified as XML consisting of one or more rules. An Amazon S3 Lifecycle configuration can have up to 1,000 rules. This limit is not adjustable. Each rule consists of the following:   Filter identifying a subset of objects to which the rule applies. The filter can be based on a key name prefix, object tags, or a combination of both.   Status whether the rule is in effect.   One or more lifecycle transition and expiration actions that you want Amazon S3 to perform on the objects identified by the filter. If the state of your bucket is versioning-enabled or versioning-suspended, you can have many versions of the same object (one current version and zero or more noncurrent versions). Amazon S3 provides predefined actions that you can specify for current and noncurrent object versions.   For more information, see Object Lifecycle Management and Lifecycle Configuration Elements.  Permissions  By default, all Amazon S3 resources are private, including buckets, objects, and related subresources (for example, lifecycle configuration and website configuration). Only the resource owner (that is, the Amazon Web Services account that created it) can access the resource. The resource owner can optionally grant access permissions to others by writing an access policy. For this operation, a user must get the s3:PutLifecycleConfiguration permission. You can also explicitly deny permissions. Explicit deny also supersedes any other permissions. If you want to block users or accounts from removing or deleting objects from your bucket, you must deny them permissions for the following actions:    s3:DeleteObject     s3:DeleteObjectVersion     s3:PutLifecycleConfiguration    For more information about permissions, see Managing Access Permissions to Your Amazon S3 Resources. The following are related to PutBucketLifecycleConfiguration:    Examples of Lifecycle Configuration     GetBucketLifecycleConfiguration     DeleteBucketLifecycle   
+   * Creates a new lifecycle configuration for the bucket or replaces an existing lifecycle configuration. Keep in mind that this will overwrite an existing lifecycle configuration, so if you want to retain any configuration details, they must be included in the new lifecycle configuration. For information about lifecycle configuration, see Managing your storage lifecycle.  Bucket lifecycle configuration now supports specifying a lifecycle rule using an object key name prefix, one or more object tags, or a combination of both. Accordingly, this section describes the latest API. The previous version of the API supported filtering based only on an object key name prefix, which is supported for backward compatibility. For the related API description, see PutBucketLifecycle.   Rules  You specify the lifecycle configuration in your request body. The lifecycle configuration is specified as XML consisting of one or more rules. An Amazon S3 Lifecycle configuration can have up to 1,000 rules. This limit is not adjustable. Each rule consists of the following:   Filter identifying a subset of objects to which the rule applies. The filter can be based on a key name prefix, object tags, or a combination of both.   Status whether the rule is in effect.   One or more lifecycle transition and expiration actions that you want Amazon S3 to perform on the objects identified by the filter. If the state of your bucket is versioning-enabled or versioning-suspended, you can have many versions of the same object (one current version and zero or more noncurrent versions). Amazon S3 provides predefined actions that you can specify for current and noncurrent object versions.   For more information, see Object Lifecycle Management and Lifecycle Configuration Elements.  Permissions  By default, all Amazon S3 resources are private, including buckets, objects, and related subresources (for example, lifecycle configuration and website configuration). Only the resource owner (that is, the Amazon Web Services account that created it) can access the resource. The resource owner can optionally grant access permissions to others by writing an access policy. For this operation, a user must get the s3:PutLifecycleConfiguration permission. You can also explicitly deny permissions. Explicit deny also supersedes any other permissions. If you want to block users or accounts from removing or deleting objects from your bucket, you must deny them permissions for the following actions:    s3:DeleteObject     s3:DeleteObjectVersion     s3:PutLifecycleConfiguration    For more information about permissions, see Managing Access Permissions to Your Amazon S3 Resources.   The following operations are related to PutBucketLifecycleConfiguration:    Examples of Lifecycle Configuration     GetBucketLifecycleConfiguration     DeleteBucketLifecycle   
    */
   putBucketLifecycleConfiguration(params: S3.Types.PutBucketLifecycleConfigurationRequest, callback?: (err: AWSError, data: {}) => void): Request<{}, AWSError>;
   /**
-   * Creates a new lifecycle configuration for the bucket or replaces an existing lifecycle configuration. Keep in mind that this will overwrite an existing lifecycle configuration, so if you want to retain any configuration details, they must be included in the new lifecycle configuration. For information about lifecycle configuration, see Managing your storage lifecycle.  Bucket lifecycle configuration now supports specifying a lifecycle rule using an object key name prefix, one or more object tags, or a combination of both. Accordingly, this section describes the latest API. The previous version of the API supported filtering based only on an object key name prefix, which is supported for backward compatibility. For the related API description, see PutBucketLifecycle.   Rules  You specify the lifecycle configuration in your request body. The lifecycle configuration is specified as XML consisting of one or more rules. An Amazon S3 Lifecycle configuration can have up to 1,000 rules. This limit is not adjustable. Each rule consists of the following:   Filter identifying a subset of objects to which the rule applies. The filter can be based on a key name prefix, object tags, or a combination of both.   Status whether the rule is in effect.   One or more lifecycle transition and expiration actions that you want Amazon S3 to perform on the objects identified by the filter. If the state of your bucket is versioning-enabled or versioning-suspended, you can have many versions of the same object (one current version and zero or more noncurrent versions). Amazon S3 provides predefined actions that you can specify for current and noncurrent object versions.   For more information, see Object Lifecycle Management and Lifecycle Configuration Elements.  Permissions  By default, all Amazon S3 resources are private, including buckets, objects, and related subresources (for example, lifecycle configuration and website configuration). Only the resource owner (that is, the Amazon Web Services account that created it) can access the resource. The resource owner can optionally grant access permissions to others by writing an access policy. For this operation, a user must get the s3:PutLifecycleConfiguration permission. You can also explicitly deny permissions. Explicit deny also supersedes any other permissions. If you want to block users or accounts from removing or deleting objects from your bucket, you must deny them permissions for the following actions:    s3:DeleteObject     s3:DeleteObjectVersion     s3:PutLifecycleConfiguration    For more information about permissions, see Managing Access Permissions to Your Amazon S3 Resources. The following are related to PutBucketLifecycleConfiguration:    Examples of Lifecycle Configuration     GetBucketLifecycleConfiguration     DeleteBucketLifecycle   
+   * Creates a new lifecycle configuration for the bucket or replaces an existing lifecycle configuration. Keep in mind that this will overwrite an existing lifecycle configuration, so if you want to retain any configuration details, they must be included in the new lifecycle configuration. For information about lifecycle configuration, see Managing your storage lifecycle.  Bucket lifecycle configuration now supports specifying a lifecycle rule using an object key name prefix, one or more object tags, or a combination of both. Accordingly, this section describes the latest API. The previous version of the API supported filtering based only on an object key name prefix, which is supported for backward compatibility. For the related API description, see PutBucketLifecycle.   Rules  You specify the lifecycle configuration in your request body. The lifecycle configuration is specified as XML consisting of one or more rules. An Amazon S3 Lifecycle configuration can have up to 1,000 rules. This limit is not adjustable. Each rule consists of the following:   Filter identifying a subset of objects to which the rule applies. The filter can be based on a key name prefix, object tags, or a combination of both.   Status whether the rule is in effect.   One or more lifecycle transition and expiration actions that you want Amazon S3 to perform on the objects identified by the filter. If the state of your bucket is versioning-enabled or versioning-suspended, you can have many versions of the same object (one current version and zero or more noncurrent versions). Amazon S3 provides predefined actions that you can specify for current and noncurrent object versions.   For more information, see Object Lifecycle Management and Lifecycle Configuration Elements.  Permissions  By default, all Amazon S3 resources are private, including buckets, objects, and related subresources (for example, lifecycle configuration and website configuration). Only the resource owner (that is, the Amazon Web Services account that created it) can access the resource. The resource owner can optionally grant access permissions to others by writing an access policy. For this operation, a user must get the s3:PutLifecycleConfiguration permission. You can also explicitly deny permissions. Explicit deny also supersedes any other permissions. If you want to block users or accounts from removing or deleting objects from your bucket, you must deny them permissions for the following actions:    s3:DeleteObject     s3:DeleteObjectVersion     s3:PutLifecycleConfiguration    For more information about permissions, see Managing Access Permissions to Your Amazon S3 Resources.   The following operations are related to PutBucketLifecycleConfiguration:    Examples of Lifecycle Configuration     GetBucketLifecycleConfiguration     DeleteBucketLifecycle   
    */
   putBucketLifecycleConfiguration(callback?: (err: AWSError, data: {}) => void): Request<{}, AWSError>;
   /**
-   * Set the logging parameters for a bucket and to specify permissions for who can view and modify the logging parameters. All logs are saved to buckets in the same Amazon Web Services Region as the source bucket. To set the logging status of a bucket, you must be the bucket owner. The bucket owner is automatically granted FULL_CONTROL to all logs. You use the Grantee request element to grant access to other people. The Permissions request element specifies the kind of access the grantee has to the logs.  If the target bucket for log delivery uses the bucket owner enforced setting for S3 Object Ownership, you can't use the Grantee request element to grant access to others. Permissions can only be granted using policies. For more information, see Permissions for server access log delivery in the Amazon S3 User Guide.   Grantee Values  You can specify the person (grantee) to whom you're assigning access rights (using request elements) in the following ways:   By the person's ID:  &lt;Grantee xmlns:xsi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XMLSchema-instance" xsi:type="CanonicalUser"&gt;&lt;ID&gt;&lt;&gt;ID&lt;&gt;&lt;/ID&gt;&lt;DisplayName&gt;&lt;&gt;GranteesEmail&lt;&gt;&lt;/DisplayName&gt; &lt;/Grantee&gt;  DisplayName is optional and ignored in the request.   By Email address:   &lt;Grantee xmlns:xsi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XMLSchema-instance" xsi:type="AmazonCustomerByEmail"&gt;&lt;EmailAddress&gt;&lt;&gt;Grantees@email.com&lt;&gt;&lt;/EmailAddress&gt;&lt;/Grantee&gt;  The grantee is resolved to the CanonicalUser and, in a response to a GET Object acl request, appears as the CanonicalUser.   By URI:  &lt;Grantee xmlns:xsi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XMLSchema-instance" xsi:type="Group"&gt;&lt;URI&gt;&lt;&gt;http://acs.amazonaws.com/groups/global/AuthenticatedUsers&lt;&gt;&lt;/URI&gt;&lt;/Grantee&gt;    To enable logging, you use LoggingEnabled and its children request elements. To disable logging, you use an empty BucketLoggingStatus request element:  &lt;BucketLoggingStatus xmlns="http://doc.s3.amazonaws.com/2006-03-01" /&gt;  For more information about server access logging, see Server Access Logging in the Amazon S3 User Guide.  For more information about creating a bucket, see CreateBucket. For more information about returning the logging status of a bucket, see GetBucketLogging. The following operations are related to PutBucketLogging:    PutObject     DeleteBucket     CreateBucket     GetBucketLogging   
+   * Set the logging parameters for a bucket and to specify permissions for who can view and modify the logging parameters. All logs are saved to buckets in the same Amazon Web Services Region as the source bucket. To set the logging status of a bucket, you must be the bucket owner. The bucket owner is automatically granted FULL_CONTROL to all logs. You use the Grantee request element to grant access to other people. The Permissions request element specifies the kind of access the grantee has to the logs.  If the target bucket for log delivery uses the bucket owner enforced setting for S3 Object Ownership, you can't use the Grantee request element to grant access to others. Permissions can only be granted using policies. For more information, see Permissions for server access log delivery in the Amazon S3 User Guide.   Grantee Values  You can specify the person (grantee) to whom you're assigning access rights (using request elements) in the following ways:   By the person's ID:  &lt;Grantee xmlns:xsi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XMLSchema-instance" xsi:type="CanonicalUser"&gt;&lt;ID&gt;&lt;&gt;ID&lt;&gt;&lt;/ID&gt;&lt;DisplayName&gt;&lt;&gt;GranteesEmail&lt;&gt;&lt;/DisplayName&gt; &lt;/Grantee&gt;  DisplayName is optional and ignored in the request.   By Email address:   &lt;Grantee xmlns:xsi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XMLSchema-instance" xsi:type="AmazonCustomerByEmail"&gt;&lt;EmailAddress&gt;&lt;&gt;Grantees@email.com&lt;&gt;&lt;/EmailAddress&gt;&lt;/Grantee&gt;  The grantee is resolved to the CanonicalUser and, in a response to a GET Object acl request, appears as the CanonicalUser.   By URI:  &lt;Grantee xmlns:xsi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XMLSchema-instance" xsi:type="Group"&gt;&lt;URI&gt;&lt;&gt;http://acs.amazonaws.com/groups/global/AuthenticatedUsers&lt;&gt;&lt;/URI&gt;&lt;/Grantee&gt;      To enable logging, you use LoggingEnabled and its children request elements. To disable logging, you use an empty BucketLoggingStatus request element:  &lt;BucketLoggingStatus xmlns="http://doc.s3.amazonaws.com/2006-03-01" /&gt;  For more information about server access logging, see Server Access Logging in the Amazon S3 User Guide.  For more information about creating a bucket, see CreateBucket. For more information about returning the logging status of a bucket, see GetBucketLogging. The following operations are related to PutBucketLogging:    PutObject     DeleteBucket     CreateBucket     GetBucketLogging   
    */
   putBucketLogging(params: S3.Types.PutBucketLoggingRequest, callback?: (err: AWSError, data: {}) => void): Request<{}, AWSError>;
   /**
-   * Set the logging parameters for a bucket and to specify permissions for who can view and modify the logging parameters. All logs are saved to buckets in the same Amazon Web Services Region as the source bucket. To set the logging status of a bucket, you must be the bucket owner. The bucket owner is automatically granted FULL_CONTROL to all logs. You use the Grantee request element to grant access to other people. The Permissions request element specifies the kind of access the grantee has to the logs.  If the target bucket for log delivery uses the bucket owner enforced setting for S3 Object Ownership, you can't use the Grantee request element to grant access to others. Permissions can only be granted using policies. For more information, see Permissions for server access log delivery in the Amazon S3 User Guide.   Grantee Values  You can specify the person (grantee) to whom you're assigning access rights (using request elements) in the following ways:   By the person's ID:  &lt;Grantee xmlns:xsi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XMLSchema-instance" xsi:type="CanonicalUser"&gt;&lt;ID&gt;&lt;&gt;ID&lt;&gt;&lt;/ID&gt;&lt;DisplayName&gt;&lt;&gt;GranteesEmail&lt;&gt;&lt;/DisplayName&gt; &lt;/Grantee&gt;  DisplayName is optional and ignored in the request.   By Email address:   &lt;Grantee xmlns:xsi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XMLSchema-instance" xsi:type="AmazonCustomerByEmail"&gt;&lt;EmailAddress&gt;&lt;&gt;Grantees@email.com&lt;&gt;&lt;/EmailAddress&gt;&lt;/Grantee&gt;  The grantee is resolved to the CanonicalUser and, in a response to a GET Object acl request, appears as the CanonicalUser.   By URI:  &lt;Grantee xmlns:xsi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XMLSchema-instance" xsi:type="Group"&gt;&lt;URI&gt;&lt;&gt;http://acs.amazonaws.com/groups/global/AuthenticatedUsers&lt;&gt;&lt;/URI&gt;&lt;/Grantee&gt;    To enable logging, you use LoggingEnabled and its children request elements. To disable logging, you use an empty BucketLoggingStatus request element:  &lt;BucketLoggingStatus xmlns="http://doc.s3.amazonaws.com/2006-03-01" /&gt;  For more information about server access logging, see Server Access Logging in the Amazon S3 User Guide.  For more information about creating a bucket, see CreateBucket. For more information about returning the logging status of a bucket, see GetBucketLogging. The following operations are related to PutBucketLogging:    PutObject     DeleteBucket     CreateBucket     GetBucketLogging   
+   * Set the logging parameters for a bucket and to specify permissions for who can view and modify the logging parameters. All logs are saved to buckets in the same Amazon Web Services Region as the source bucket. To set the logging status of a bucket, you must be the bucket owner. The bucket owner is automatically granted FULL_CONTROL to all logs. You use the Grantee request element to grant access to other people. The Permissions request element specifies the kind of access the grantee has to the logs.  If the target bucket for log delivery uses the bucket owner enforced setting for S3 Object Ownership, you can't use the Grantee request element to grant access to others. Permissions can only be granted using policies. For more information, see Permissions for server access log delivery in the Amazon S3 User Guide.   Grantee Values  You can specify the person (grantee) to whom you're assigning access rights (using request elements) in the following ways:   By the person's ID:  &lt;Grantee xmlns:xsi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XMLSchema-instance" xsi:type="CanonicalUser"&gt;&lt;ID&gt;&lt;&gt;ID&lt;&gt;&lt;/ID&gt;&lt;DisplayName&gt;&lt;&gt;GranteesEmail&lt;&gt;&lt;/DisplayName&gt; &lt;/Grantee&gt;  DisplayName is optional and ignored in the request.   By Email address:   &lt;Grantee xmlns:xsi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XMLSchema-instance" xsi:type="AmazonCustomerByEmail"&gt;&lt;EmailAddress&gt;&lt;&gt;Grantees@email.com&lt;&gt;&lt;/EmailAddress&gt;&lt;/Grantee&gt;  The grantee is resolved to the CanonicalUser and, in a response to a GET Object acl request, appears as the CanonicalUser.   By URI:  &lt;Grantee xmlns:xsi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XMLSchema-instance" xsi:type="Group"&gt;&lt;URI&gt;&lt;&gt;http://acs.amazonaws.com/groups/global/AuthenticatedUsers&lt;&gt;&lt;/URI&gt;&lt;/Grantee&gt;      To enable logging, you use LoggingEnabled and its children request elements. To disable logging, you use an empty BucketLoggingStatus request element:  &lt;BucketLoggingStatus xmlns="http://doc.s3.amazonaws.com/2006-03-01" /&gt;  For more information about server access logging, see Server Access Logging in the Amazon S3 User Guide.  For more information about creating a bucket, see CreateBucket. For more information about returning the logging status of a bucket, see GetBucketLogging. The following operations are related to PutBucketLogging:    PutObject     DeleteBucket     CreateBucket     GetBucketLogging   
    */
   putBucketLogging(callback?: (err: AWSError, data: {}) => void): Request<{}, AWSError>;
   /**
@@ -630,11 +630,11 @@ declare class S3 extends S3Customizations {
    */
   putBucketNotification(callback?: (err: AWSError, data: {}) => void): Request<{}, AWSError>;
   /**
-   * Enables notifications of specified events for a bucket. For more information about event notifications, see Configuring Event Notifications. Using this API, you can replace an existing notification configuration. The configuration is an XML file that defines the event types that you want Amazon S3 to publish and the destination where you want Amazon S3 to publish an event notification when it detects an event of the specified type. By default, your bucket has no event notifications configured. That is, the notification configuration will be an empty NotificationConfiguration.  &lt;NotificationConfiguration&gt;   &lt;/NotificationConfiguration&gt;  This action replaces the existing notification configuration with the configuration you include in the request body. After Amazon S3 receives this request, it first verifies that any Amazon Simple Notification Service (Amazon SNS) or Amazon Simple Queue Service (Amazon SQS) destination exists, and that the bucket owner has permission to publish to it by sending a test notification. In the case of Lambda destinations, Amazon S3 verifies that the Lambda function permissions grant Amazon S3 permission to invoke the function from the Amazon S3 bucket. For more information, see Configuring Notifications for Amazon S3 Events. You can disable notifications by adding the empty NotificationConfiguration element. For more information about the number of event notification configurations that you can create per bucket, see Amazon S3 service quotas in Amazon Web Services General Reference. By default, only the bucket owner can configure notifications on a bucket. However, bucket owners can use a bucket policy to grant permission to other users to set this configuration with s3:PutBucketNotification permission.  The PUT notification is an atomic operation. For example, suppose your notification configuration includes SNS topic, SQS queue, and Lambda function configurations. When you send a PUT request with this configuration, Amazon S3 sends test messages to your SNS topic. If the message fails, the entire PUT action will fail, and Amazon S3 will not add the configuration to your bucket.   Responses  If the configuration in the request body includes only one TopicConfiguration specifying only the s3:ReducedRedundancyLostObject event type, the response will also include the x-amz-sns-test-message-id header containing the message ID of the test notification sent to the topic. The following action is related to PutBucketNotificationConfiguration:    GetBucketNotificationConfiguration   
+   * Enables notifications of specified events for a bucket. For more information about event notifications, see Configuring Event Notifications. Using this API, you can replace an existing notification configuration. The configuration is an XML file that defines the event types that you want Amazon S3 to publish and the destination where you want Amazon S3 to publish an event notification when it detects an event of the specified type. By default, your bucket has no event notifications configured. That is, the notification configuration will be an empty NotificationConfiguration.  &lt;NotificationConfiguration&gt;   &lt;/NotificationConfiguration&gt;  This action replaces the existing notification configuration with the configuration you include in the request body. After Amazon S3 receives this request, it first verifies that any Amazon Simple Notification Service (Amazon SNS) or Amazon Simple Queue Service (Amazon SQS) destination exists, and that the bucket owner has permission to publish to it by sending a test notification. In the case of Lambda destinations, Amazon S3 verifies that the Lambda function permissions grant Amazon S3 permission to invoke the function from the Amazon S3 bucket. For more information, see Configuring Notifications for Amazon S3 Events. You can disable notifications by adding the empty NotificationConfiguration element. For more information about the number of event notification configurations that you can create per bucket, see Amazon S3 service quotas in Amazon Web Services General Reference. By default, only the bucket owner can configure notifications on a bucket. However, bucket owners can use a bucket policy to grant permission to other users to set this configuration with s3:PutBucketNotification permission.  The PUT notification is an atomic operation. For example, suppose your notification configuration includes SNS topic, SQS queue, and Lambda function configurations. When you send a PUT request with this configuration, Amazon S3 sends test messages to your SNS topic. If the message fails, the entire PUT action will fail, and Amazon S3 will not add the configuration to your bucket.  If the configuration in the request body includes only one TopicConfiguration specifying only the s3:ReducedRedundancyLostObject event type, the response will also include the x-amz-sns-test-message-id header containing the message ID of the test notification sent to the topic. The following action is related to PutBucketNotificationConfiguration:    GetBucketNotificationConfiguration   
    */
   putBucketNotificationConfiguration(params: S3.Types.PutBucketNotificationConfigurationRequest, callback?: (err: AWSError, data: {}) => void): Request<{}, AWSError>;
   /**
-   * Enables notifications of specified events for a bucket. For more information about event notifications, see Configuring Event Notifications. Using this API, you can replace an existing notification configuration. The configuration is an XML file that defines the event types that you want Amazon S3 to publish and the destination where you want Amazon S3 to publish an event notification when it detects an event of the specified type. By default, your bucket has no event notifications configured. That is, the notification configuration will be an empty NotificationConfiguration.  &lt;NotificationConfiguration&gt;   &lt;/NotificationConfiguration&gt;  This action replaces the existing notification configuration with the configuration you include in the request body. After Amazon S3 receives this request, it first verifies that any Amazon Simple Notification Service (Amazon SNS) or Amazon Simple Queue Service (Amazon SQS) destination exists, and that the bucket owner has permission to publish to it by sending a test notification. In the case of Lambda destinations, Amazon S3 verifies that the Lambda function permissions grant Amazon S3 permission to invoke the function from the Amazon S3 bucket. For more information, see Configuring Notifications for Amazon S3 Events. You can disable notifications by adding the empty NotificationConfiguration element. For more information about the number of event notification configurations that you can create per bucket, see Amazon S3 service quotas in Amazon Web Services General Reference. By default, only the bucket owner can configure notifications on a bucket. However, bucket owners can use a bucket policy to grant permission to other users to set this configuration with s3:PutBucketNotification permission.  The PUT notification is an atomic operation. For example, suppose your notification configuration includes SNS topic, SQS queue, and Lambda function configurations. When you send a PUT request with this configuration, Amazon S3 sends test messages to your SNS topic. If the message fails, the entire PUT action will fail, and Amazon S3 will not add the configuration to your bucket.   Responses  If the configuration in the request body includes only one TopicConfiguration specifying only the s3:ReducedRedundancyLostObject event type, the response will also include the x-amz-sns-test-message-id header containing the message ID of the test notification sent to the topic. The following action is related to PutBucketNotificationConfiguration:    GetBucketNotificationConfiguration   
+   * Enables notifications of specified events for a bucket. For more information about event notifications, see Configuring Event Notifications. Using this API, you can replace an existing notification configuration. The configuration is an XML file that defines the event types that you want Amazon S3 to publish and the destination where you want Amazon S3 to publish an event notification when it detects an event of the specified type. By default, your bucket has no event notifications configured. That is, the notification configuration will be an empty NotificationConfiguration.  &lt;NotificationConfiguration&gt;   &lt;/NotificationConfiguration&gt;  This action replaces the existing notification configuration with the configuration you include in the request body. After Amazon S3 receives this request, it first verifies that any Amazon Simple Notification Service (Amazon SNS) or Amazon Simple Queue Service (Amazon SQS) destination exists, and that the bucket owner has permission to publish to it by sending a test notification. In the case of Lambda destinations, Amazon S3 verifies that the Lambda function permissions grant Amazon S3 permission to invoke the function from the Amazon S3 bucket. For more information, see Configuring Notifications for Amazon S3 Events. You can disable notifications by adding the empty NotificationConfiguration element. For more information about the number of event notification configurations that you can create per bucket, see Amazon S3 service quotas in Amazon Web Services General Reference. By default, only the bucket owner can configure notifications on a bucket. However, bucket owners can use a bucket policy to grant permission to other users to set this configuration with s3:PutBucketNotification permission.  The PUT notification is an atomic operation. For example, suppose your notification configuration includes SNS topic, SQS queue, and Lambda function configurations. When you send a PUT request with this configuration, Amazon S3 sends test messages to your SNS topic. If the message fails, the entire PUT action will fail, and Amazon S3 will not add the configuration to your bucket.  If the configuration in the request body includes only one TopicConfiguration specifying only the s3:ReducedRedundancyLostObject event type, the response will also include the x-amz-sns-test-message-id header containing the message ID of the test notification sent to the topic. The following action is related to PutBucketNotificationConfiguration:    GetBucketNotificationConfiguration   
    */
   putBucketNotificationConfiguration(callback?: (err: AWSError, data: {}) => void): Request<{}, AWSError>;
   /**
@@ -646,19 +646,19 @@ declare class S3 extends S3Customizations {
    */
   putBucketOwnershipControls(callback?: (err: AWSError, data: {}) => void): Request<{}, AWSError>;
   /**
-   * Applies an Amazon S3 bucket policy to an Amazon S3 bucket. If you are using an identity other than the root user of the Amazon Web Services account that owns the bucket, the calling identity must have the PutBucketPolicy permissions on the specified bucket and belong to the bucket owner's account in order to use this operation. If you don't have PutBucketPolicy permissions, Amazon S3 returns a 403 Access Denied error. If you have the correct permissions, but you're not using an identity that belongs to the bucket owner's account, Amazon S3 returns a 405 Method Not Allowed error.   As a security precaution, the root user of the Amazon Web Services account that owns a bucket can always use this operation, even if the policy explicitly denies the root user the ability to perform this action.   For more information, see Bucket policy examples. The following operations are related to PutBucketPolicy:    CreateBucket     DeleteBucket   
+   * Applies an Amazon S3 bucket policy to an Amazon S3 bucket. If you are using an identity other than the root user of the Amazon Web Services account that owns the bucket, the calling identity must have the PutBucketPolicy permissions on the specified bucket and belong to the bucket owner's account in order to use this operation. If you don't have PutBucketPolicy permissions, Amazon S3 returns a 403 Access Denied error. If you have the correct permissions, but you're not using an identity that belongs to the bucket owner's account, Amazon S3 returns a 405 Method Not Allowed error.  To ensure that bucket owners don't inadvertently lock themselves out of their own buckets, the root principal in a bucket owner's Amazon Web Services account can perform the GetBucketPolicy, PutBucketPolicy, and DeleteBucketPolicy API actions, even if their bucket policy explicitly denies the root principal's access. Bucket owner root principals can only be blocked from performing these API actions by VPC endpoint policies and Amazon Web Services Organizations policies.  For more information, see Bucket policy examples. The following operations are related to PutBucketPolicy:    CreateBucket     DeleteBucket   
    */
   putBucketPolicy(params: S3.Types.PutBucketPolicyRequest, callback?: (err: AWSError, data: {}) => void): Request<{}, AWSError>;
   /**
-   * Applies an Amazon S3 bucket policy to an Amazon S3 bucket. If you are using an identity other than the root user of the Amazon Web Services account that owns the bucket, the calling identity must have the PutBucketPolicy permissions on the specified bucket and belong to the bucket owner's account in order to use this operation. If you don't have PutBucketPolicy permissions, Amazon S3 returns a 403 Access Denied error. If you have the correct permissions, but you're not using an identity that belongs to the bucket owner's account, Amazon S3 returns a 405 Method Not Allowed error.   As a security precaution, the root user of the Amazon Web Services account that owns a bucket can always use this operation, even if the policy explicitly denies the root user the ability to perform this action.   For more information, see Bucket policy examples. The following operations are related to PutBucketPolicy:    CreateBucket     DeleteBucket   
+   * Applies an Amazon S3 bucket policy to an Amazon S3 bucket. If you are using an identity other than the root user of the Amazon Web Services account that owns the bucket, the calling identity must have the PutBucketPolicy permissions on the specified bucket and belong to the bucket owner's account in order to use this operation. If you don't have PutBucketPolicy permissions, Amazon S3 returns a 403 Access Denied error. If you have the correct permissions, but you're not using an identity that belongs to the bucket owner's account, Amazon S3 returns a 405 Method Not Allowed error.  To ensure that bucket owners don't inadvertently lock themselves out of their own buckets, the root principal in a bucket owner's Amazon Web Services account can perform the GetBucketPolicy, PutBucketPolicy, and DeleteBucketPolicy API actions, even if their bucket policy explicitly denies the root principal's access. Bucket owner root principals can only be blocked from performing these API actions by VPC endpoint policies and Amazon Web Services Organizations policies.  For more information, see Bucket policy examples. The following operations are related to PutBucketPolicy:    CreateBucket     DeleteBucket   
    */
   putBucketPolicy(callback?: (err: AWSError, data: {}) => void): Request<{}, AWSError>;
   /**
-   *  Creates a replication configuration or replaces an existing one. For more information, see Replication in the Amazon S3 User Guide.  Specify the replication configuration in the request body. In the replication configuration, you provide the name of the destination bucket or buckets where you want Amazon S3 to replicate objects, the IAM role that Amazon S3 can assume to replicate objects on your behalf, and other relevant information. A replication configuration must include at least one rule, and can contain a maximum of 1,000. Each rule identifies a subset of objects to replicate by filtering the objects in the source bucket. To choose additional subsets of objects to replicate, add a rule for each subset. To specify a subset of the objects in the source bucket to apply a replication rule to, add the Filter element as a child of the Rule element. You can filter objects based on an object key prefix, one or more object tags, or both. When you add the Filter element in the configuration, you must also add the following elements: DeleteMarkerReplication, Status, and Priority.  If you are using an earlier version of the replication configuration, Amazon S3 handles replication of delete markers differently. For more information, see Backward Compatibility.  For information about enabling versioning on a bucket, see Using Versioning.  Handling Replication of Encrypted Objects  By default, Amazon S3 doesn't replicate objects that are stored at rest using server-side encryption with KMS keys. To replicate Amazon Web Services KMS-encrypted objects, add the following: SourceSelectionCriteria, SseKmsEncryptedObjects, Status, EncryptionConfiguration, and ReplicaKmsKeyID. For information about replication configuration, see Replicating Objects Created with SSE Using KMS keys. For information on PutBucketReplication errors, see List of replication-related error codes   Permissions  To create a PutBucketReplication request, you must have s3:PutReplicationConfiguration permissions for the bucket.  By default, a resource owner, in this case the Amazon Web Services account that created the bucket, can perform this operation. The resource owner can also grant others permissions to perform the operation. For more information about permissions, see Specifying Permissions in a Policy and Managing Access Permissions to Your Amazon S3 Resources.  To perform this operation, the user or role performing the action must have the iam:PassRole permission.  The following operations are related to PutBucketReplication:    GetBucketReplication     DeleteBucketReplication   
+   *  Creates a replication configuration or replaces an existing one. For more information, see Replication in the Amazon S3 User Guide.  Specify the replication configuration in the request body. In the replication configuration, you provide the name of the destination bucket or buckets where you want Amazon S3 to replicate objects, the IAM role that Amazon S3 can assume to replicate objects on your behalf, and other relevant information. A replication configuration must include at least one rule, and can contain a maximum of 1,000. Each rule identifies a subset of objects to replicate by filtering the objects in the source bucket. To choose additional subsets of objects to replicate, add a rule for each subset. To specify a subset of the objects in the source bucket to apply a replication rule to, add the Filter element as a child of the Rule element. You can filter objects based on an object key prefix, one or more object tags, or both. When you add the Filter element in the configuration, you must also add the following elements: DeleteMarkerReplication, Status, and Priority.  If you are using an earlier version of the replication configuration, Amazon S3 handles replication of delete markers differently. For more information, see Backward Compatibility.  For information about enabling versioning on a bucket, see Using Versioning.  Handling Replication of Encrypted Objects  By default, Amazon S3 doesn't replicate objects that are stored at rest using server-side encryption with KMS keys. To replicate Amazon Web Services KMS-encrypted objects, add the following: SourceSelectionCriteria, SseKmsEncryptedObjects, Status, EncryptionConfiguration, and ReplicaKmsKeyID. For information about replication configuration, see Replicating Objects Created with SSE Using KMS keys. For information on PutBucketReplication errors, see List of replication-related error codes   Permissions  To create a PutBucketReplication request, you must have s3:PutReplicationConfiguration permissions for the bucket.  By default, a resource owner, in this case the Amazon Web Services account that created the bucket, can perform this operation. The resource owner can also grant others permissions to perform the operation. For more information about permissions, see Specifying Permissions in a Policy and Managing Access Permissions to Your Amazon S3 Resources.  To perform this operation, the user or role performing the action must have the iam:PassRole permission.    The following operations are related to PutBucketReplication:    GetBucketReplication     DeleteBucketReplication   
    */
   putBucketReplication(params: S3.Types.PutBucketReplicationRequest, callback?: (err: AWSError, data: {}) => void): Request<{}, AWSError>;
   /**
-   *  Creates a replication configuration or replaces an existing one. For more information, see Replication in the Amazon S3 User Guide.  Specify the replication configuration in the request body. In the replication configuration, you provide the name of the destination bucket or buckets where you want Amazon S3 to replicate objects, the IAM role that Amazon S3 can assume to replicate objects on your behalf, and other relevant information. A replication configuration must include at least one rule, and can contain a maximum of 1,000. Each rule identifies a subset of objects to replicate by filtering the objects in the source bucket. To choose additional subsets of objects to replicate, add a rule for each subset. To specify a subset of the objects in the source bucket to apply a replication rule to, add the Filter element as a child of the Rule element. You can filter objects based on an object key prefix, one or more object tags, or both. When you add the Filter element in the configuration, you must also add the following elements: DeleteMarkerReplication, Status, and Priority.  If you are using an earlier version of the replication configuration, Amazon S3 handles replication of delete markers differently. For more information, see Backward Compatibility.  For information about enabling versioning on a bucket, see Using Versioning.  Handling Replication of Encrypted Objects  By default, Amazon S3 doesn't replicate objects that are stored at rest using server-side encryption with KMS keys. To replicate Amazon Web Services KMS-encrypted objects, add the following: SourceSelectionCriteria, SseKmsEncryptedObjects, Status, EncryptionConfiguration, and ReplicaKmsKeyID. For information about replication configuration, see Replicating Objects Created with SSE Using KMS keys. For information on PutBucketReplication errors, see List of replication-related error codes   Permissions  To create a PutBucketReplication request, you must have s3:PutReplicationConfiguration permissions for the bucket.  By default, a resource owner, in this case the Amazon Web Services account that created the bucket, can perform this operation. The resource owner can also grant others permissions to perform the operation. For more information about permissions, see Specifying Permissions in a Policy and Managing Access Permissions to Your Amazon S3 Resources.  To perform this operation, the user or role performing the action must have the iam:PassRole permission.  The following operations are related to PutBucketReplication:    GetBucketReplication     DeleteBucketReplication   
+   *  Creates a replication configuration or replaces an existing one. For more information, see Replication in the Amazon S3 User Guide.  Specify the replication configuration in the request body. In the replication configuration, you provide the name of the destination bucket or buckets where you want Amazon S3 to replicate objects, the IAM role that Amazon S3 can assume to replicate objects on your behalf, and other relevant information. A replication configuration must include at least one rule, and can contain a maximum of 1,000. Each rule identifies a subset of objects to replicate by filtering the objects in the source bucket. To choose additional subsets of objects to replicate, add a rule for each subset. To specify a subset of the objects in the source bucket to apply a replication rule to, add the Filter element as a child of the Rule element. You can filter objects based on an object key prefix, one or more object tags, or both. When you add the Filter element in the configuration, you must also add the following elements: DeleteMarkerReplication, Status, and Priority.  If you are using an earlier version of the replication configuration, Amazon S3 handles replication of delete markers differently. For more information, see Backward Compatibility.  For information about enabling versioning on a bucket, see Using Versioning.  Handling Replication of Encrypted Objects  By default, Amazon S3 doesn't replicate objects that are stored at rest using server-side encryption with KMS keys. To replicate Amazon Web Services KMS-encrypted objects, add the following: SourceSelectionCriteria, SseKmsEncryptedObjects, Status, EncryptionConfiguration, and ReplicaKmsKeyID. For information about replication configuration, see Replicating Objects Created with SSE Using KMS keys. For information on PutBucketReplication errors, see List of replication-related error codes   Permissions  To create a PutBucketReplication request, you must have s3:PutReplicationConfiguration permissions for the bucket.  By default, a resource owner, in this case the Amazon Web Services account that created the bucket, can perform this operation. The resource owner can also grant others permissions to perform the operation. For more information about permissions, see Specifying Permissions in a Policy and Managing Access Permissions to Your Amazon S3 Resources.  To perform this operation, the user or role performing the action must have the iam:PassRole permission.    The following operations are related to PutBucketReplication:    GetBucketReplication     DeleteBucketReplication   
    */
   putBucketReplication(callback?: (err: AWSError, data: {}) => void): Request<{}, AWSError>;
   /**
@@ -678,11 +678,11 @@ declare class S3 extends S3Customizations {
    */
   putBucketTagging(callback?: (err: AWSError, data: {}) => void): Request<{}, AWSError>;
   /**
-   * Sets the versioning state of an existing bucket. You can set the versioning state with one of the following values:  Enabled—Enables versioning for the objects in the bucket. All objects added to the bucket receive a unique version ID.  Suspended—Disables versioning for the objects in the bucket. All objects added to the bucket receive the version ID null. If the versioning state has never been set on a bucket, it has no versioning state; a GetBucketVersioning request does not return a versioning state value. In order to enable MFA Delete, you must be the bucket owner. If you are the bucket owner and want to enable MFA Delete in the bucket versioning configuration, you must include the x-amz-mfa request header and the Status and the MfaDelete request elements in a request to set the versioning state of the bucket.  If you have an object expiration lifecycle policy in your non-versioned bucket and you want to maintain the same permanent delete behavior when you enable versioning, you must add a noncurrent expiration policy. The noncurrent expiration lifecycle policy will manage the deletes of the noncurrent object versions in the version-enabled bucket. (A version-enabled bucket maintains one current and zero or more noncurrent object versions.) For more information, see Lifecycle and Versioning.   Related Resources     CreateBucket     DeleteBucket     GetBucketVersioning   
+   * Sets the versioning state of an existing bucket. You can set the versioning state with one of the following values:  Enabled—Enables versioning for the objects in the bucket. All objects added to the bucket receive a unique version ID.  Suspended—Disables versioning for the objects in the bucket. All objects added to the bucket receive the version ID null. If the versioning state has never been set on a bucket, it has no versioning state; a GetBucketVersioning request does not return a versioning state value. In order to enable MFA Delete, you must be the bucket owner. If you are the bucket owner and want to enable MFA Delete in the bucket versioning configuration, you must include the x-amz-mfa request header and the Status and the MfaDelete request elements in a request to set the versioning state of the bucket.  If you have an object expiration lifecycle configuration in your non-versioned bucket and you want to maintain the same permanent delete behavior when you enable versioning, you must add a noncurrent expiration policy. The noncurrent expiration lifecycle configuration will manage the deletes of the noncurrent object versions in the version-enabled bucket. (A version-enabled bucket maintains one current and zero or more noncurrent object versions.) For more information, see Lifecycle and Versioning.  The following operations are related to PutBucketVersioning:    CreateBucket     DeleteBucket     GetBucketVersioning   
    */
   putBucketVersioning(params: S3.Types.PutBucketVersioningRequest, callback?: (err: AWSError, data: {}) => void): Request<{}, AWSError>;
   /**
-   * Sets the versioning state of an existing bucket. You can set the versioning state with one of the following values:  Enabled—Enables versioning for the objects in the bucket. All objects added to the bucket receive a unique version ID.  Suspended—Disables versioning for the objects in the bucket. All objects added to the bucket receive the version ID null. If the versioning state has never been set on a bucket, it has no versioning state; a GetBucketVersioning request does not return a versioning state value. In order to enable MFA Delete, you must be the bucket owner. If you are the bucket owner and want to enable MFA Delete in the bucket versioning configuration, you must include the x-amz-mfa request header and the Status and the MfaDelete request elements in a request to set the versioning state of the bucket.  If you have an object expiration lifecycle policy in your non-versioned bucket and you want to maintain the same permanent delete behavior when you enable versioning, you must add a noncurrent expiration policy. The noncurrent expiration lifecycle policy will manage the deletes of the noncurrent object versions in the version-enabled bucket. (A version-enabled bucket maintains one current and zero or more noncurrent object versions.) For more information, see Lifecycle and Versioning.   Related Resources     CreateBucket     DeleteBucket     GetBucketVersioning   
+   * Sets the versioning state of an existing bucket. You can set the versioning state with one of the following values:  Enabled—Enables versioning for the objects in the bucket. All objects added to the bucket receive a unique version ID.  Suspended—Disables versioning for the objects in the bucket. All objects added to the bucket receive the version ID null. If the versioning state has never been set on a bucket, it has no versioning state; a GetBucketVersioning request does not return a versioning state value. In order to enable MFA Delete, you must be the bucket owner. If you are the bucket owner and want to enable MFA Delete in the bucket versioning configuration, you must include the x-amz-mfa request header and the Status and the MfaDelete request elements in a request to set the versioning state of the bucket.  If you have an object expiration lifecycle configuration in your non-versioned bucket and you want to maintain the same permanent delete behavior when you enable versioning, you must add a noncurrent expiration policy. The noncurrent expiration lifecycle configuration will manage the deletes of the noncurrent object versions in the version-enabled bucket. (A version-enabled bucket maintains one current and zero or more noncurrent object versions.) For more information, see Lifecycle and Versioning.  The following operations are related to PutBucketVersioning:    CreateBucket     DeleteBucket     GetBucketVersioning   
    */
   putBucketVersioning(callback?: (err: AWSError, data: {}) => void): Request<{}, AWSError>;
   /**
@@ -694,19 +694,19 @@ declare class S3 extends S3Customizations {
    */
   putBucketWebsite(callback?: (err: AWSError, data: {}) => void): Request<{}, AWSError>;
   /**
-   * Adds an object to a bucket. You must have WRITE permissions on a bucket to add an object to it. Amazon S3 never adds partial objects; if you receive a success response, Amazon S3 added the entire object to the bucket. Amazon S3 is a distributed system. If it receives multiple write requests for the same object simultaneously, it overwrites all but the last object written. Amazon S3 does not provide object locking; if you need this, make sure to build it into your application layer or use versioning instead. To ensure that data is not corrupted traversing the network, use the Content-MD5 header. When you use this header, Amazon S3 checks the object against the provided MD5 value and, if they do not match, returns an error. Additionally, you can calculate the MD5 while putting an object to Amazon S3 and compare the returned ETag to the calculated MD5 value.    To successfully complete the PutObject request, you must have the s3:PutObject in your IAM permissions.   To successfully change the objects acl of your PutObject request, you must have the s3:PutObjectAcl in your IAM permissions.    The Content-MD5 header is required for any request to upload an object with a retention period configured using Amazon S3 Object Lock. For more information about Amazon S3 Object Lock, see Amazon S3 Object Lock Overview in the Amazon S3 User Guide.      Server-side Encryption  You can optionally request server-side encryption. With server-side encryption, Amazon S3 encrypts your data as it writes it to disks in its data centers and decrypts the data when you access it. You have the option to provide your own encryption key or use Amazon Web Services managed encryption keys (SSE-S3 or SSE-KMS). For more information, see Using Server-Side Encryption. If you request server-side encryption using Amazon Web Services Key Management Service (SSE-KMS), you can enable an S3 Bucket Key at the object-level. For more information, see Amazon S3 Bucket Keys in the Amazon S3 User Guide.  Access Control List (ACL)-Specific Request Headers  You can use headers to grant ACL- based permissions. By default, all objects are private. Only the owner has full access control. When adding a new object, you can grant permissions to individual Amazon Web Services accounts or to predefined groups defined by Amazon S3. These permissions are then added to the ACL on the object. For more information, see Access Control List (ACL) Overview and Managing ACLs Using the REST API.  If the bucket that you're uploading objects to uses the bucket owner enforced setting for S3 Object Ownership, ACLs are disabled and no longer affect permissions. Buckets that use this setting only accept PUT requests that don't specify an ACL or PUT requests that specify bucket owner full control ACLs, such as the bucket-owner-full-control canned ACL or an equivalent form of this ACL expressed in the XML format. PUT requests that contain other ACLs (for example, custom grants to certain Amazon Web Services accounts) fail and return a 400 error with the error code AccessControlListNotSupported. For more information, see  Controlling ownership of objects and disabling ACLs in the Amazon S3 User Guide.  If your bucket uses the bucket owner enforced setting for Object Ownership, all objects written to the bucket by any account will be owned by the bucket owner.   Storage Class Options  By default, Amazon S3 uses the STANDARD Storage Class to store newly created objects. The STANDARD storage class provides high durability and high availability. Depending on performance needs, you can specify a different Storage Class. Amazon S3 on Outposts only uses the OUTPOSTS Storage Class. For more information, see Storage Classes in the Amazon S3 User Guide.  Versioning  If you enable versioning for a bucket, Amazon S3 automatically generates a unique version ID for the object being stored. Amazon S3 returns this ID in the response. When you enable versioning for a bucket, if Amazon S3 receives multiple write requests for the same object simultaneously, it stores all of the objects. For more information about versioning, see Adding Objects to Versioning Enabled Buckets. For information about returning the versioning state of a bucket, see GetBucketVersioning.   Related Resources     CopyObject     DeleteObject   
+   * Adds an object to a bucket. You must have WRITE permissions on a bucket to add an object to it.  Amazon S3 never adds partial objects; if you receive a success response, Amazon S3 added the entire object to the bucket. You cannot use PutObject to only update a single piece of metadata for an existing object. You must put the entire object with updated metadata if you want to update some values.  Amazon S3 is a distributed system. If it receives multiple write requests for the same object simultaneously, it overwrites all but the last object written. To prevent objects from being deleted or overwritten, you can use Amazon S3 Object Lock. To ensure that data is not corrupted traversing the network, use the Content-MD5 header. When you use this header, Amazon S3 checks the object against the provided MD5 value and, if they do not match, returns an error. Additionally, you can calculate the MD5 while putting an object to Amazon S3 and compare the returned ETag to the calculated MD5 value.    To successfully complete the PutObject request, you must have the s3:PutObject in your IAM permissions.   To successfully change the objects acl of your PutObject request, you must have the s3:PutObjectAcl in your IAM permissions.   To successfully set the tag-set with your PutObject request, you must have the s3:PutObjectTagging in your IAM permissions.    The Content-MD5 header is required for any request to upload an object with a retention period configured using Amazon S3 Object Lock. For more information about Amazon S3 Object Lock, see Amazon S3 Object Lock Overview in the Amazon S3 User Guide.     You have three mutually exclusive options to protect data using server-side encryption in Amazon S3, depending on how you choose to manage the encryption keys. Specifically, the encryption key options are Amazon S3 managed keys (SSE-S3), Amazon Web Services KMS keys (SSE-KMS), and customer-provided keys (SSE-C). Amazon S3 encrypts data with server-side encryption by using Amazon S3 managed keys (SSE-S3) by default. You can optionally tell Amazon S3 to encrypt data at by rest using server-side encryption with other key options. For more information, see Using Server-Side Encryption. When adding a new object, you can use headers to grant ACL-based permissions to individual Amazon Web Services accounts or to predefined groups defined by Amazon S3. These permissions are then added to the ACL on the object. By default, all objects are private. Only the owner has full access control. For more information, see Access Control List (ACL) Overview and Managing ACLs Using the REST API.  If the bucket that you're uploading objects to uses the bucket owner enforced setting for S3 Object Ownership, ACLs are disabled and no longer affect permissions. Buckets that use this setting only accept PUT requests that don't specify an ACL or PUT requests that specify bucket owner full control ACLs, such as the bucket-owner-full-control canned ACL or an equivalent form of this ACL expressed in the XML format. PUT requests that contain other ACLs (for example, custom grants to certain Amazon Web Services accounts) fail and return a 400 error with the error code AccessControlListNotSupported. For more information, see  Controlling ownership of objects and disabling ACLs in the Amazon S3 User Guide.  If your bucket uses the bucket owner enforced setting for Object Ownership, all objects written to the bucket by any account will be owned by the bucket owner.  By default, Amazon S3 uses the STANDARD Storage Class to store newly created objects. The STANDARD storage class provides high durability and high availability. Depending on performance needs, you can specify a different Storage Class. Amazon S3 on Outposts only uses the OUTPOSTS Storage Class. For more information, see Storage Classes in the Amazon S3 User Guide. If you enable versioning for a bucket, Amazon S3 automatically generates a unique version ID for the object being stored. Amazon S3 returns this ID in the response. When you enable versioning for a bucket, if Amazon S3 receives multiple write requests for the same object simultaneously, it stores all of the objects. For more information about versioning, see Adding Objects to Versioning-Enabled Buckets. For information about returning the versioning state of a bucket, see GetBucketVersioning.  For more information about related Amazon S3 APIs, see the following:    CopyObject     DeleteObject   
    */
   putObject(params: S3.Types.PutObjectRequest, callback?: (err: AWSError, data: S3.Types.PutObjectOutput) => void): Request<S3.Types.PutObjectOutput, AWSError>;
   /**
-   * Adds an object to a bucket. You must have WRITE permissions on a bucket to add an object to it. Amazon S3 never adds partial objects; if you receive a success response, Amazon S3 added the entire object to the bucket. Amazon S3 is a distributed system. If it receives multiple write requests for the same object simultaneously, it overwrites all but the last object written. Amazon S3 does not provide object locking; if you need this, make sure to build it into your application layer or use versioning instead. To ensure that data is not corrupted traversing the network, use the Content-MD5 header. When you use this header, Amazon S3 checks the object against the provided MD5 value and, if they do not match, returns an error. Additionally, you can calculate the MD5 while putting an object to Amazon S3 and compare the returned ETag to the calculated MD5 value.    To successfully complete the PutObject request, you must have the s3:PutObject in your IAM permissions.   To successfully change the objects acl of your PutObject request, you must have the s3:PutObjectAcl in your IAM permissions.    The Content-MD5 header is required for any request to upload an object with a retention period configured using Amazon S3 Object Lock. For more information about Amazon S3 Object Lock, see Amazon S3 Object Lock Overview in the Amazon S3 User Guide.      Server-side Encryption  You can optionally request server-side encryption. With server-side encryption, Amazon S3 encrypts your data as it writes it to disks in its data centers and decrypts the data when you access it. You have the option to provide your own encryption key or use Amazon Web Services managed encryption keys (SSE-S3 or SSE-KMS). For more information, see Using Server-Side Encryption. If you request server-side encryption using Amazon Web Services Key Management Service (SSE-KMS), you can enable an S3 Bucket Key at the object-level. For more information, see Amazon S3 Bucket Keys in the Amazon S3 User Guide.  Access Control List (ACL)-Specific Request Headers  You can use headers to grant ACL- based permissions. By default, all objects are private. Only the owner has full access control. When adding a new object, you can grant permissions to individual Amazon Web Services accounts or to predefined groups defined by Amazon S3. These permissions are then added to the ACL on the object. For more information, see Access Control List (ACL) Overview and Managing ACLs Using the REST API.  If the bucket that you're uploading objects to uses the bucket owner enforced setting for S3 Object Ownership, ACLs are disabled and no longer affect permissions. Buckets that use this setting only accept PUT requests that don't specify an ACL or PUT requests that specify bucket owner full control ACLs, such as the bucket-owner-full-control canned ACL or an equivalent form of this ACL expressed in the XML format. PUT requests that contain other ACLs (for example, custom grants to certain Amazon Web Services accounts) fail and return a 400 error with the error code AccessControlListNotSupported. For more information, see  Controlling ownership of objects and disabling ACLs in the Amazon S3 User Guide.  If your bucket uses the bucket owner enforced setting for Object Ownership, all objects written to the bucket by any account will be owned by the bucket owner.   Storage Class Options  By default, Amazon S3 uses the STANDARD Storage Class to store newly created objects. The STANDARD storage class provides high durability and high availability. Depending on performance needs, you can specify a different Storage Class. Amazon S3 on Outposts only uses the OUTPOSTS Storage Class. For more information, see Storage Classes in the Amazon S3 User Guide.  Versioning  If you enable versioning for a bucket, Amazon S3 automatically generates a unique version ID for the object being stored. Amazon S3 returns this ID in the response. When you enable versioning for a bucket, if Amazon S3 receives multiple write requests for the same object simultaneously, it stores all of the objects. For more information about versioning, see Adding Objects to Versioning Enabled Buckets. For information about returning the versioning state of a bucket, see GetBucketVersioning.   Related Resources     CopyObject     DeleteObject   
+   * Adds an object to a bucket. You must have WRITE permissions on a bucket to add an object to it.  Amazon S3 never adds partial objects; if you receive a success response, Amazon S3 added the entire object to the bucket. You cannot use PutObject to only update a single piece of metadata for an existing object. You must put the entire object with updated metadata if you want to update some values.  Amazon S3 is a distributed system. If it receives multiple write requests for the same object simultaneously, it overwrites all but the last object written. To prevent objects from being deleted or overwritten, you can use Amazon S3 Object Lock. To ensure that data is not corrupted traversing the network, use the Content-MD5 header. When you use this header, Amazon S3 checks the object against the provided MD5 value and, if they do not match, returns an error. Additionally, you can calculate the MD5 while putting an object to Amazon S3 and compare the returned ETag to the calculated MD5 value.    To successfully complete the PutObject request, you must have the s3:PutObject in your IAM permissions.   To successfully change the objects acl of your PutObject request, you must have the s3:PutObjectAcl in your IAM permissions.   To successfully set the tag-set with your PutObject request, you must have the s3:PutObjectTagging in your IAM permissions.    The Content-MD5 header is required for any request to upload an object with a retention period configured using Amazon S3 Object Lock. For more information about Amazon S3 Object Lock, see Amazon S3 Object Lock Overview in the Amazon S3 User Guide.     You have three mutually exclusive options to protect data using server-side encryption in Amazon S3, depending on how you choose to manage the encryption keys. Specifically, the encryption key options are Amazon S3 managed keys (SSE-S3), Amazon Web Services KMS keys (SSE-KMS), and customer-provided keys (SSE-C). Amazon S3 encrypts data with server-side encryption by using Amazon S3 managed keys (SSE-S3) by default. You can optionally tell Amazon S3 to encrypt data at by rest using server-side encryption with other key options. For more information, see Using Server-Side Encryption. When adding a new object, you can use headers to grant ACL-based permissions to individual Amazon Web Services accounts or to predefined groups defined by Amazon S3. These permissions are then added to the ACL on the object. By default, all objects are private. Only the owner has full access control. For more information, see Access Control List (ACL) Overview and Managing ACLs Using the REST API.  If the bucket that you're uploading objects to uses the bucket owner enforced setting for S3 Object Ownership, ACLs are disabled and no longer affect permissions. Buckets that use this setting only accept PUT requests that don't specify an ACL or PUT requests that specify bucket owner full control ACLs, such as the bucket-owner-full-control canned ACL or an equivalent form of this ACL expressed in the XML format. PUT requests that contain other ACLs (for example, custom grants to certain Amazon Web Services accounts) fail and return a 400 error with the error code AccessControlListNotSupported. For more information, see  Controlling ownership of objects and disabling ACLs in the Amazon S3 User Guide.  If your bucket uses the bucket owner enforced setting for Object Ownership, all objects written to the bucket by any account will be owned by the bucket owner.  By default, Amazon S3 uses the STANDARD Storage Class to store newly created objects. The STANDARD storage class provides high durability and high availability. Depending on performance needs, you can specify a different Storage Class. Amazon S3 on Outposts only uses the OUTPOSTS Storage Class. For more information, see Storage Classes in the Amazon S3 User Guide. If you enable versioning for a bucket, Amazon S3 automatically generates a unique version ID for the object being stored. Amazon S3 returns this ID in the response. When you enable versioning for a bucket, if Amazon S3 receives multiple write requests for the same object simultaneously, it stores all of the objects. For more information about versioning, see Adding Objects to Versioning-Enabled Buckets. For information about returning the versioning state of a bucket, see GetBucketVersioning.  For more information about related Amazon S3 APIs, see the following:    CopyObject     DeleteObject   
    */
   putObject(callback?: (err: AWSError, data: S3.Types.PutObjectOutput) => void): Request<S3.Types.PutObjectOutput, AWSError>;
   /**
-   * Uses the acl subresource to set the access control list (ACL) permissions for a new or existing object in an S3 bucket. You must have WRITE_ACP permission to set the ACL of an object. For more information, see What permissions can I grant? in the Amazon S3 User Guide. This action is not supported by Amazon S3 on Outposts. Depending on your application needs, you can choose to set the ACL on an object using either the request body or the headers. For example, if you have an existing application that updates a bucket ACL using the request body, you can continue to use that approach. For more information, see Access Control List (ACL) Overview in the Amazon S3 User Guide.  If your bucket uses the bucket owner enforced setting for S3 Object Ownership, ACLs are disabled and no longer affect permissions. You must use policies to grant access to your bucket and the objects in it. Requests to set ACLs or update ACLs fail and return the AccessControlListNotSupported error code. Requests to read ACLs are still supported. For more information, see Controlling object ownership in the Amazon S3 User Guide.   Access Permissions  You can set access permissions using one of the following methods:   Specify a canned ACL with the x-amz-acl request header. Amazon S3 supports a set of predefined ACLs, known as canned ACLs. Each canned ACL has a predefined set of grantees and permissions. Specify the canned ACL name as the value of x-amz-acl. If you use this header, you cannot use other access control-specific headers in your request. For more information, see Canned ACL.   Specify access permissions explicitly with the x-amz-grant-read, x-amz-grant-read-acp, x-amz-grant-write-acp, and x-amz-grant-full-control headers. When using these headers, you specify explicit access permissions and grantees (Amazon Web Services accounts or Amazon S3 groups) who will receive the permission. If you use these ACL-specific headers, you cannot use x-amz-acl header to set a canned ACL. These parameters map to the set of permissions that Amazon S3 supports in an ACL. For more information, see Access Control List (ACL) Overview. You specify each grantee as a type=value pair, where the type is one of the following:    id – if the value specified is the canonical user ID of an Amazon Web Services account    uri – if you are granting permissions to a predefined group    emailAddress – if the value specified is the email address of an Amazon Web Services account  Using email addresses to specify a grantee is only supported in the following Amazon Web Services Regions:    US East (N. Virginia)   US West (N. California)    US West (Oregon)    Asia Pacific (Singapore)   Asia Pacific (Sydney)   Asia Pacific (Tokyo)   Europe (Ireland)   South America (São Paulo)   For a list of all the Amazon S3 supported Regions and endpoints, see Regions and Endpoints in the Amazon Web Services General Reference.    For example, the following x-amz-grant-read header grants list objects permission to the two Amazon Web Services accounts identified by their email addresses.  x-amz-grant-read: emailAddress="xyz@amazon.com", emailAddress="abc@amazon.com"     You can use either a canned ACL or specify access permissions explicitly. You cannot do both.  Grantee Values  You can specify the person (grantee) to whom you're assigning access rights (using request elements) in the following ways:   By the person's ID:  &lt;Grantee xmlns:xsi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XMLSchema-instance" xsi:type="CanonicalUser"&gt;&lt;ID&gt;&lt;&gt;ID&lt;&gt;&lt;/ID&gt;&lt;DisplayName&gt;&lt;&gt;GranteesEmail&lt;&gt;&lt;/DisplayName&gt; &lt;/Grantee&gt;  DisplayName is optional and ignored in the request.   By URI:  &lt;Grantee xmlns:xsi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XMLSchema-instance" xsi:type="Group"&gt;&lt;URI&gt;&lt;&gt;http://acs.amazonaws.com/groups/global/AuthenticatedUsers&lt;&gt;&lt;/URI&gt;&lt;/Grantee&gt;    By Email address:  &lt;Grantee xmlns:xsi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XMLSchema-instance" xsi:type="AmazonCustomerByEmail"&gt;&lt;EmailAddress&gt;&lt;&gt;Grantees@email.com&lt;&gt;&lt;/EmailAddress&gt;lt;/Grantee&gt;  The grantee is resolved to the CanonicalUser and, in a response to a GET Object acl request, appears as the CanonicalUser.  Using email addresses to specify a grantee is only supported in the following Amazon Web Services Regions:    US East (N. Virginia)   US West (N. California)    US West (Oregon)    Asia Pacific (Singapore)   Asia Pacific (Sydney)   Asia Pacific (Tokyo)   Europe (Ireland)   South America (São Paulo)   For a list of all the Amazon S3 supported Regions and endpoints, see Regions and Endpoints in the Amazon Web Services General Reference.     Versioning  The ACL of an object is set at the object version level. By default, PUT sets the ACL of the current version of an object. To set the ACL of a different version, use the versionId subresource.  Related Resources     CopyObject     GetObject   
+   * Uses the acl subresource to set the access control list (ACL) permissions for a new or existing object in an S3 bucket. You must have WRITE_ACP permission to set the ACL of an object. For more information, see What permissions can I grant? in the Amazon S3 User Guide. This action is not supported by Amazon S3 on Outposts. Depending on your application needs, you can choose to set the ACL on an object using either the request body or the headers. For example, if you have an existing application that updates a bucket ACL using the request body, you can continue to use that approach. For more information, see Access Control List (ACL) Overview in the Amazon S3 User Guide.  If your bucket uses the bucket owner enforced setting for S3 Object Ownership, ACLs are disabled and no longer affect permissions. You must use policies to grant access to your bucket and the objects in it. Requests to set ACLs or update ACLs fail and return the AccessControlListNotSupported error code. Requests to read ACLs are still supported. For more information, see Controlling object ownership in the Amazon S3 User Guide.   Permissions  You can set access permissions using one of the following methods:   Specify a canned ACL with the x-amz-acl request header. Amazon S3 supports a set of predefined ACLs, known as canned ACLs. Each canned ACL has a predefined set of grantees and permissions. Specify the canned ACL name as the value of x-amz-acl. If you use this header, you cannot use other access control-specific headers in your request. For more information, see Canned ACL.   Specify access permissions explicitly with the x-amz-grant-read, x-amz-grant-read-acp, x-amz-grant-write-acp, and x-amz-grant-full-control headers. When using these headers, you specify explicit access permissions and grantees (Amazon Web Services accounts or Amazon S3 groups) who will receive the permission. If you use these ACL-specific headers, you cannot use x-amz-acl header to set a canned ACL. These parameters map to the set of permissions that Amazon S3 supports in an ACL. For more information, see Access Control List (ACL) Overview. You specify each grantee as a type=value pair, where the type is one of the following:    id – if the value specified is the canonical user ID of an Amazon Web Services account    uri – if you are granting permissions to a predefined group    emailAddress – if the value specified is the email address of an Amazon Web Services account  Using email addresses to specify a grantee is only supported in the following Amazon Web Services Regions:    US East (N. Virginia)   US West (N. California)    US West (Oregon)    Asia Pacific (Singapore)   Asia Pacific (Sydney)   Asia Pacific (Tokyo)   Europe (Ireland)   South America (São Paulo)   For a list of all the Amazon S3 supported Regions and endpoints, see Regions and Endpoints in the Amazon Web Services General Reference.    For example, the following x-amz-grant-read header grants list objects permission to the two Amazon Web Services accounts identified by their email addresses.  x-amz-grant-read: emailAddress="xyz@amazon.com", emailAddress="abc@amazon.com"     You can use either a canned ACL or specify access permissions explicitly. You cannot do both.  Grantee Values  You can specify the person (grantee) to whom you're assigning access rights (using request elements) in the following ways:   By the person's ID:  &lt;Grantee xmlns:xsi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XMLSchema-instance" xsi:type="CanonicalUser"&gt;&lt;ID&gt;&lt;&gt;ID&lt;&gt;&lt;/ID&gt;&lt;DisplayName&gt;&lt;&gt;GranteesEmail&lt;&gt;&lt;/DisplayName&gt; &lt;/Grantee&gt;  DisplayName is optional and ignored in the request.   By URI:  &lt;Grantee xmlns:xsi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XMLSchema-instance" xsi:type="Group"&gt;&lt;URI&gt;&lt;&gt;http://acs.amazonaws.com/groups/global/AuthenticatedUsers&lt;&gt;&lt;/URI&gt;&lt;/Grantee&gt;    By Email address:  &lt;Grantee xmlns:xsi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XMLSchema-instance" xsi:type="AmazonCustomerByEmail"&gt;&lt;EmailAddress&gt;&lt;&gt;Grantees@email.com&lt;&gt;&lt;/EmailAddress&gt;lt;/Grantee&gt;  The grantee is resolved to the CanonicalUser and, in a response to a GET Object acl request, appears as the CanonicalUser.  Using email addresses to specify a grantee is only supported in the following Amazon Web Services Regions:    US East (N. Virginia)   US West (N. California)    US West (Oregon)    Asia Pacific (Singapore)   Asia Pacific (Sydney)   Asia Pacific (Tokyo)   Europe (Ireland)   South America (São Paulo)   For a list of all the Amazon S3 supported Regions and endpoints, see Regions and Endpoints in the Amazon Web Services General Reference.     Versioning  The ACL of an object is set at the object version level. By default, PUT sets the ACL of the current version of an object. To set the ACL of a different version, use the versionId subresource.   The following operations are related to PutObjectAcl:    CopyObject     GetObject   
    */
   putObjectAcl(params: S3.Types.PutObjectAclRequest, callback?: (err: AWSError, data: S3.Types.PutObjectAclOutput) => void): Request<S3.Types.PutObjectAclOutput, AWSError>;
   /**
-   * Uses the acl subresource to set the access control list (ACL) permissions for a new or existing object in an S3 bucket. You must have WRITE_ACP permission to set the ACL of an object. For more information, see What permissions can I grant? in the Amazon S3 User Guide. This action is not supported by Amazon S3 on Outposts. Depending on your application needs, you can choose to set the ACL on an object using either the request body or the headers. For example, if you have an existing application that updates a bucket ACL using the request body, you can continue to use that approach. For more information, see Access Control List (ACL) Overview in the Amazon S3 User Guide.  If your bucket uses the bucket owner enforced setting for S3 Object Ownership, ACLs are disabled and no longer affect permissions. You must use policies to grant access to your bucket and the objects in it. Requests to set ACLs or update ACLs fail and return the AccessControlListNotSupported error code. Requests to read ACLs are still supported. For more information, see Controlling object ownership in the Amazon S3 User Guide.   Access Permissions  You can set access permissions using one of the following methods:   Specify a canned ACL with the x-amz-acl request header. Amazon S3 supports a set of predefined ACLs, known as canned ACLs. Each canned ACL has a predefined set of grantees and permissions. Specify the canned ACL name as the value of x-amz-acl. If you use this header, you cannot use other access control-specific headers in your request. For more information, see Canned ACL.   Specify access permissions explicitly with the x-amz-grant-read, x-amz-grant-read-acp, x-amz-grant-write-acp, and x-amz-grant-full-control headers. When using these headers, you specify explicit access permissions and grantees (Amazon Web Services accounts or Amazon S3 groups) who will receive the permission. If you use these ACL-specific headers, you cannot use x-amz-acl header to set a canned ACL. These parameters map to the set of permissions that Amazon S3 supports in an ACL. For more information, see Access Control List (ACL) Overview. You specify each grantee as a type=value pair, where the type is one of the following:    id – if the value specified is the canonical user ID of an Amazon Web Services account    uri – if you are granting permissions to a predefined group    emailAddress – if the value specified is the email address of an Amazon Web Services account  Using email addresses to specify a grantee is only supported in the following Amazon Web Services Regions:    US East (N. Virginia)   US West (N. California)    US West (Oregon)    Asia Pacific (Singapore)   Asia Pacific (Sydney)   Asia Pacific (Tokyo)   Europe (Ireland)   South America (São Paulo)   For a list of all the Amazon S3 supported Regions and endpoints, see Regions and Endpoints in the Amazon Web Services General Reference.    For example, the following x-amz-grant-read header grants list objects permission to the two Amazon Web Services accounts identified by their email addresses.  x-amz-grant-read: emailAddress="xyz@amazon.com", emailAddress="abc@amazon.com"     You can use either a canned ACL or specify access permissions explicitly. You cannot do both.  Grantee Values  You can specify the person (grantee) to whom you're assigning access rights (using request elements) in the following ways:   By the person's ID:  &lt;Grantee xmlns:xsi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XMLSchema-instance" xsi:type="CanonicalUser"&gt;&lt;ID&gt;&lt;&gt;ID&lt;&gt;&lt;/ID&gt;&lt;DisplayName&gt;&lt;&gt;GranteesEmail&lt;&gt;&lt;/DisplayName&gt; &lt;/Grantee&gt;  DisplayName is optional and ignored in the request.   By URI:  &lt;Grantee xmlns:xsi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XMLSchema-instance" xsi:type="Group"&gt;&lt;URI&gt;&lt;&gt;http://acs.amazonaws.com/groups/global/AuthenticatedUsers&lt;&gt;&lt;/URI&gt;&lt;/Grantee&gt;    By Email address:  &lt;Grantee xmlns:xsi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XMLSchema-instance" xsi:type="AmazonCustomerByEmail"&gt;&lt;EmailAddress&gt;&lt;&gt;Grantees@email.com&lt;&gt;&lt;/EmailAddress&gt;lt;/Grantee&gt;  The grantee is resolved to the CanonicalUser and, in a response to a GET Object acl request, appears as the CanonicalUser.  Using email addresses to specify a grantee is only supported in the following Amazon Web Services Regions:    US East (N. Virginia)   US West (N. California)    US West (Oregon)    Asia Pacific (Singapore)   Asia Pacific (Sydney)   Asia Pacific (Tokyo)   Europe (Ireland)   South America (São Paulo)   For a list of all the Amazon S3 supported Regions and endpoints, see Regions and Endpoints in the Amazon Web Services General Reference.     Versioning  The ACL of an object is set at the object version level. By default, PUT sets the ACL of the current version of an object. To set the ACL of a different version, use the versionId subresource.  Related Resources     CopyObject     GetObject   
+   * Uses the acl subresource to set the access control list (ACL) permissions for a new or existing object in an S3 bucket. You must have WRITE_ACP permission to set the ACL of an object. For more information, see What permissions can I grant? in the Amazon S3 User Guide. This action is not supported by Amazon S3 on Outposts. Depending on your application needs, you can choose to set the ACL on an object using either the request body or the headers. For example, if you have an existing application that updates a bucket ACL using the request body, you can continue to use that approach. For more information, see Access Control List (ACL) Overview in the Amazon S3 User Guide.  If your bucket uses the bucket owner enforced setting for S3 Object Ownership, ACLs are disabled and no longer affect permissions. You must use policies to grant access to your bucket and the objects in it. Requests to set ACLs or update ACLs fail and return the AccessControlListNotSupported error code. Requests to read ACLs are still supported. For more information, see Controlling object ownership in the Amazon S3 User Guide.   Permissions  You can set access permissions using one of the following methods:   Specify a canned ACL with the x-amz-acl request header. Amazon S3 supports a set of predefined ACLs, known as canned ACLs. Each canned ACL has a predefined set of grantees and permissions. Specify the canned ACL name as the value of x-amz-acl. If you use this header, you cannot use other access control-specific headers in your request. For more information, see Canned ACL.   Specify access permissions explicitly with the x-amz-grant-read, x-amz-grant-read-acp, x-amz-grant-write-acp, and x-amz-grant-full-control headers. When using these headers, you specify explicit access permissions and grantees (Amazon Web Services accounts or Amazon S3 groups) who will receive the permission. If you use these ACL-specific headers, you cannot use x-amz-acl header to set a canned ACL. These parameters map to the set of permissions that Amazon S3 supports in an ACL. For more information, see Access Control List (ACL) Overview. You specify each grantee as a type=value pair, where the type is one of the following:    id – if the value specified is the canonical user ID of an Amazon Web Services account    uri – if you are granting permissions to a predefined group    emailAddress – if the value specified is the email address of an Amazon Web Services account  Using email addresses to specify a grantee is only supported in the following Amazon Web Services Regions:    US East (N. Virginia)   US West (N. California)    US West (Oregon)    Asia Pacific (Singapore)   Asia Pacific (Sydney)   Asia Pacific (Tokyo)   Europe (Ireland)   South America (São Paulo)   For a list of all the Amazon S3 supported Regions and endpoints, see Regions and Endpoints in the Amazon Web Services General Reference.    For example, the following x-amz-grant-read header grants list objects permission to the two Amazon Web Services accounts identified by their email addresses.  x-amz-grant-read: emailAddress="xyz@amazon.com", emailAddress="abc@amazon.com"     You can use either a canned ACL or specify access permissions explicitly. You cannot do both.  Grantee Values  You can specify the person (grantee) to whom you're assigning access rights (using request elements) in the following ways:   By the person's ID:  &lt;Grantee xmlns:xsi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XMLSchema-instance" xsi:type="CanonicalUser"&gt;&lt;ID&gt;&lt;&gt;ID&lt;&gt;&lt;/ID&gt;&lt;DisplayName&gt;&lt;&gt;GranteesEmail&lt;&gt;&lt;/DisplayName&gt; &lt;/Grantee&gt;  DisplayName is optional and ignored in the request.   By URI:  &lt;Grantee xmlns:xsi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XMLSchema-instance" xsi:type="Group"&gt;&lt;URI&gt;&lt;&gt;http://acs.amazonaws.com/groups/global/AuthenticatedUsers&lt;&gt;&lt;/URI&gt;&lt;/Grantee&gt;    By Email address:  &lt;Grantee xmlns:xsi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XMLSchema-instance" xsi:type="AmazonCustomerByEmail"&gt;&lt;EmailAddress&gt;&lt;&gt;Grantees@email.com&lt;&gt;&lt;/EmailAddress&gt;lt;/Grantee&gt;  The grantee is resolved to the CanonicalUser and, in a response to a GET Object acl request, appears as the CanonicalUser.  Using email addresses to specify a grantee is only supported in the following Amazon Web Services Regions:    US East (N. Virginia)   US West (N. California)    US West (Oregon)    Asia Pacific (Singapore)   Asia Pacific (Sydney)   Asia Pacific (Tokyo)   Europe (Ireland)   South America (São Paulo)   For a list of all the Amazon S3 supported Regions and endpoints, see Regions and Endpoints in the Amazon Web Services General Reference.     Versioning  The ACL of an object is set at the object version level. By default, PUT sets the ACL of the current version of an object. To set the ACL of a different version, use the versionId subresource.   The following operations are related to PutObjectAcl:    CopyObject     GetObject   
    */
   putObjectAcl(callback?: (err: AWSError, data: S3.Types.PutObjectAclOutput) => void): Request<S3.Types.PutObjectAclOutput, AWSError>;
   /**
@@ -734,51 +734,51 @@ declare class S3 extends S3Customizations {
    */
   putObjectRetention(callback?: (err: AWSError, data: S3.Types.PutObjectRetentionOutput) => void): Request<S3.Types.PutObjectRetentionOutput, AWSError>;
   /**
-   * Sets the supplied tag-set to an object that already exists in a bucket. A tag is a key-value pair. You can associate tags with an object by sending a PUT request against the tagging subresource that is associated with the object. You can retrieve tags by sending a GET request. For more information, see GetObjectTagging. For tagging-related restrictions related to characters and encodings, see Tag Restrictions. Note that Amazon S3 limits the maximum number of tags to 10 tags per object. To use this operation, you must have permission to perform the s3:PutObjectTagging action. By default, the bucket owner has this permission and can grant this permission to others. To put tags of any other version, use the versionId query parameter. You also need permission for the s3:PutObjectVersionTagging action. For information about the Amazon S3 object tagging feature, see Object Tagging.  Special Errors       Code: InvalidTagError      Cause: The tag provided was not a valid tag. This error can occur if the tag did not pass input validation. For more information, see Object Tagging.         Code: MalformedXMLError      Cause: The XML provided does not match the schema.         Code: OperationAbortedError      Cause: A conflicting conditional action is currently in progress against this resource. Please try again.         Code: InternalError     Cause: The service was unable to apply the provided tag to the object.       Related Resources     GetObjectTagging     DeleteObjectTagging   
+   * Sets the supplied tag-set to an object that already exists in a bucket. A tag is a key-value pair. You can associate tags with an object by sending a PUT request against the tagging subresource that is associated with the object. You can retrieve tags by sending a GET request. For more information, see GetObjectTagging. For tagging-related restrictions related to characters and encodings, see Tag Restrictions. Note that Amazon S3 limits the maximum number of tags to 10 tags per object. To use this operation, you must have permission to perform the s3:PutObjectTagging action. By default, the bucket owner has this permission and can grant this permission to others. To put tags of any other version, use the versionId query parameter. You also need permission for the s3:PutObjectVersionTagging action. For information about the Amazon S3 object tagging feature, see Object Tagging.  PutObjectTagging has the following special errors:      Code: InvalidTagError      Cause: The tag provided was not a valid tag. This error can occur if the tag did not pass input validation. For more information, see Object Tagging.         Code: MalformedXMLError      Cause: The XML provided does not match the schema.         Code: OperationAbortedError      Cause: A conflicting conditional action is currently in progress against this resource. Please try again.         Code: InternalError     Cause: The service was unable to apply the provided tag to the object.      The following operations are related to PutObjectTagging:    GetObjectTagging     DeleteObjectTagging   
    */
   putObjectTagging(params: S3.Types.PutObjectTaggingRequest, callback?: (err: AWSError, data: S3.Types.PutObjectTaggingOutput) => void): Request<S3.Types.PutObjectTaggingOutput, AWSError>;
   /**
-   * Sets the supplied tag-set to an object that already exists in a bucket. A tag is a key-value pair. You can associate tags with an object by sending a PUT request against the tagging subresource that is associated with the object. You can retrieve tags by sending a GET request. For more information, see GetObjectTagging. For tagging-related restrictions related to characters and encodings, see Tag Restrictions. Note that Amazon S3 limits the maximum number of tags to 10 tags per object. To use this operation, you must have permission to perform the s3:PutObjectTagging action. By default, the bucket owner has this permission and can grant this permission to others. To put tags of any other version, use the versionId query parameter. You also need permission for the s3:PutObjectVersionTagging action. For information about the Amazon S3 object tagging feature, see Object Tagging.  Special Errors       Code: InvalidTagError      Cause: The tag provided was not a valid tag. This error can occur if the tag did not pass input validation. For more information, see Object Tagging.         Code: MalformedXMLError      Cause: The XML provided does not match the schema.         Code: OperationAbortedError      Cause: A conflicting conditional action is currently in progress against this resource. Please try again.         Code: InternalError     Cause: The service was unable to apply the provided tag to the object.       Related Resources     GetObjectTagging     DeleteObjectTagging   
+   * Sets the supplied tag-set to an object that already exists in a bucket. A tag is a key-value pair. You can associate tags with an object by sending a PUT request against the tagging subresource that is associated with the object. You can retrieve tags by sending a GET request. For more information, see GetObjectTagging. For tagging-related restrictions related to characters and encodings, see Tag Restrictions. Note that Amazon S3 limits the maximum number of tags to 10 tags per object. To use this operation, you must have permission to perform the s3:PutObjectTagging action. By default, the bucket owner has this permission and can grant this permission to others. To put tags of any other version, use the versionId query parameter. You also need permission for the s3:PutObjectVersionTagging action. For information about the Amazon S3 object tagging feature, see Object Tagging.  PutObjectTagging has the following special errors:      Code: InvalidTagError      Cause: The tag provided was not a valid tag. This error can occur if the tag did not pass input validation. For more information, see Object Tagging.         Code: MalformedXMLError      Cause: The XML provided does not match the schema.         Code: OperationAbortedError      Cause: A conflicting conditional action is currently in progress against this resource. Please try again.         Code: InternalError     Cause: The service was unable to apply the provided tag to the object.      The following operations are related to PutObjectTagging:    GetObjectTagging     DeleteObjectTagging   
    */
   putObjectTagging(callback?: (err: AWSError, data: S3.Types.PutObjectTaggingOutput) => void): Request<S3.Types.PutObjectTaggingOutput, AWSError>;
   /**
-   * Creates or modifies the PublicAccessBlock configuration for an Amazon S3 bucket. To use this operation, you must have the s3:PutBucketPublicAccessBlock permission. For more information about Amazon S3 permissions, see Specifying Permissions in a Policy.  When Amazon S3 evaluates the PublicAccessBlock configuration for a bucket or an object, it checks the PublicAccessBlock configuration for both the bucket (or the bucket that contains the object) and the bucket owner's account. If the PublicAccessBlock configurations are different between the bucket and the account, Amazon S3 uses the most restrictive combination of the bucket-level and account-level settings.  For more information about when Amazon S3 considers a bucket or an object public, see The Meaning of "Public".  Related Resources     GetPublicAccessBlock     DeletePublicAccessBlock     GetBucketPolicyStatus     Using Amazon S3 Block Public Access   
+   * Creates or modifies the PublicAccessBlock configuration for an Amazon S3 bucket. To use this operation, you must have the s3:PutBucketPublicAccessBlock permission. For more information about Amazon S3 permissions, see Specifying Permissions in a Policy.  When Amazon S3 evaluates the PublicAccessBlock configuration for a bucket or an object, it checks the PublicAccessBlock configuration for both the bucket (or the bucket that contains the object) and the bucket owner's account. If the PublicAccessBlock configurations are different between the bucket and the account, Amazon S3 uses the most restrictive combination of the bucket-level and account-level settings.  For more information about when Amazon S3 considers a bucket or an object public, see The Meaning of "Public". The following operations are related to PutPublicAccessBlock:    GetPublicAccessBlock     DeletePublicAccessBlock     GetBucketPolicyStatus     Using Amazon S3 Block Public Access   
    */
   putPublicAccessBlock(params: S3.Types.PutPublicAccessBlockRequest, callback?: (err: AWSError, data: {}) => void): Request<{}, AWSError>;
   /**
-   * Creates or modifies the PublicAccessBlock configuration for an Amazon S3 bucket. To use this operation, you must have the s3:PutBucketPublicAccessBlock permission. For more information about Amazon S3 permissions, see Specifying Permissions in a Policy.  When Amazon S3 evaluates the PublicAccessBlock configuration for a bucket or an object, it checks the PublicAccessBlock configuration for both the bucket (or the bucket that contains the object) and the bucket owner's account. If the PublicAccessBlock configurations are different between the bucket and the account, Amazon S3 uses the most restrictive combination of the bucket-level and account-level settings.  For more information about when Amazon S3 considers a bucket or an object public, see The Meaning of "Public".  Related Resources     GetPublicAccessBlock     DeletePublicAccessBlock     GetBucketPolicyStatus     Using Amazon S3 Block Public Access   
+   * Creates or modifies the PublicAccessBlock configuration for an Amazon S3 bucket. To use this operation, you must have the s3:PutBucketPublicAccessBlock permission. For more information about Amazon S3 permissions, see Specifying Permissions in a Policy.  When Amazon S3 evaluates the PublicAccessBlock configuration for a bucket or an object, it checks the PublicAccessBlock configuration for both the bucket (or the bucket that contains the object) and the bucket owner's account. If the PublicAccessBlock configurations are different between the bucket and the account, Amazon S3 uses the most restrictive combination of the bucket-level and account-level settings.  For more information about when Amazon S3 considers a bucket or an object public, see The Meaning of "Public". The following operations are related to PutPublicAccessBlock:    GetPublicAccessBlock     DeletePublicAccessBlock     GetBucketPolicyStatus     Using Amazon S3 Block Public Access   
    */
   putPublicAccessBlock(callback?: (err: AWSError, data: {}) => void): Request<{}, AWSError>;
   /**
-   * Restores an archived copy of an object back into Amazon S3 This action is not supported by Amazon S3 on Outposts. This action performs the following types of requests:     select - Perform a select query on an archived object    restore an archive - Restore an archived object   To use this operation, you must have permissions to perform the s3:RestoreObject action. The bucket owner has this permission by default and can grant this permission to others. For more information about permissions, see Permissions Related to Bucket Subresource Operations and Managing Access Permissions to Your Amazon S3 Resources in the Amazon S3 User Guide.  Querying Archives with Select Requests  You use a select type of request to perform SQL queries on archived objects. The archived objects that are being queried by the select request must be formatted as uncompressed comma-separated values (CSV) files. You can run queries and custom analytics on your archived data without having to restore your data to a hotter Amazon S3 tier. For an overview about select requests, see Querying Archived Objects in the Amazon S3 User Guide. When making a select request, do the following:   Define an output location for the select query's output. This must be an Amazon S3 bucket in the same Amazon Web Services Region as the bucket that contains the archive object that is being queried. The Amazon Web Services account that initiates the job must have permissions to write to the S3 bucket. You can specify the storage class and encryption for the output objects stored in the bucket. For more information about output, see Querying Archived Objects in the Amazon S3 User Guide. For more information about the S3 structure in the request body, see the following:    PutObject     Managing Access with ACLs in the Amazon S3 User Guide     Protecting Data Using Server-Side Encryption in the Amazon S3 User Guide      Define the SQL expression for the SELECT type of restoration for your query in the request body's SelectParameters structure. You can use expressions like the following examples.   The following expression returns all records from the specified object.  SELECT * FROM Object    Assuming that you are not using any headers for data stored in the object, you can specify columns with positional headers.  SELECT s._1, s._2 FROM Object s WHERE s._3 &gt; 100    If you have headers and you set the fileHeaderInfo in the CSV structure in the request body to USE, you can specify headers in the query. (If you set the fileHeaderInfo field to IGNORE, the first row is skipped for the query.) You cannot mix ordinal positions with header column names.   SELECT s.Id, s.FirstName, s.SSN FROM S3Object s      For more information about using SQL with S3 Glacier Select restore, see SQL Reference for Amazon S3 Select and S3 Glacier Select in the Amazon S3 User Guide.  When making a select request, you can also do the following:   To expedite your queries, specify the Expedited tier. For more information about tiers, see "Restoring Archives," later in this topic.   Specify details about the data serialization format of both the input object that is being queried and the serialization of the CSV-encoded query results.   The following are additional important facts about the select feature:   The output results are new Amazon S3 objects. Unlike archive retrievals, they are stored until explicitly deleted-manually or through a lifecycle policy.   You can issue more than one select request on the same Amazon S3 object. Amazon S3 doesn't deduplicate requests, so avoid issuing duplicate requests.    Amazon S3 accepts a select request even if the object has already been restored. A select request doesn’t return error response 409.    Restoring objects  Objects that you archive to the S3 Glacier or S3 Glacier Deep Archive storage class, and S3 Intelligent-Tiering Archive or S3 Intelligent-Tiering Deep Archive tiers are not accessible in real time. For objects in Archive Access or Deep Archive Access tiers you must first initiate a restore request, and then wait until the object is moved into the Frequent Access tier. For objects in S3 Glacier or S3 Glacier Deep Archive storage classes you must first initiate a restore request, and then wait until a temporary copy of the object is available. To access an archived object, you must restore the object for the duration (number of days) that you specify. To restore a specific object version, you can provide a version ID. If you don't provide a version ID, Amazon S3 restores the current version. When restoring an archived object (or using a select request), you can specify one of the following data access tier options in the Tier element of the request body:     Expedited - Expedited retrievals allow you to quickly access your data stored in the S3 Glacier storage class or S3 Intelligent-Tiering Archive tier when occasional urgent requests for a subset of archives are required. For all but the largest archived objects (250 MB+), data accessed using Expedited retrievals is typically made available within 1–5 minutes. Provisioned capacity ensures that retrieval capacity for Expedited retrievals is available when you need it. Expedited retrievals and provisioned capacity are not available for objects stored in the S3 Glacier Deep Archive storage class or S3 Intelligent-Tiering Deep Archive tier.    Standard - Standard retrievals allow you to access any of your archived objects within several hours. This is the default option for retrieval requests that do not specify the retrieval option. Standard retrievals typically finish within 3–5 hours for objects stored in the S3 Glacier storage class or S3 Intelligent-Tiering Archive tier. They typically finish within 12 hours for objects stored in the S3 Glacier Deep Archive storage class or S3 Intelligent-Tiering Deep Archive tier. Standard retrievals are free for objects stored in S3 Intelligent-Tiering.    Bulk - Bulk retrievals are the lowest-cost retrieval option in S3 Glacier, enabling you to retrieve large amounts, even petabytes, of data inexpensively. Bulk retrievals typically finish within 5–12 hours for objects stored in the S3 Glacier storage class or S3 Intelligent-Tiering Archive tier. They typically finish within 48 hours for objects stored in the S3 Glacier Deep Archive storage class or S3 Intelligent-Tiering Deep Archive tier. Bulk retrievals are free for objects stored in S3 Intelligent-Tiering.   For more information about archive retrieval options and provisioned capacity for Expedited data access, see Restoring Archived Objects in the Amazon S3 User Guide.  You can use Amazon S3 restore speed upgrade to change the restore speed to a faster speed while it is in progress. For more information, see  Upgrading the speed of an in-progress restore in the Amazon S3 User Guide.  To get the status of object restoration, you can send a HEAD request. Operations return the x-amz-restore header, which provides information about the restoration status, in the response. You can use Amazon S3 event notifications to notify you when a restore is initiated or completed. For more information, see Configuring Amazon S3 Event Notifications in the Amazon S3 User Guide. After restoring an archived object, you can update the restoration period by reissuing the request with a new period. Amazon S3 updates the restoration period relative to the current time and charges only for the request-there are no data transfer charges. You cannot update the restoration period when Amazon S3 is actively processing your current restore request for the object. If your bucket has a lifecycle configuration with a rule that includes an expiration action, the object expiration overrides the life span that you specify in a restore request. For example, if you restore an object copy for 10 days, but the object is scheduled to expire in 3 days, Amazon S3 deletes the object in 3 days. For more information about lifecycle configuration, see PutBucketLifecycleConfiguration and Object Lifecycle Management in Amazon S3 User Guide.  Responses  A successful action returns either the 200 OK or 202 Accepted status code.    If the object is not previously restored, then Amazon S3 returns 202 Accepted in the response.    If the object is previously restored, Amazon S3 returns 200 OK in the response.     Special Errors       Code: RestoreAlreadyInProgress     Cause: Object restore is already in progress. (This error does not apply to SELECT type requests.)     HTTP Status Code: 409 Conflict     SOAP Fault Code Prefix: Client         Code: GlacierExpeditedRetrievalNotAvailable     Cause: expedited retrievals are currently not available. Try again later. (Returned if there is insufficient capacity to process the Expedited request. This error applies only to Expedited retrievals and not to S3 Standard or Bulk retrievals.)     HTTP Status Code: 503     SOAP Fault Code Prefix: N/A       Related Resources     PutBucketLifecycleConfiguration     GetBucketNotificationConfiguration     SQL Reference for Amazon S3 Select and S3 Glacier Select  in the Amazon S3 User Guide   
+   * Restores an archived copy of an object back into Amazon S3 This action is not supported by Amazon S3 on Outposts. This action performs the following types of requests:     select - Perform a select query on an archived object    restore an archive - Restore an archived object   For more information about the S3 structure in the request body, see the following:    PutObject     Managing Access with ACLs in the Amazon S3 User Guide     Protecting Data Using Server-Side Encryption in the Amazon S3 User Guide    Define the SQL expression for the SELECT type of restoration for your query in the request body's SelectParameters structure. You can use expressions like the following examples.   The following expression returns all records from the specified object.  SELECT * FROM Object    Assuming that you are not using any headers for data stored in the object, you can specify columns with positional headers.  SELECT s._1, s._2 FROM Object s WHERE s._3 &gt; 100    If you have headers and you set the fileHeaderInfo in the CSV structure in the request body to USE, you can specify headers in the query. (If you set the fileHeaderInfo field to IGNORE, the first row is skipped for the query.) You cannot mix ordinal positions with header column names.   SELECT s.Id, s.FirstName, s.SSN FROM S3Object s    When making a select request, you can also do the following:   To expedite your queries, specify the Expedited tier. For more information about tiers, see "Restoring Archives," later in this topic.   Specify details about the data serialization format of both the input object that is being queried and the serialization of the CSV-encoded query results.   The following are additional important facts about the select feature:   The output results are new Amazon S3 objects. Unlike archive retrievals, they are stored until explicitly deleted-manually or through a lifecycle configuration.   You can issue more than one select request on the same Amazon S3 object. Amazon S3 doesn't duplicate requests, so avoid issuing duplicate requests.    Amazon S3 accepts a select request even if the object has already been restored. A select request doesn’t return error response 409.    Permissions  To use this operation, you must have permissions to perform the s3:RestoreObject action. The bucket owner has this permission by default and can grant this permission to others. For more information about permissions, see Permissions Related to Bucket Subresource Operations and Managing Access Permissions to Your Amazon S3 Resources in the Amazon S3 User Guide.  Restoring objects  Objects that you archive to the S3 Glacier Flexible Retrieval or S3 Glacier Deep Archive storage class, and S3 Intelligent-Tiering Archive or S3 Intelligent-Tiering Deep Archive tiers, are not accessible in real time. For objects in the S3 Glacier Flexible Retrieval or S3 Glacier Deep Archive storage classes, you must first initiate a restore request, and then wait until a temporary copy of the object is available. If you want a permanent copy of the object, create a copy of it in the Amazon S3 Standard storage class in your S3 bucket. To access an archived object, you must restore the object for the duration (number of days) that you specify. For objects in the Archive Access or Deep Archive Access tiers of S3 Intelligent-Tiering, you must first initiate a restore request, and then wait until the object is moved into the Frequent Access tier. To restore a specific object version, you can provide a version ID. If you don't provide a version ID, Amazon S3 restores the current version. When restoring an archived object, you can specify one of the following data access tier options in the Tier element of the request body:     Expedited - Expedited retrievals allow you to quickly access your data stored in the S3 Glacier Flexible Retrieval storage class or S3 Intelligent-Tiering Archive tier when occasional urgent requests for restoring archives are required. For all but the largest archived objects (250 MB+), data accessed using Expedited retrievals is typically made available within 1–5 minutes. Provisioned capacity ensures that retrieval capacity for Expedited retrievals is available when you need it. Expedited retrievals and provisioned capacity are not available for objects stored in the S3 Glacier Deep Archive storage class or S3 Intelligent-Tiering Deep Archive tier.    Standard - Standard retrievals allow you to access any of your archived objects within several hours. This is the default option for retrieval requests that do not specify the retrieval option. Standard retrievals typically finish within 3–5 hours for objects stored in the S3 Glacier Flexible Retrieval storage class or S3 Intelligent-Tiering Archive tier. They typically finish within 12 hours for objects stored in the S3 Glacier Deep Archive storage class or S3 Intelligent-Tiering Deep Archive tier. Standard retrievals are free for objects stored in S3 Intelligent-Tiering.    Bulk - Bulk retrievals free for objects stored in the S3 Glacier Flexible Retrieval and S3 Intelligent-Tiering storage classes, enabling you to retrieve large amounts, even petabytes, of data at no cost. Bulk retrievals typically finish within 5–12 hours for objects stored in the S3 Glacier Flexible Retrieval storage class or S3 Intelligent-Tiering Archive tier. Bulk retrievals are also the lowest-cost retrieval option when restoring objects from S3 Glacier Deep Archive. They typically finish within 48 hours for objects stored in the S3 Glacier Deep Archive storage class or S3 Intelligent-Tiering Deep Archive tier.    For more information about archive retrieval options and provisioned capacity for Expedited data access, see Restoring Archived Objects in the Amazon S3 User Guide.  You can use Amazon S3 restore speed upgrade to change the restore speed to a faster speed while it is in progress. For more information, see  Upgrading the speed of an in-progress restore in the Amazon S3 User Guide.  To get the status of object restoration, you can send a HEAD request. Operations return the x-amz-restore header, which provides information about the restoration status, in the response. You can use Amazon S3 event notifications to notify you when a restore is initiated or completed. For more information, see Configuring Amazon S3 Event Notifications in the Amazon S3 User Guide. After restoring an archived object, you can update the restoration period by reissuing the request with a new period. Amazon S3 updates the restoration period relative to the current time and charges only for the request-there are no data transfer charges. You cannot update the restoration period when Amazon S3 is actively processing your current restore request for the object. If your bucket has a lifecycle configuration with a rule that includes an expiration action, the object expiration overrides the life span that you specify in a restore request. For example, if you restore an object copy for 10 days, but the object is scheduled to expire in 3 days, Amazon S3 deletes the object in 3 days. For more information about lifecycle configuration, see PutBucketLifecycleConfiguration and Object Lifecycle Management in Amazon S3 User Guide.  Responses  A successful action returns either the 200 OK or 202 Accepted status code.    If the object is not previously restored, then Amazon S3 returns 202 Accepted in the response.    If the object is previously restored, Amazon S3 returns 200 OK in the response.      Special errors:    Code: RestoreAlreadyInProgress     Cause: Object restore is already in progress. (This error does not apply to SELECT type requests.)     HTTP Status Code: 409 Conflict     SOAP Fault Code Prefix: Client         Code: GlacierExpeditedRetrievalNotAvailable     Cause: expedited retrievals are currently not available. Try again later. (Returned if there is insufficient capacity to process the Expedited request. This error applies only to Expedited retrievals and not to S3 Standard or Bulk retrievals.)     HTTP Status Code: 503     SOAP Fault Code Prefix: N/A        The following operations are related to RestoreObject:    PutBucketLifecycleConfiguration     GetBucketNotificationConfiguration   
    */
   restoreObject(params: S3.Types.RestoreObjectRequest, callback?: (err: AWSError, data: S3.Types.RestoreObjectOutput) => void): Request<S3.Types.RestoreObjectOutput, AWSError>;
   /**
-   * Restores an archived copy of an object back into Amazon S3 This action is not supported by Amazon S3 on Outposts. This action performs the following types of requests:     select - Perform a select query on an archived object    restore an archive - Restore an archived object   To use this operation, you must have permissions to perform the s3:RestoreObject action. The bucket owner has this permission by default and can grant this permission to others. For more information about permissions, see Permissions Related to Bucket Subresource Operations and Managing Access Permissions to Your Amazon S3 Resources in the Amazon S3 User Guide.  Querying Archives with Select Requests  You use a select type of request to perform SQL queries on archived objects. The archived objects that are being queried by the select request must be formatted as uncompressed comma-separated values (CSV) files. You can run queries and custom analytics on your archived data without having to restore your data to a hotter Amazon S3 tier. For an overview about select requests, see Querying Archived Objects in the Amazon S3 User Guide. When making a select request, do the following:   Define an output location for the select query's output. This must be an Amazon S3 bucket in the same Amazon Web Services Region as the bucket that contains the archive object that is being queried. The Amazon Web Services account that initiates the job must have permissions to write to the S3 bucket. You can specify the storage class and encryption for the output objects stored in the bucket. For more information about output, see Querying Archived Objects in the Amazon S3 User Guide. For more information about the S3 structure in the request body, see the following:    PutObject     Managing Access with ACLs in the Amazon S3 User Guide     Protecting Data Using Server-Side Encryption in the Amazon S3 User Guide      Define the SQL expression for the SELECT type of restoration for your query in the request body's SelectParameters structure. You can use expressions like the following examples.   The following expression returns all records from the specified object.  SELECT * FROM Object    Assuming that you are not using any headers for data stored in the object, you can specify columns with positional headers.  SELECT s._1, s._2 FROM Object s WHERE s._3 &gt; 100    If you have headers and you set the fileHeaderInfo in the CSV structure in the request body to USE, you can specify headers in the query. (If you set the fileHeaderInfo field to IGNORE, the first row is skipped for the query.) You cannot mix ordinal positions with header column names.   SELECT s.Id, s.FirstName, s.SSN FROM S3Object s      For more information about using SQL with S3 Glacier Select restore, see SQL Reference for Amazon S3 Select and S3 Glacier Select in the Amazon S3 User Guide.  When making a select request, you can also do the following:   To expedite your queries, specify the Expedited tier. For more information about tiers, see "Restoring Archives," later in this topic.   Specify details about the data serialization format of both the input object that is being queried and the serialization of the CSV-encoded query results.   The following are additional important facts about the select feature:   The output results are new Amazon S3 objects. Unlike archive retrievals, they are stored until explicitly deleted-manually or through a lifecycle policy.   You can issue more than one select request on the same Amazon S3 object. Amazon S3 doesn't deduplicate requests, so avoid issuing duplicate requests.    Amazon S3 accepts a select request even if the object has already been restored. A select request doesn’t return error response 409.    Restoring objects  Objects that you archive to the S3 Glacier or S3 Glacier Deep Archive storage class, and S3 Intelligent-Tiering Archive or S3 Intelligent-Tiering Deep Archive tiers are not accessible in real time. For objects in Archive Access or Deep Archive Access tiers you must first initiate a restore request, and then wait until the object is moved into the Frequent Access tier. For objects in S3 Glacier or S3 Glacier Deep Archive storage classes you must first initiate a restore request, and then wait until a temporary copy of the object is available. To access an archived object, you must restore the object for the duration (number of days) that you specify. To restore a specific object version, you can provide a version ID. If you don't provide a version ID, Amazon S3 restores the current version. When restoring an archived object (or using a select request), you can specify one of the following data access tier options in the Tier element of the request body:     Expedited - Expedited retrievals allow you to quickly access your data stored in the S3 Glacier storage class or S3 Intelligent-Tiering Archive tier when occasional urgent requests for a subset of archives are required. For all but the largest archived objects (250 MB+), data accessed using Expedited retrievals is typically made available within 1–5 minutes. Provisioned capacity ensures that retrieval capacity for Expedited retrievals is available when you need it. Expedited retrievals and provisioned capacity are not available for objects stored in the S3 Glacier Deep Archive storage class or S3 Intelligent-Tiering Deep Archive tier.    Standard - Standard retrievals allow you to access any of your archived objects within several hours. This is the default option for retrieval requests that do not specify the retrieval option. Standard retrievals typically finish within 3–5 hours for objects stored in the S3 Glacier storage class or S3 Intelligent-Tiering Archive tier. They typically finish within 12 hours for objects stored in the S3 Glacier Deep Archive storage class or S3 Intelligent-Tiering Deep Archive tier. Standard retrievals are free for objects stored in S3 Intelligent-Tiering.    Bulk - Bulk retrievals are the lowest-cost retrieval option in S3 Glacier, enabling you to retrieve large amounts, even petabytes, of data inexpensively. Bulk retrievals typically finish within 5–12 hours for objects stored in the S3 Glacier storage class or S3 Intelligent-Tiering Archive tier. They typically finish within 48 hours for objects stored in the S3 Glacier Deep Archive storage class or S3 Intelligent-Tiering Deep Archive tier. Bulk retrievals are free for objects stored in S3 Intelligent-Tiering.   For more information about archive retrieval options and provisioned capacity for Expedited data access, see Restoring Archived Objects in the Amazon S3 User Guide.  You can use Amazon S3 restore speed upgrade to change the restore speed to a faster speed while it is in progress. For more information, see  Upgrading the speed of an in-progress restore in the Amazon S3 User Guide.  To get the status of object restoration, you can send a HEAD request. Operations return the x-amz-restore header, which provides information about the restoration status, in the response. You can use Amazon S3 event notifications to notify you when a restore is initiated or completed. For more information, see Configuring Amazon S3 Event Notifications in the Amazon S3 User Guide. After restoring an archived object, you can update the restoration period by reissuing the request with a new period. Amazon S3 updates the restoration period relative to the current time and charges only for the request-there are no data transfer charges. You cannot update the restoration period when Amazon S3 is actively processing your current restore request for the object. If your bucket has a lifecycle configuration with a rule that includes an expiration action, the object expiration overrides the life span that you specify in a restore request. For example, if you restore an object copy for 10 days, but the object is scheduled to expire in 3 days, Amazon S3 deletes the object in 3 days. For more information about lifecycle configuration, see PutBucketLifecycleConfiguration and Object Lifecycle Management in Amazon S3 User Guide.  Responses  A successful action returns either the 200 OK or 202 Accepted status code.    If the object is not previously restored, then Amazon S3 returns 202 Accepted in the response.    If the object is previously restored, Amazon S3 returns 200 OK in the response.     Special Errors       Code: RestoreAlreadyInProgress     Cause: Object restore is already in progress. (This error does not apply to SELECT type requests.)     HTTP Status Code: 409 Conflict     SOAP Fault Code Prefix: Client         Code: GlacierExpeditedRetrievalNotAvailable     Cause: expedited retrievals are currently not available. Try again later. (Returned if there is insufficient capacity to process the Expedited request. This error applies only to Expedited retrievals and not to S3 Standard or Bulk retrievals.)     HTTP Status Code: 503     SOAP Fault Code Prefix: N/A       Related Resources     PutBucketLifecycleConfiguration     GetBucketNotificationConfiguration     SQL Reference for Amazon S3 Select and S3 Glacier Select  in the Amazon S3 User Guide   
+   * Restores an archived copy of an object back into Amazon S3 This action is not supported by Amazon S3 on Outposts. This action performs the following types of requests:     select - Perform a select query on an archived object    restore an archive - Restore an archived object   For more information about the S3 structure in the request body, see the following:    PutObject     Managing Access with ACLs in the Amazon S3 User Guide     Protecting Data Using Server-Side Encryption in the Amazon S3 User Guide    Define the SQL expression for the SELECT type of restoration for your query in the request body's SelectParameters structure. You can use expressions like the following examples.   The following expression returns all records from the specified object.  SELECT * FROM Object    Assuming that you are not using any headers for data stored in the object, you can specify columns with positional headers.  SELECT s._1, s._2 FROM Object s WHERE s._3 &gt; 100    If you have headers and you set the fileHeaderInfo in the CSV structure in the request body to USE, you can specify headers in the query. (If you set the fileHeaderInfo field to IGNORE, the first row is skipped for the query.) You cannot mix ordinal positions with header column names.   SELECT s.Id, s.FirstName, s.SSN FROM S3Object s    When making a select request, you can also do the following:   To expedite your queries, specify the Expedited tier. For more information about tiers, see "Restoring Archives," later in this topic.   Specify details about the data serialization format of both the input object that is being queried and the serialization of the CSV-encoded query results.   The following are additional important facts about the select feature:   The output results are new Amazon S3 objects. Unlike archive retrievals, they are stored until explicitly deleted-manually or through a lifecycle configuration.   You can issue more than one select request on the same Amazon S3 object. Amazon S3 doesn't duplicate requests, so avoid issuing duplicate requests.    Amazon S3 accepts a select request even if the object has already been restored. A select request doesn’t return error response 409.    Permissions  To use this operation, you must have permissions to perform the s3:RestoreObject action. The bucket owner has this permission by default and can grant this permission to others. For more information about permissions, see Permissions Related to Bucket Subresource Operations and Managing Access Permissions to Your Amazon S3 Resources in the Amazon S3 User Guide.  Restoring objects  Objects that you archive to the S3 Glacier Flexible Retrieval or S3 Glacier Deep Archive storage class, and S3 Intelligent-Tiering Archive or S3 Intelligent-Tiering Deep Archive tiers, are not accessible in real time. For objects in the S3 Glacier Flexible Retrieval or S3 Glacier Deep Archive storage classes, you must first initiate a restore request, and then wait until a temporary copy of the object is available. If you want a permanent copy of the object, create a copy of it in the Amazon S3 Standard storage class in your S3 bucket. To access an archived object, you must restore the object for the duration (number of days) that you specify. For objects in the Archive Access or Deep Archive Access tiers of S3 Intelligent-Tiering, you must first initiate a restore request, and then wait until the object is moved into the Frequent Access tier. To restore a specific object version, you can provide a version ID. If you don't provide a version ID, Amazon S3 restores the current version. When restoring an archived object, you can specify one of the following data access tier options in the Tier element of the request body:     Expedited - Expedited retrievals allow you to quickly access your data stored in the S3 Glacier Flexible Retrieval storage class or S3 Intelligent-Tiering Archive tier when occasional urgent requests for restoring archives are required. For all but the largest archived objects (250 MB+), data accessed using Expedited retrievals is typically made available within 1–5 minutes. Provisioned capacity ensures that retrieval capacity for Expedited retrievals is available when you need it. Expedited retrievals and provisioned capacity are not available for objects stored in the S3 Glacier Deep Archive storage class or S3 Intelligent-Tiering Deep Archive tier.    Standard - Standard retrievals allow you to access any of your archived objects within several hours. This is the default option for retrieval requests that do not specify the retrieval option. Standard retrievals typically finish within 3–5 hours for objects stored in the S3 Glacier Flexible Retrieval storage class or S3 Intelligent-Tiering Archive tier. They typically finish within 12 hours for objects stored in the S3 Glacier Deep Archive storage class or S3 Intelligent-Tiering Deep Archive tier. Standard retrievals are free for objects stored in S3 Intelligent-Tiering.    Bulk - Bulk retrievals free for objects stored in the S3 Glacier Flexible Retrieval and S3 Intelligent-Tiering storage classes, enabling you to retrieve large amounts, even petabytes, of data at no cost. Bulk retrievals typically finish within 5–12 hours for objects stored in the S3 Glacier Flexible Retrieval storage class or S3 Intelligent-Tiering Archive tier. Bulk retrievals are also the lowest-cost retrieval option when restoring objects from S3 Glacier Deep Archive. They typically finish within 48 hours for objects stored in the S3 Glacier Deep Archive storage class or S3 Intelligent-Tiering Deep Archive tier.    For more information about archive retrieval options and provisioned capacity for Expedited data access, see Restoring Archived Objects in the Amazon S3 User Guide.  You can use Amazon S3 restore speed upgrade to change the restore speed to a faster speed while it is in progress. For more information, see  Upgrading the speed of an in-progress restore in the Amazon S3 User Guide.  To get the status of object restoration, you can send a HEAD request. Operations return the x-amz-restore header, which provides information about the restoration status, in the response. You can use Amazon S3 event notifications to notify you when a restore is initiated or completed. For more information, see Configuring Amazon S3 Event Notifications in the Amazon S3 User Guide. After restoring an archived object, you can update the restoration period by reissuing the request with a new period. Amazon S3 updates the restoration period relative to the current time and charges only for the request-there are no data transfer charges. You cannot update the restoration period when Amazon S3 is actively processing your current restore request for the object. If your bucket has a lifecycle configuration with a rule that includes an expiration action, the object expiration overrides the life span that you specify in a restore request. For example, if you restore an object copy for 10 days, but the object is scheduled to expire in 3 days, Amazon S3 deletes the object in 3 days. For more information about lifecycle configuration, see PutBucketLifecycleConfiguration and Object Lifecycle Management in Amazon S3 User Guide.  Responses  A successful action returns either the 200 OK or 202 Accepted status code.    If the object is not previously restored, then Amazon S3 returns 202 Accepted in the response.    If the object is previously restored, Amazon S3 returns 200 OK in the response.      Special errors:    Code: RestoreAlreadyInProgress     Cause: Object restore is already in progress. (This error does not apply to SELECT type requests.)     HTTP Status Code: 409 Conflict     SOAP Fault Code Prefix: Client         Code: GlacierExpeditedRetrievalNotAvailable     Cause: expedited retrievals are currently not available. Try again later. (Returned if there is insufficient capacity to process the Expedited request. This error applies only to Expedited retrievals and not to S3 Standard or Bulk retrievals.)     HTTP Status Code: 503     SOAP Fault Code Prefix: N/A        The following operations are related to RestoreObject:    PutBucketLifecycleConfiguration     GetBucketNotificationConfiguration   
    */
   restoreObject(callback?: (err: AWSError, data: S3.Types.RestoreObjectOutput) => void): Request<S3.Types.RestoreObjectOutput, AWSError>;
   /**
-   * This action filters the contents of an Amazon S3 object based on a simple structured query language (SQL) statement. In the request, along with the SQL expression, you must also specify a data serialization format (JSON, CSV, or Apache Parquet) of the object. Amazon S3 uses this format to parse object data into records, and returns only records that match the specified SQL expression. You must also specify the data serialization format for the response. This action is not supported by Amazon S3 on Outposts. For more information about Amazon S3 Select, see Selecting Content from Objects and SELECT Command in the Amazon S3 User Guide. For more information about using SQL with Amazon S3 Select, see  SQL Reference for Amazon S3 Select and S3 Glacier Select in the Amazon S3 User Guide.   Permissions  You must have s3:GetObject permission for this operation. Amazon S3 Select does not support anonymous access. For more information about permissions, see Specifying Permissions in a Policy in the Amazon S3 User Guide.   Object Data Formats  You can use Amazon S3 Select to query objects that have the following format properties:    CSV, JSON, and Parquet - Objects must be in CSV, JSON, or Parquet format.    UTF-8 - UTF-8 is the only encoding type Amazon S3 Select supports.    GZIP or BZIP2 - CSV and JSON files can be compressed using GZIP or BZIP2. GZIP and BZIP2 are the only compression formats that Amazon S3 Select supports for CSV and JSON files. Amazon S3 Select supports columnar compression for Parquet using GZIP or Snappy. Amazon S3 Select does not support whole-object compression for Parquet objects.    Server-side encryption - Amazon S3 Select supports querying objects that are protected with server-side encryption. For objects that are encrypted with customer-provided encryption keys (SSE-C), you must use HTTPS, and you must use the headers that are documented in the GetObject. For more information about SSE-C, see Server-Side Encryption (Using Customer-Provided Encryption Keys) in the Amazon S3 User Guide. For objects that are encrypted with Amazon S3 managed encryption keys (SSE-S3) and Amazon Web Services KMS keys (SSE-KMS), server-side encryption is handled transparently, so you don't need to specify anything. For more information about server-side encryption, including SSE-S3 and SSE-KMS, see Protecting Data Using Server-Side Encryption in the Amazon S3 User Guide.    Working with the Response Body  Given the response size is unknown, Amazon S3 Select streams the response as a series of messages and includes a Transfer-Encoding header with chunked as its value in the response. For more information, see Appendix: SelectObjectContent Response.   GetObject Support  The SelectObjectContent action does not support the following GetObject functionality. For more information, see GetObject.    Range: Although you can specify a scan range for an Amazon S3 Select request (see SelectObjectContentRequest - ScanRange in the request parameters), you cannot specify the range of bytes of an object to return.    GLACIER, DEEP_ARCHIVE and REDUCED_REDUNDANCY storage classes: You cannot specify the GLACIER, DEEP_ARCHIVE, or REDUCED_REDUNDANCY storage classes. For more information, about storage classes see Storage Classes in the Amazon S3 User Guide.     Special Errors  For a list of special errors for this operation, see List of SELECT Object Content Error Codes   Related Resources     GetObject     GetBucketLifecycleConfiguration     PutBucketLifecycleConfiguration   
+   * This action filters the contents of an Amazon S3 object based on a simple structured query language (SQL) statement. In the request, along with the SQL expression, you must also specify a data serialization format (JSON, CSV, or Apache Parquet) of the object. Amazon S3 uses this format to parse object data into records, and returns only records that match the specified SQL expression. You must also specify the data serialization format for the response. This action is not supported by Amazon S3 on Outposts. For more information about Amazon S3 Select, see Selecting Content from Objects and SELECT Command in the Amazon S3 User Guide.   Permissions  You must have s3:GetObject permission for this operation. Amazon S3 Select does not support anonymous access. For more information about permissions, see Specifying Permissions in a Policy in the Amazon S3 User Guide.  Object Data Formats  You can use Amazon S3 Select to query objects that have the following format properties:    CSV, JSON, and Parquet - Objects must be in CSV, JSON, or Parquet format.    UTF-8 - UTF-8 is the only encoding type Amazon S3 Select supports.    GZIP or BZIP2 - CSV and JSON files can be compressed using GZIP or BZIP2. GZIP and BZIP2 are the only compression formats that Amazon S3 Select supports for CSV and JSON files. Amazon S3 Select supports columnar compression for Parquet using GZIP or Snappy. Amazon S3 Select does not support whole-object compression for Parquet objects.    Server-side encryption - Amazon S3 Select supports querying objects that are protected with server-side encryption. For objects that are encrypted with customer-provided encryption keys (SSE-C), you must use HTTPS, and you must use the headers that are documented in the GetObject. For more information about SSE-C, see Server-Side Encryption (Using Customer-Provided Encryption Keys) in the Amazon S3 User Guide. For objects that are encrypted with Amazon S3 managed keys (SSE-S3) and Amazon Web Services KMS keys (SSE-KMS), server-side encryption is handled transparently, so you don't need to specify anything. For more information about server-side encryption, including SSE-S3 and SSE-KMS, see Protecting Data Using Server-Side Encryption in the Amazon S3 User Guide.    Working with the Response Body  Given the response size is unknown, Amazon S3 Select streams the response as a series of messages and includes a Transfer-Encoding header with chunked as its value in the response. For more information, see Appendix: SelectObjectContent Response.  GetObject Support  The SelectObjectContent action does not support the following GetObject functionality. For more information, see GetObject.    Range: Although you can specify a scan range for an Amazon S3 Select request (see SelectObjectContentRequest - ScanRange in the request parameters), you cannot specify the range of bytes of an object to return.    GLACIER, DEEP_ARCHIVE and REDUCED_REDUNDANCY storage classes: You cannot specify the GLACIER, DEEP_ARCHIVE, or REDUCED_REDUNDANCY storage classes. For more information, about storage classes see Storage Classes in the Amazon S3 User Guide.    Special Errors  For a list of special errors for this operation, see List of SELECT Object Content Error Codes    The following operations are related to SelectObjectContent:    GetObject     GetBucketLifecycleConfiguration     PutBucketLifecycleConfiguration   
    */
   selectObjectContent(params: S3.Types.SelectObjectContentRequest, callback?: (err: AWSError, data: S3.Types.SelectObjectContentOutput) => void): Request<S3.Types.SelectObjectContentOutput, AWSError>;
   /**
-   * This action filters the contents of an Amazon S3 object based on a simple structured query language (SQL) statement. In the request, along with the SQL expression, you must also specify a data serialization format (JSON, CSV, or Apache Parquet) of the object. Amazon S3 uses this format to parse object data into records, and returns only records that match the specified SQL expression. You must also specify the data serialization format for the response. This action is not supported by Amazon S3 on Outposts. For more information about Amazon S3 Select, see Selecting Content from Objects and SELECT Command in the Amazon S3 User Guide. For more information about using SQL with Amazon S3 Select, see  SQL Reference for Amazon S3 Select and S3 Glacier Select in the Amazon S3 User Guide.   Permissions  You must have s3:GetObject permission for this operation. Amazon S3 Select does not support anonymous access. For more information about permissions, see Specifying Permissions in a Policy in the Amazon S3 User Guide.   Object Data Formats  You can use Amazon S3 Select to query objects that have the following format properties:    CSV, JSON, and Parquet - Objects must be in CSV, JSON, or Parquet format.    UTF-8 - UTF-8 is the only encoding type Amazon S3 Select supports.    GZIP or BZIP2 - CSV and JSON files can be compressed using GZIP or BZIP2. GZIP and BZIP2 are the only compression formats that Amazon S3 Select supports for CSV and JSON files. Amazon S3 Select supports columnar compression for Parquet using GZIP or Snappy. Amazon S3 Select does not support whole-object compression for Parquet objects.    Server-side encryption - Amazon S3 Select supports querying objects that are protected with server-side encryption. For objects that are encrypted with customer-provided encryption keys (SSE-C), you must use HTTPS, and you must use the headers that are documented in the GetObject. For more information about SSE-C, see Server-Side Encryption (Using Customer-Provided Encryption Keys) in the Amazon S3 User Guide. For objects that are encrypted with Amazon S3 managed encryption keys (SSE-S3) and Amazon Web Services KMS keys (SSE-KMS), server-side encryption is handled transparently, so you don't need to specify anything. For more information about server-side encryption, including SSE-S3 and SSE-KMS, see Protecting Data Using Server-Side Encryption in the Amazon S3 User Guide.    Working with the Response Body  Given the response size is unknown, Amazon S3 Select streams the response as a series of messages and includes a Transfer-Encoding header with chunked as its value in the response. For more information, see Appendix: SelectObjectContent Response.   GetObject Support  The SelectObjectContent action does not support the following GetObject functionality. For more information, see GetObject.    Range: Although you can specify a scan range for an Amazon S3 Select request (see SelectObjectContentRequest - ScanRange in the request parameters), you cannot specify the range of bytes of an object to return.    GLACIER, DEEP_ARCHIVE and REDUCED_REDUNDANCY storage classes: You cannot specify the GLACIER, DEEP_ARCHIVE, or REDUCED_REDUNDANCY storage classes. For more information, about storage classes see Storage Classes in the Amazon S3 User Guide.     Special Errors  For a list of special errors for this operation, see List of SELECT Object Content Error Codes   Related Resources     GetObject     GetBucketLifecycleConfiguration     PutBucketLifecycleConfiguration   
+   * This action filters the contents of an Amazon S3 object based on a simple structured query language (SQL) statement. In the request, along with the SQL expression, you must also specify a data serialization format (JSON, CSV, or Apache Parquet) of the object. Amazon S3 uses this format to parse object data into records, and returns only records that match the specified SQL expression. You must also specify the data serialization format for the response. This action is not supported by Amazon S3 on Outposts. For more information about Amazon S3 Select, see Selecting Content from Objects and SELECT Command in the Amazon S3 User Guide.   Permissions  You must have s3:GetObject permission for this operation. Amazon S3 Select does not support anonymous access. For more information about permissions, see Specifying Permissions in a Policy in the Amazon S3 User Guide.  Object Data Formats  You can use Amazon S3 Select to query objects that have the following format properties:    CSV, JSON, and Parquet - Objects must be in CSV, JSON, or Parquet format.    UTF-8 - UTF-8 is the only encoding type Amazon S3 Select supports.    GZIP or BZIP2 - CSV and JSON files can be compressed using GZIP or BZIP2. GZIP and BZIP2 are the only compression formats that Amazon S3 Select supports for CSV and JSON files. Amazon S3 Select supports columnar compression for Parquet using GZIP or Snappy. Amazon S3 Select does not support whole-object compression for Parquet objects.    Server-side encryption - Amazon S3 Select supports querying objects that are protected with server-side encryption. For objects that are encrypted with customer-provided encryption keys (SSE-C), you must use HTTPS, and you must use the headers that are documented in the GetObject. For more information about SSE-C, see Server-Side Encryption (Using Customer-Provided Encryption Keys) in the Amazon S3 User Guide. For objects that are encrypted with Amazon S3 managed keys (SSE-S3) and Amazon Web Services KMS keys (SSE-KMS), server-side encryption is handled transparently, so you don't need to specify anything. For more information about server-side encryption, including SSE-S3 and SSE-KMS, see Protecting Data Using Server-Side Encryption in the Amazon S3 User Guide.    Working with the Response Body  Given the response size is unknown, Amazon S3 Select streams the response as a series of messages and includes a Transfer-Encoding header with chunked as its value in the response. For more information, see Appendix: SelectObjectContent Response.  GetObject Support  The SelectObjectContent action does not support the following GetObject functionality. For more information, see GetObject.    Range: Although you can specify a scan range for an Amazon S3 Select request (see SelectObjectContentRequest - ScanRange in the request parameters), you cannot specify the range of bytes of an object to return.    GLACIER, DEEP_ARCHIVE and REDUCED_REDUNDANCY storage classes: You cannot specify the GLACIER, DEEP_ARCHIVE, or REDUCED_REDUNDANCY storage classes. For more information, about storage classes see Storage Classes in the Amazon S3 User Guide.    Special Errors  For a list of special errors for this operation, see List of SELECT Object Content Error Codes    The following operations are related to SelectObjectContent:    GetObject     GetBucketLifecycleConfiguration     PutBucketLifecycleConfiguration   
    */
   selectObjectContent(callback?: (err: AWSError, data: S3.Types.SelectObjectContentOutput) => void): Request<S3.Types.SelectObjectContentOutput, AWSError>;
   /**
-   * Uploads a part in a multipart upload.  In this operation, you provide part data in your request. However, you have an option to specify your existing Amazon S3 object as a data source for the part you are uploading. To upload a part from an existing object, you use the UploadPartCopy operation.   You must initiate a multipart upload (see CreateMultipartUpload) before you can upload any part. In response to your initiate request, Amazon S3 returns an upload ID, a unique identifier, that you must include in your upload part request. Part numbers can be any number from 1 to 10,000, inclusive. A part number uniquely identifies a part and also defines its position within the object being created. If you upload a new part using the same part number that was used with a previous part, the previously uploaded part is overwritten. For information about maximum and minimum part sizes and other multipart upload specifications, see Multipart upload limits in the Amazon S3 User Guide. To ensure that data is not corrupted when traversing the network, specify the Content-MD5 header in the upload part request. Amazon S3 checks the part data against the provided MD5 value. If they do not match, Amazon S3 returns an error.  If the upload request is signed with Signature Version 4, then Amazon Web Services S3 uses the x-amz-content-sha256 header as a checksum instead of Content-MD5. For more information see Authenticating Requests: Using the Authorization Header (Amazon Web Services Signature Version 4).   Note: After you initiate multipart upload and upload one or more parts, you must either complete or abort multipart upload in order to stop getting charged for storage of the uploaded parts. Only after you either complete or abort multipart upload, Amazon S3 frees up the parts storage and stops charging you for the parts storage. For more information on multipart uploads, go to Multipart Upload Overview in the Amazon S3 User Guide . For information on the permissions required to use the multipart upload API, go to Multipart Upload and Permissions in the Amazon S3 User Guide. You can optionally request server-side encryption where Amazon S3 encrypts your data as it writes it to disks in its data centers and decrypts it for you when you access it. You have the option of providing your own encryption key, or you can use the Amazon Web Services managed encryption keys. If you choose to provide your own encryption key, the request headers you provide in the request must match the headers you used in the request to initiate the upload by using CreateMultipartUpload. For more information, go to Using Server-Side Encryption in the Amazon S3 User Guide. Server-side encryption is supported by the S3 Multipart Upload actions. Unless you are using a customer-provided encryption key, you don't need to specify the encryption parameters in each UploadPart request. Instead, you only need to specify the server-side encryption parameters in the initial Initiate Multipart request. For more information, see CreateMultipartUpload. If you requested server-side encryption using a customer-provided encryption key in your initiate multipart upload request, you must provide identical encryption information in each part upload using the following headers.   x-amz-server-side-encryption-customer-algorithm   x-amz-server-side-encryption-customer-key   x-amz-server-side-encryption-customer-key-MD5    Special Errors       Code: NoSuchUpload     Cause: The specified multipart upload does not exist. The upload ID might be invalid, or the multipart upload might have been aborted or completed.      HTTP Status Code: 404 Not Found      SOAP Fault Code Prefix: Client       Related Resources     CreateMultipartUpload     CompleteMultipartUpload     AbortMultipartUpload     ListParts     ListMultipartUploads   
+   * Uploads a part in a multipart upload.  In this operation, you provide part data in your request. However, you have an option to specify your existing Amazon S3 object as a data source for the part you are uploading. To upload a part from an existing object, you use the UploadPartCopy operation.   You must initiate a multipart upload (see CreateMultipartUpload) before you can upload any part. In response to your initiate request, Amazon S3 returns an upload ID, a unique identifier, that you must include in your upload part request. Part numbers can be any number from 1 to 10,000, inclusive. A part number uniquely identifies a part and also defines its position within the object being created. If you upload a new part using the same part number that was used with a previous part, the previously uploaded part is overwritten. For information about maximum and minimum part sizes and other multipart upload specifications, see Multipart upload limits in the Amazon S3 User Guide. To ensure that data is not corrupted when traversing the network, specify the Content-MD5 header in the upload part request. Amazon S3 checks the part data against the provided MD5 value. If they do not match, Amazon S3 returns an error.  If the upload request is signed with Signature Version 4, then Amazon Web Services S3 uses the x-amz-content-sha256 header as a checksum instead of Content-MD5. For more information see Authenticating Requests: Using the Authorization Header (Amazon Web Services Signature Version 4).   Note: After you initiate multipart upload and upload one or more parts, you must either complete or abort multipart upload in order to stop getting charged for storage of the uploaded parts. Only after you either complete or abort multipart upload, Amazon S3 frees up the parts storage and stops charging you for the parts storage. For more information on multipart uploads, go to Multipart Upload Overview in the Amazon S3 User Guide . For information on the permissions required to use the multipart upload API, go to Multipart Upload and Permissions in the Amazon S3 User Guide. Server-side encryption is for data encryption at rest. Amazon S3 encrypts your data as it writes it to disks in its data centers and decrypts it when you access it. You have three mutually exclusive options to protect data using server-side encryption in Amazon S3, depending on how you choose to manage the encryption keys. Specifically, the encryption key options are Amazon S3 managed keys (SSE-S3), Amazon Web Services KMS keys (SSE-KMS), and Customer-Provided Keys (SSE-C). Amazon S3 encrypts data with server-side encryption using Amazon S3 managed keys (SSE-S3) by default. You can optionally tell Amazon S3 to encrypt data at rest using server-side encryption with other key options. The option you use depends on whether you want to use KMS keys (SSE-KMS) or provide your own encryption key (SSE-C). If you choose to provide your own encryption key, the request headers you provide in the request must match the headers you used in the request to initiate the upload by using CreateMultipartUpload. For more information, go to Using Server-Side Encryption in the Amazon S3 User Guide. Server-side encryption is supported by the S3 Multipart Upload actions. Unless you are using a customer-provided encryption key (SSE-C), you don't need to specify the encryption parameters in each UploadPart request. Instead, you only need to specify the server-side encryption parameters in the initial Initiate Multipart request. For more information, see CreateMultipartUpload. If you requested server-side encryption using a customer-provided encryption key (SSE-C) in your initiate multipart upload request, you must provide identical encryption information in each part upload using the following headers.   x-amz-server-side-encryption-customer-algorithm   x-amz-server-side-encryption-customer-key   x-amz-server-side-encryption-customer-key-MD5    UploadPart has the following special errors:      Code: NoSuchUpload     Cause: The specified multipart upload does not exist. The upload ID might be invalid, or the multipart upload might have been aborted or completed.      HTTP Status Code: 404 Not Found      SOAP Fault Code Prefix: Client      The following operations are related to UploadPart:    CreateMultipartUpload     CompleteMultipartUpload     AbortMultipartUpload     ListParts     ListMultipartUploads   
    */
   uploadPart(params: S3.Types.UploadPartRequest, callback?: (err: AWSError, data: S3.Types.UploadPartOutput) => void): Request<S3.Types.UploadPartOutput, AWSError>;
   /**
-   * Uploads a part in a multipart upload.  In this operation, you provide part data in your request. However, you have an option to specify your existing Amazon S3 object as a data source for the part you are uploading. To upload a part from an existing object, you use the UploadPartCopy operation.   You must initiate a multipart upload (see CreateMultipartUpload) before you can upload any part. In response to your initiate request, Amazon S3 returns an upload ID, a unique identifier, that you must include in your upload part request. Part numbers can be any number from 1 to 10,000, inclusive. A part number uniquely identifies a part and also defines its position within the object being created. If you upload a new part using the same part number that was used with a previous part, the previously uploaded part is overwritten. For information about maximum and minimum part sizes and other multipart upload specifications, see Multipart upload limits in the Amazon S3 User Guide. To ensure that data is not corrupted when traversing the network, specify the Content-MD5 header in the upload part request. Amazon S3 checks the part data against the provided MD5 value. If they do not match, Amazon S3 returns an error.  If the upload request is signed with Signature Version 4, then Amazon Web Services S3 uses the x-amz-content-sha256 header as a checksum instead of Content-MD5. For more information see Authenticating Requests: Using the Authorization Header (Amazon Web Services Signature Version 4).   Note: After you initiate multipart upload and upload one or more parts, you must either complete or abort multipart upload in order to stop getting charged for storage of the uploaded parts. Only after you either complete or abort multipart upload, Amazon S3 frees up the parts storage and stops charging you for the parts storage. For more information on multipart uploads, go to Multipart Upload Overview in the Amazon S3 User Guide . For information on the permissions required to use the multipart upload API, go to Multipart Upload and Permissions in the Amazon S3 User Guide. You can optionally request server-side encryption where Amazon S3 encrypts your data as it writes it to disks in its data centers and decrypts it for you when you access it. You have the option of providing your own encryption key, or you can use the Amazon Web Services managed encryption keys. If you choose to provide your own encryption key, the request headers you provide in the request must match the headers you used in the request to initiate the upload by using CreateMultipartUpload. For more information, go to Using Server-Side Encryption in the Amazon S3 User Guide. Server-side encryption is supported by the S3 Multipart Upload actions. Unless you are using a customer-provided encryption key, you don't need to specify the encryption parameters in each UploadPart request. Instead, you only need to specify the server-side encryption parameters in the initial Initiate Multipart request. For more information, see CreateMultipartUpload. If you requested server-side encryption using a customer-provided encryption key in your initiate multipart upload request, you must provide identical encryption information in each part upload using the following headers.   x-amz-server-side-encryption-customer-algorithm   x-amz-server-side-encryption-customer-key   x-amz-server-side-encryption-customer-key-MD5    Special Errors       Code: NoSuchUpload     Cause: The specified multipart upload does not exist. The upload ID might be invalid, or the multipart upload might have been aborted or completed.      HTTP Status Code: 404 Not Found      SOAP Fault Code Prefix: Client       Related Resources     CreateMultipartUpload     CompleteMultipartUpload     AbortMultipartUpload     ListParts     ListMultipartUploads   
+   * Uploads a part in a multipart upload.  In this operation, you provide part data in your request. However, you have an option to specify your existing Amazon S3 object as a data source for the part you are uploading. To upload a part from an existing object, you use the UploadPartCopy operation.   You must initiate a multipart upload (see CreateMultipartUpload) before you can upload any part. In response to your initiate request, Amazon S3 returns an upload ID, a unique identifier, that you must include in your upload part request. Part numbers can be any number from 1 to 10,000, inclusive. A part number uniquely identifies a part and also defines its position within the object being created. If you upload a new part using the same part number that was used with a previous part, the previously uploaded part is overwritten. For information about maximum and minimum part sizes and other multipart upload specifications, see Multipart upload limits in the Amazon S3 User Guide. To ensure that data is not corrupted when traversing the network, specify the Content-MD5 header in the upload part request. Amazon S3 checks the part data against the provided MD5 value. If they do not match, Amazon S3 returns an error.  If the upload request is signed with Signature Version 4, then Amazon Web Services S3 uses the x-amz-content-sha256 header as a checksum instead of Content-MD5. For more information see Authenticating Requests: Using the Authorization Header (Amazon Web Services Signature Version 4).   Note: After you initiate multipart upload and upload one or more parts, you must either complete or abort multipart upload in order to stop getting charged for storage of the uploaded parts. Only after you either complete or abort multipart upload, Amazon S3 frees up the parts storage and stops charging you for the parts storage. For more information on multipart uploads, go to Multipart Upload Overview in the Amazon S3 User Guide . For information on the permissions required to use the multipart upload API, go to Multipart Upload and Permissions in the Amazon S3 User Guide. Server-side encryption is for data encryption at rest. Amazon S3 encrypts your data as it writes it to disks in its data centers and decrypts it when you access it. You have three mutually exclusive options to protect data using server-side encryption in Amazon S3, depending on how you choose to manage the encryption keys. Specifically, the encryption key options are Amazon S3 managed keys (SSE-S3), Amazon Web Services KMS keys (SSE-KMS), and Customer-Provided Keys (SSE-C). Amazon S3 encrypts data with server-side encryption using Amazon S3 managed keys (SSE-S3) by default. You can optionally tell Amazon S3 to encrypt data at rest using server-side encryption with other key options. The option you use depends on whether you want to use KMS keys (SSE-KMS) or provide your own encryption key (SSE-C). If you choose to provide your own encryption key, the request headers you provide in the request must match the headers you used in the request to initiate the upload by using CreateMultipartUpload. For more information, go to Using Server-Side Encryption in the Amazon S3 User Guide. Server-side encryption is supported by the S3 Multipart Upload actions. Unless you are using a customer-provided encryption key (SSE-C), you don't need to specify the encryption parameters in each UploadPart request. Instead, you only need to specify the server-side encryption parameters in the initial Initiate Multipart request. For more information, see CreateMultipartUpload. If you requested server-side encryption using a customer-provided encryption key (SSE-C) in your initiate multipart upload request, you must provide identical encryption information in each part upload using the following headers.   x-amz-server-side-encryption-customer-algorithm   x-amz-server-side-encryption-customer-key   x-amz-server-side-encryption-customer-key-MD5    UploadPart has the following special errors:      Code: NoSuchUpload     Cause: The specified multipart upload does not exist. The upload ID might be invalid, or the multipart upload might have been aborted or completed.      HTTP Status Code: 404 Not Found      SOAP Fault Code Prefix: Client      The following operations are related to UploadPart:    CreateMultipartUpload     CompleteMultipartUpload     AbortMultipartUpload     ListParts     ListMultipartUploads   
    */
   uploadPart(callback?: (err: AWSError, data: S3.Types.UploadPartOutput) => void): Request<S3.Types.UploadPartOutput, AWSError>;
   /**
-   * Uploads a part by copying data from an existing object as data source. You specify the data source by adding the request header x-amz-copy-source in your request and a byte range by adding the request header x-amz-copy-source-range in your request.  For information about maximum and minimum part sizes and other multipart upload specifications, see Multipart upload limits in the Amazon S3 User Guide.   Instead of using an existing object as part data, you might use the UploadPart action and provide data in your request.  You must initiate a multipart upload before you can upload any part. In response to your initiate request. Amazon S3 returns a unique identifier, the upload ID, that you must include in your upload part request. For more information about using the UploadPartCopy operation, see the following:   For conceptual information about multipart uploads, see Uploading Objects Using Multipart Upload in the Amazon S3 User Guide.   For information about permissions required to use the multipart upload API, see Multipart Upload and Permissions in the Amazon S3 User Guide.   For information about copying objects using a single atomic action vs. a multipart upload, see Operations on Objects in the Amazon S3 User Guide.   For information about using server-side encryption with customer-provided encryption keys with the UploadPartCopy operation, see CopyObject and UploadPart.   Note the following additional considerations about the request headers x-amz-copy-source-if-match, x-amz-copy-source-if-none-match, x-amz-copy-source-if-unmodified-since, and x-amz-copy-source-if-modified-since:      Consideration 1 - If both of the x-amz-copy-source-if-match and x-amz-copy-source-if-unmodified-since headers are present in the request as follows:  x-amz-copy-source-if-match condition evaluates to true, and;  x-amz-copy-source-if-unmodified-since condition evaluates to false; Amazon S3 returns 200 OK and copies the data.     Consideration 2 - If both of the x-amz-copy-source-if-none-match and x-amz-copy-source-if-modified-since headers are present in the request as follows:  x-amz-copy-source-if-none-match condition evaluates to false, and;  x-amz-copy-source-if-modified-since condition evaluates to true; Amazon S3 returns 412 Precondition Failed response code.     Versioning  If your bucket has versioning enabled, you could have multiple versions of the same object. By default, x-amz-copy-source identifies the current version of the object to copy. If the current version is a delete marker and you don't specify a versionId in the x-amz-copy-source, Amazon S3 returns a 404 error, because the object does not exist. If you specify versionId in the x-amz-copy-source and the versionId is a delete marker, Amazon S3 returns an HTTP 400 error, because you are not allowed to specify a delete marker as a version for the x-amz-copy-source.  You can optionally specify a specific version of the source object to copy by adding the versionId subresource as shown in the following example:  x-amz-copy-source: /bucket/object?versionId=version id   Special Errors       Code: NoSuchUpload     Cause: The specified multipart upload does not exist. The upload ID might be invalid, or the multipart upload might have been aborted or completed.     HTTP Status Code: 404 Not Found         Code: InvalidRequest     Cause: The specified copy source is not supported as a byte-range copy source.     HTTP Status Code: 400 Bad Request       Related Resources     CreateMultipartUpload     UploadPart     CompleteMultipartUpload     AbortMultipartUpload     ListParts     ListMultipartUploads   
+   * Uploads a part by copying data from an existing object as data source. You specify the data source by adding the request header x-amz-copy-source in your request and a byte range by adding the request header x-amz-copy-source-range in your request.  For information about maximum and minimum part sizes and other multipart upload specifications, see Multipart upload limits in the Amazon S3 User Guide.   Instead of using an existing object as part data, you might use the UploadPart action and provide data in your request.  You must initiate a multipart upload before you can upload any part. In response to your initiate request. Amazon S3 returns a unique identifier, the upload ID, that you must include in your upload part request. For more information about using the UploadPartCopy operation, see the following:   For conceptual information about multipart uploads, see Uploading Objects Using Multipart Upload in the Amazon S3 User Guide.   For information about permissions required to use the multipart upload API, see Multipart Upload and Permissions in the Amazon S3 User Guide.   For information about copying objects using a single atomic action vs. a multipart upload, see Operations on Objects in the Amazon S3 User Guide.   For information about using server-side encryption with customer-provided encryption keys with the UploadPartCopy operation, see CopyObject and UploadPart.   Note the following additional considerations about the request headers x-amz-copy-source-if-match, x-amz-copy-source-if-none-match, x-amz-copy-source-if-unmodified-since, and x-amz-copy-source-if-modified-since:      Consideration 1 - If both of the x-amz-copy-source-if-match and x-amz-copy-source-if-unmodified-since headers are present in the request as follows:  x-amz-copy-source-if-match condition evaluates to true, and;  x-amz-copy-source-if-unmodified-since condition evaluates to false; Amazon S3 returns 200 OK and copies the data.     Consideration 2 - If both of the x-amz-copy-source-if-none-match and x-amz-copy-source-if-modified-since headers are present in the request as follows:  x-amz-copy-source-if-none-match condition evaluates to false, and;  x-amz-copy-source-if-modified-since condition evaluates to true; Amazon S3 returns 412 Precondition Failed response code.     Versioning  If your bucket has versioning enabled, you could have multiple versions of the same object. By default, x-amz-copy-source identifies the current version of the object to copy. If the current version is a delete marker and you don't specify a versionId in the x-amz-copy-source, Amazon S3 returns a 404 error, because the object does not exist. If you specify versionId in the x-amz-copy-source and the versionId is a delete marker, Amazon S3 returns an HTTP 400 error, because you are not allowed to specify a delete marker as a version for the x-amz-copy-source.  You can optionally specify a specific version of the source object to copy by adding the versionId subresource as shown in the following example:  x-amz-copy-source: /bucket/object?versionId=version id   Special errors       Code: NoSuchUpload     Cause: The specified multipart upload does not exist. The upload ID might be invalid, or the multipart upload might have been aborted or completed.     HTTP Status Code: 404 Not Found         Code: InvalidRequest     Cause: The specified copy source is not supported as a byte-range copy source.     HTTP Status Code: 400 Bad Request        The following operations are related to UploadPartCopy:    CreateMultipartUpload     UploadPart     CompleteMultipartUpload     AbortMultipartUpload     ListParts     ListMultipartUploads   
    */
   uploadPartCopy(params: S3.Types.UploadPartCopyRequest, callback?: (err: AWSError, data: S3.Types.UploadPartCopyOutput) => void): Request<S3.Types.UploadPartCopyOutput, AWSError>;
   /**
-   * Uploads a part by copying data from an existing object as data source. You specify the data source by adding the request header x-amz-copy-source in your request and a byte range by adding the request header x-amz-copy-source-range in your request.  For information about maximum and minimum part sizes and other multipart upload specifications, see Multipart upload limits in the Amazon S3 User Guide.   Instead of using an existing object as part data, you might use the UploadPart action and provide data in your request.  You must initiate a multipart upload before you can upload any part. In response to your initiate request. Amazon S3 returns a unique identifier, the upload ID, that you must include in your upload part request. For more information about using the UploadPartCopy operation, see the following:   For conceptual information about multipart uploads, see Uploading Objects Using Multipart Upload in the Amazon S3 User Guide.   For information about permissions required to use the multipart upload API, see Multipart Upload and Permissions in the Amazon S3 User Guide.   For information about copying objects using a single atomic action vs. a multipart upload, see Operations on Objects in the Amazon S3 User Guide.   For information about using server-side encryption with customer-provided encryption keys with the UploadPartCopy operation, see CopyObject and UploadPart.   Note the following additional considerations about the request headers x-amz-copy-source-if-match, x-amz-copy-source-if-none-match, x-amz-copy-source-if-unmodified-since, and x-amz-copy-source-if-modified-since:      Consideration 1 - If both of the x-amz-copy-source-if-match and x-amz-copy-source-if-unmodified-since headers are present in the request as follows:  x-amz-copy-source-if-match condition evaluates to true, and;  x-amz-copy-source-if-unmodified-since condition evaluates to false; Amazon S3 returns 200 OK and copies the data.     Consideration 2 - If both of the x-amz-copy-source-if-none-match and x-amz-copy-source-if-modified-since headers are present in the request as follows:  x-amz-copy-source-if-none-match condition evaluates to false, and;  x-amz-copy-source-if-modified-since condition evaluates to true; Amazon S3 returns 412 Precondition Failed response code.     Versioning  If your bucket has versioning enabled, you could have multiple versions of the same object. By default, x-amz-copy-source identifies the current version of the object to copy. If the current version is a delete marker and you don't specify a versionId in the x-amz-copy-source, Amazon S3 returns a 404 error, because the object does not exist. If you specify versionId in the x-amz-copy-source and the versionId is a delete marker, Amazon S3 returns an HTTP 400 error, because you are not allowed to specify a delete marker as a version for the x-amz-copy-source.  You can optionally specify a specific version of the source object to copy by adding the versionId subresource as shown in the following example:  x-amz-copy-source: /bucket/object?versionId=version id   Special Errors       Code: NoSuchUpload     Cause: The specified multipart upload does not exist. The upload ID might be invalid, or the multipart upload might have been aborted or completed.     HTTP Status Code: 404 Not Found         Code: InvalidRequest     Cause: The specified copy source is not supported as a byte-range copy source.     HTTP Status Code: 400 Bad Request       Related Resources     CreateMultipartUpload     UploadPart     CompleteMultipartUpload     AbortMultipartUpload     ListParts     ListMultipartUploads   
+   * Uploads a part by copying data from an existing object as data source. You specify the data source by adding the request header x-amz-copy-source in your request and a byte range by adding the request header x-amz-copy-source-range in your request.  For information about maximum and minimum part sizes and other multipart upload specifications, see Multipart upload limits in the Amazon S3 User Guide.   Instead of using an existing object as part data, you might use the UploadPart action and provide data in your request.  You must initiate a multipart upload before you can upload any part. In response to your initiate request. Amazon S3 returns a unique identifier, the upload ID, that you must include in your upload part request. For more information about using the UploadPartCopy operation, see the following:   For conceptual information about multipart uploads, see Uploading Objects Using Multipart Upload in the Amazon S3 User Guide.   For information about permissions required to use the multipart upload API, see Multipart Upload and Permissions in the Amazon S3 User Guide.   For information about copying objects using a single atomic action vs. a multipart upload, see Operations on Objects in the Amazon S3 User Guide.   For information about using server-side encryption with customer-provided encryption keys with the UploadPartCopy operation, see CopyObject and UploadPart.   Note the following additional considerations about the request headers x-amz-copy-source-if-match, x-amz-copy-source-if-none-match, x-amz-copy-source-if-unmodified-since, and x-amz-copy-source-if-modified-since:      Consideration 1 - If both of the x-amz-copy-source-if-match and x-amz-copy-source-if-unmodified-since headers are present in the request as follows:  x-amz-copy-source-if-match condition evaluates to true, and;  x-amz-copy-source-if-unmodified-since condition evaluates to false; Amazon S3 returns 200 OK and copies the data.     Consideration 2 - If both of the x-amz-copy-source-if-none-match and x-amz-copy-source-if-modified-since headers are present in the request as follows:  x-amz-copy-source-if-none-match condition evaluates to false, and;  x-amz-copy-source-if-modified-since condition evaluates to true; Amazon S3 returns 412 Precondition Failed response code.     Versioning  If your bucket has versioning enabled, you could have multiple versions of the same object. By default, x-amz-copy-source identifies the current version of the object to copy. If the current version is a delete marker and you don't specify a versionId in the x-amz-copy-source, Amazon S3 returns a 404 error, because the object does not exist. If you specify versionId in the x-amz-copy-source and the versionId is a delete marker, Amazon S3 returns an HTTP 400 error, because you are not allowed to specify a delete marker as a version for the x-amz-copy-source.  You can optionally specify a specific version of the source object to copy by adding the versionId subresource as shown in the following example:  x-amz-copy-source: /bucket/object?versionId=version id   Special errors       Code: NoSuchUpload     Cause: The specified multipart upload does not exist. The upload ID might be invalid, or the multipart upload might have been aborted or completed.     HTTP Status Code: 404 Not Found         Code: InvalidRequest     Cause: The specified copy source is not supported as a byte-range copy source.     HTTP Status Code: 400 Bad Request        The following operations are related to UploadPartCopy:    CreateMultipartUpload     UploadPart     CompleteMultipartUpload     AbortMultipartUpload     ListParts     ListMultipartUploads   
    */
   uploadPartCopy(callback?: (err: AWSError, data: S3.Types.UploadPartCopyOutput) => void): Request<S3.Types.UploadPartCopyOutput, AWSError>;
   /**
@@ -839,7 +839,7 @@ declare namespace S3 {
   }
   export interface AbortMultipartUploadRequest {
     /**
-     * The bucket name to which the upload was taking place.  When using this action with an access point, you must direct requests to the access point hostname. The access point hostname takes the form AccessPointName-AccountId.s3-accesspoint.Region.amazonaws.com. When using this action with an access point through the Amazon Web Services SDKs, you provide the access point ARN in place of the bucket name. For more information about access point ARNs, see Using access points in the Amazon S3 User Guide. When using this action with Amazon S3 on Outposts, you must direct requests to the S3 on Outposts hostname. The S3 on Outposts hostname takes the form  AccessPointName-AccountId.outpostID.s3-outposts.Region.amazonaws.com. When using this action with S3 on Outposts through the Amazon Web Services SDKs, you provide the Outposts bucket ARN in place of the bucket name. For more information about S3 on Outposts ARNs, see Using Amazon S3 on Outposts in the Amazon S3 User Guide.
+     * The bucket name to which the upload was taking place.  When using this action with an access point, you must direct requests to the access point hostname. The access point hostname takes the form AccessPointName-AccountId.s3-accesspoint.Region.amazonaws.com. When using this action with an access point through the Amazon Web Services SDKs, you provide the access point ARN in place of the bucket name. For more information about access point ARNs, see Using access points in the Amazon S3 User Guide. When you use this action with Amazon S3 on Outposts, you must direct requests to the S3 on Outposts hostname. The S3 on Outposts hostname takes the form  AccessPointName-AccountId.outpostID.s3-outposts.Region.amazonaws.com. When you use this action with S3 on Outposts through the Amazon Web Services SDKs, you provide the Outposts access point ARN in place of the bucket name. For more information about S3 on Outposts ARNs, see What is S3 on Outposts in the Amazon S3 User Guide.
      */
     Bucket: BucketName;
     /**
@@ -1026,7 +1026,7 @@ declare namespace S3 {
      */
     FileHeaderInfo?: FileHeaderInfo;
     /**
-     * A single character used to indicate that a row should be ignored when the character is present at the start of that row. You can specify any character to indicate a comment line.
+     * A single character used to indicate that a row should be ignored when the character is present at the start of that row. You can specify any character to indicate a comment line. The default character is #. Default: # 
      */
     Comments?: Comments;
     /**
@@ -1131,7 +1131,7 @@ declare namespace S3 {
      */
     Location?: Location;
     /**
-     * The name of the bucket that contains the newly created object. Does not return the access point ARN or access point alias if used. When using this action with an access point, you must direct requests to the access point hostname. The access point hostname takes the form AccessPointName-AccountId.s3-accesspoint.Region.amazonaws.com. When using this action with an access point through the Amazon Web Services SDKs, you provide the access point ARN in place of the bucket name. For more information about access point ARNs, see Using access points in the Amazon S3 User Guide. When using this action with Amazon S3 on Outposts, you must direct requests to the S3 on Outposts hostname. The S3 on Outposts hostname takes the form  AccessPointName-AccountId.outpostID.s3-outposts.Region.amazonaws.com. When using this action with S3 on Outposts through the Amazon Web Services SDKs, you provide the Outposts bucket ARN in place of the bucket name. For more information about S3 on Outposts ARNs, see Using Amazon S3 on Outposts in the Amazon S3 User Guide.
+     * The name of the bucket that contains the newly created object. Does not return the access point ARN or access point alias if used. When using this action with an access point, you must direct requests to the access point hostname. The access point hostname takes the form AccessPointName-AccountId.s3-accesspoint.Region.amazonaws.com. When using this action with an access point through the Amazon Web Services SDKs, you provide the access point ARN in place of the bucket name. For more information about access point ARNs, see Using access points in the Amazon S3 User Guide. When you use this action with Amazon S3 on Outposts, you must direct requests to the S3 on Outposts hostname. The S3 on Outposts hostname takes the form  AccessPointName-AccountId.outpostID.s3-outposts.Region.amazonaws.com. When you use this action with S3 on Outposts through the Amazon Web Services SDKs, you provide the Outposts access point ARN in place of the bucket name. For more information about S3 on Outposts ARNs, see What is S3 on Outposts in the Amazon S3 User Guide.
      */
     Bucket?: BucketName;
     /**
@@ -1163,7 +1163,7 @@ declare namespace S3 {
      */
     ChecksumSHA256?: ChecksumSHA256;
     /**
-     * If you specified server-side encryption either with an Amazon S3-managed encryption key or an Amazon Web Services KMS key in your initiate multipart upload request, the response includes this header. It confirms the encryption algorithm that Amazon S3 used to encrypt the object.
+     * The server-side encryption algorithm used when storing this object in Amazon S3 (for example, AES256, aws:kms).
      */
     ServerSideEncryption?: ServerSideEncryption;
     /**
@@ -1171,7 +1171,7 @@ declare namespace S3 {
      */
     VersionId?: ObjectVersionId;
     /**
-     * If present, specifies the ID of the Amazon Web Services Key Management Service (Amazon Web Services KMS) symmetric customer managed key that was used for the object.
+     * If present, specifies the ID of the Amazon Web Services Key Management Service (Amazon Web Services KMS) symmetric encryption customer managed key that was used for the object.
      */
     SSEKMSKeyId?: SSEKMSKeyId;
     /**
@@ -1182,7 +1182,7 @@ declare namespace S3 {
   }
   export interface CompleteMultipartUploadRequest {
     /**
-     * Name of the bucket to which the multipart upload was initiated. When using this action with an access point, you must direct requests to the access point hostname. The access point hostname takes the form AccessPointName-AccountId.s3-accesspoint.Region.amazonaws.com. When using this action with an access point through the Amazon Web Services SDKs, you provide the access point ARN in place of the bucket name. For more information about access point ARNs, see Using access points in the Amazon S3 User Guide. When using this action with Amazon S3 on Outposts, you must direct requests to the S3 on Outposts hostname. The S3 on Outposts hostname takes the form  AccessPointName-AccountId.outpostID.s3-outposts.Region.amazonaws.com. When using this action with S3 on Outposts through the Amazon Web Services SDKs, you provide the Outposts bucket ARN in place of the bucket name. For more information about S3 on Outposts ARNs, see Using Amazon S3 on Outposts in the Amazon S3 User Guide.
+     * Name of the bucket to which the multipart upload was initiated. When using this action with an access point, you must direct requests to the access point hostname. The access point hostname takes the form AccessPointName-AccountId.s3-accesspoint.Region.amazonaws.com. When using this action with an access point through the Amazon Web Services SDKs, you provide the access point ARN in place of the bucket name. For more information about access point ARNs, see Using access points in the Amazon S3 User Guide. When you use this action with Amazon S3 on Outposts, you must direct requests to the S3 on Outposts hostname. The S3 on Outposts hostname takes the form  AccessPointName-AccountId.outpostID.s3-outposts.Region.amazonaws.com. When you use this action with S3 on Outposts through the Amazon Web Services SDKs, you provide the Outposts access point ARN in place of the bucket name. For more information about S3 on Outposts ARNs, see What is S3 on Outposts in the Amazon S3 User Guide.
      */
     Bucket: BucketName;
     /**
@@ -1315,7 +1315,7 @@ declare namespace S3 {
      */
     SSECustomerKeyMD5?: SSECustomerKeyMD5;
     /**
-     * If present, specifies the ID of the Amazon Web Services Key Management Service (Amazon Web Services KMS) symmetric customer managed key that was used for the object.
+     * If present, specifies the ID of the Amazon Web Services Key Management Service (Amazon Web Services KMS) symmetric encryption customer managed key that was used for the object.
      */
     SSEKMSKeyId?: SSEKMSKeyId;
     /**
@@ -1334,7 +1334,7 @@ declare namespace S3 {
      */
     ACL?: ObjectCannedACL;
     /**
-     * The name of the destination bucket. When using this action with an access point, you must direct requests to the access point hostname. The access point hostname takes the form AccessPointName-AccountId.s3-accesspoint.Region.amazonaws.com. When using this action with an access point through the Amazon Web Services SDKs, you provide the access point ARN in place of the bucket name. For more information about access point ARNs, see Using access points in the Amazon S3 User Guide. When using this action with Amazon S3 on Outposts, you must direct requests to the S3 on Outposts hostname. The S3 on Outposts hostname takes the form  AccessPointName-AccountId.outpostID.s3-outposts.Region.amazonaws.com. When using this action with S3 on Outposts through the Amazon Web Services SDKs, you provide the Outposts bucket ARN in place of the bucket name. For more information about S3 on Outposts ARNs, see Using Amazon S3 on Outposts in the Amazon S3 User Guide.
+     * The name of the destination bucket. When using this action with an access point, you must direct requests to the access point hostname. The access point hostname takes the form AccessPointName-AccountId.s3-accesspoint.Region.amazonaws.com. When using this action with an access point through the Amazon Web Services SDKs, you provide the access point ARN in place of the bucket name. For more information about access point ARNs, see Using access points in the Amazon S3 User Guide. When you use this action with Amazon S3 on Outposts, you must direct requests to the S3 on Outposts hostname. The S3 on Outposts hostname takes the form  AccessPointName-AccountId.outpostID.s3-outposts.Region.amazonaws.com. When you use this action with S3 on Outposts through the Amazon Web Services SDKs, you provide the Outposts access point ARN in place of the bucket name. For more information about S3 on Outposts ARNs, see What is S3 on Outposts in the Amazon S3 User Guide.
      */
     Bucket: BucketName;
     /**
@@ -1426,7 +1426,7 @@ declare namespace S3 {
      */
     StorageClass?: StorageClass;
     /**
-     * If the bucket is configured as a website, redirects requests for this object to another object in the same bucket or to an external URL. Amazon S3 stores the value of this header in the object metadata.
+     * If the bucket is configured as a website, redirects requests for this object to another object in the same bucket or to an external URL. Amazon S3 stores the value of this header in the object metadata. This value is unique to each object and is not copied when using the x-amz-metadata-directive header. Instead, you may opt to provide this header in combination with the directive.
      */
     WebsiteRedirectLocation?: WebsiteRedirectLocation;
     /**
@@ -1606,7 +1606,7 @@ declare namespace S3 {
   }
   export interface CreateMultipartUploadOutput {
     /**
-     * If the bucket has a lifecycle rule configured with an action to abort incomplete multipart uploads and the prefix in the lifecycle rule matches the object name in the request, the response includes this header. The header indicates when the initiated multipart upload becomes eligible for an abort operation. For more information, see  Aborting Incomplete Multipart Uploads Using a Bucket Lifecycle Policy. The response also includes the x-amz-abort-rule-id header that provides the ID of the lifecycle configuration rule that defines this action.
+     * If the bucket has a lifecycle rule configured with an action to abort incomplete multipart uploads and the prefix in the lifecycle rule matches the object name in the request, the response includes this header. The header indicates when the initiated multipart upload becomes eligible for an abort operation. For more information, see  Aborting Incomplete Multipart Uploads Using a Bucket Lifecycle Configuration. The response also includes the x-amz-abort-rule-id header that provides the ID of the lifecycle configuration rule that defines this action.
      */
     AbortDate?: AbortDate;
     /**
@@ -1614,7 +1614,7 @@ declare namespace S3 {
      */
     AbortRuleId?: AbortRuleId;
     /**
-     * The name of the bucket to which the multipart upload was initiated. Does not return the access point ARN or access point alias if used. When using this action with an access point, you must direct requests to the access point hostname. The access point hostname takes the form AccessPointName-AccountId.s3-accesspoint.Region.amazonaws.com. When using this action with an access point through the Amazon Web Services SDKs, you provide the access point ARN in place of the bucket name. For more information about access point ARNs, see Using access points in the Amazon S3 User Guide. When using this action with Amazon S3 on Outposts, you must direct requests to the S3 on Outposts hostname. The S3 on Outposts hostname takes the form  AccessPointName-AccountId.outpostID.s3-outposts.Region.amazonaws.com. When using this action with S3 on Outposts through the Amazon Web Services SDKs, you provide the Outposts bucket ARN in place of the bucket name. For more information about S3 on Outposts ARNs, see Using Amazon S3 on Outposts in the Amazon S3 User Guide.
+     * The name of the bucket to which the multipart upload was initiated. Does not return the access point ARN or access point alias if used. When using this action with an access point, you must direct requests to the access point hostname. The access point hostname takes the form AccessPointName-AccountId.s3-accesspoint.Region.amazonaws.com. When using this action with an access point through the Amazon Web Services SDKs, you provide the access point ARN in place of the bucket name. For more information about access point ARNs, see Using access points in the Amazon S3 User Guide. When you use this action with Amazon S3 on Outposts, you must direct requests to the S3 on Outposts hostname. The S3 on Outposts hostname takes the form  AccessPointName-AccountId.outpostID.s3-outposts.Region.amazonaws.com. When you use this action with S3 on Outposts through the Amazon Web Services SDKs, you provide the Outposts access point ARN in place of the bucket name. For more information about S3 on Outposts ARNs, see What is S3 on Outposts in the Amazon S3 User Guide.
      */
     Bucket?: BucketName;
     /**
@@ -1638,7 +1638,7 @@ declare namespace S3 {
      */
     SSECustomerKeyMD5?: SSECustomerKeyMD5;
     /**
-     * If present, specifies the ID of the Amazon Web Services Key Management Service (Amazon Web Services KMS) symmetric customer managed key that was used for the object.
+     * If present, specifies the ID of the Amazon Web Services Key Management Service (Amazon Web Services KMS) symmetric encryption customer managed key that was used for the object.
      */
     SSEKMSKeyId?: SSEKMSKeyId;
     /**
@@ -1661,7 +1661,7 @@ declare namespace S3 {
      */
     ACL?: ObjectCannedACL;
     /**
-     * The name of the bucket to which to initiate the upload When using this action with an access point, you must direct requests to the access point hostname. The access point hostname takes the form AccessPointName-AccountId.s3-accesspoint.Region.amazonaws.com. When using this action with an access point through the Amazon Web Services SDKs, you provide the access point ARN in place of the bucket name. For more information about access point ARNs, see Using access points in the Amazon S3 User Guide. When using this action with Amazon S3 on Outposts, you must direct requests to the S3 on Outposts hostname. The S3 on Outposts hostname takes the form  AccessPointName-AccountId.outpostID.s3-outposts.Region.amazonaws.com. When using this action with S3 on Outposts through the Amazon Web Services SDKs, you provide the Outposts bucket ARN in place of the bucket name. For more information about S3 on Outposts ARNs, see Using Amazon S3 on Outposts in the Amazon S3 User Guide.
+     * The name of the bucket to which to initiate the upload When using this action with an access point, you must direct requests to the access point hostname. The access point hostname takes the form AccessPointName-AccountId.s3-accesspoint.Region.amazonaws.com. When using this action with an access point through the Amazon Web Services SDKs, you provide the access point ARN in place of the bucket name. For more information about access point ARNs, see Using access points in the Amazon S3 User Guide. When you use this action with Amazon S3 on Outposts, you must direct requests to the S3 on Outposts hostname. The S3 on Outposts hostname takes the form  AccessPointName-AccountId.outpostID.s3-outposts.Region.amazonaws.com. When you use this action with S3 on Outposts through the Amazon Web Services SDKs, you provide the Outposts access point ARN in place of the bucket name. For more information about S3 on Outposts ARNs, see What is S3 on Outposts in the Amazon S3 User Guide.
      */
     Bucket: BucketName;
     /**
@@ -1737,7 +1737,7 @@ declare namespace S3 {
      */
     SSECustomerKeyMD5?: SSECustomerKeyMD5;
     /**
-     * Specifies the ID of the symmetric customer managed key to use for object encryption. All GET and PUT requests for an object protected by Amazon Web Services KMS will fail if not made via SSL or using SigV4. For information about configuring using any of the officially supported Amazon Web Services SDKs and Amazon Web Services CLI, see Specifying the Signature Version in Request Authentication in the Amazon S3 User Guide.
+     * Specifies the ID of the symmetric encryption customer managed key to use for object encryption. All GET and PUT requests for an object protected by Amazon Web Services KMS will fail if not made via SSL or using SigV4. For information about configuring using any of the officially supported Amazon Web Services SDKs and Amazon Web Services CLI, see Specifying the Signature Version in Request Authentication in the Amazon S3 User Guide.
      */
     SSEKMSKeyId?: SSEKMSKeyId;
     /**
@@ -1876,7 +1876,7 @@ declare namespace S3 {
      */
     Bucket: BucketName;
     /**
-     * The ID used to identify the metrics configuration.
+     * The ID used to identify the metrics configuration. The ID has a 64 character limit and can only contain letters, numbers, periods, dashes, and underscores.
      */
     Id: MetricsId;
     /**
@@ -1989,7 +1989,7 @@ declare namespace S3 {
   }
   export interface DeleteObjectRequest {
     /**
-     * The bucket name of the bucket containing the object.  When using this action with an access point, you must direct requests to the access point hostname. The access point hostname takes the form AccessPointName-AccountId.s3-accesspoint.Region.amazonaws.com. When using this action with an access point through the Amazon Web Services SDKs, you provide the access point ARN in place of the bucket name. For more information about access point ARNs, see Using access points in the Amazon S3 User Guide. When using this action with Amazon S3 on Outposts, you must direct requests to the S3 on Outposts hostname. The S3 on Outposts hostname takes the form  AccessPointName-AccountId.outpostID.s3-outposts.Region.amazonaws.com. When using this action with S3 on Outposts through the Amazon Web Services SDKs, you provide the Outposts bucket ARN in place of the bucket name. For more information about S3 on Outposts ARNs, see Using Amazon S3 on Outposts in the Amazon S3 User Guide.
+     * The bucket name of the bucket containing the object.  When using this action with an access point, you must direct requests to the access point hostname. The access point hostname takes the form AccessPointName-AccountId.s3-accesspoint.Region.amazonaws.com. When using this action with an access point through the Amazon Web Services SDKs, you provide the access point ARN in place of the bucket name. For more information about access point ARNs, see Using access points in the Amazon S3 User Guide. When you use this action with Amazon S3 on Outposts, you must direct requests to the S3 on Outposts hostname. The S3 on Outposts hostname takes the form  AccessPointName-AccountId.outpostID.s3-outposts.Region.amazonaws.com. When you use this action with S3 on Outposts through the Amazon Web Services SDKs, you provide the Outposts access point ARN in place of the bucket name. For more information about S3 on Outposts ARNs, see What is S3 on Outposts in the Amazon S3 User Guide.
      */
     Bucket: BucketName;
     /**
@@ -2022,7 +2022,7 @@ declare namespace S3 {
   }
   export interface DeleteObjectTaggingRequest {
     /**
-     * The bucket name containing the objects from which to remove the tags.  When using this action with an access point, you must direct requests to the access point hostname. The access point hostname takes the form AccessPointName-AccountId.s3-accesspoint.Region.amazonaws.com. When using this action with an access point through the Amazon Web Services SDKs, you provide the access point ARN in place of the bucket name. For more information about access point ARNs, see Using access points in the Amazon S3 User Guide. When using this action with Amazon S3 on Outposts, you must direct requests to the S3 on Outposts hostname. The S3 on Outposts hostname takes the form  AccessPointName-AccountId.outpostID.s3-outposts.Region.amazonaws.com. When using this action with S3 on Outposts through the Amazon Web Services SDKs, you provide the Outposts bucket ARN in place of the bucket name. For more information about S3 on Outposts ARNs, see Using Amazon S3 on Outposts in the Amazon S3 User Guide.
+     * The bucket name containing the objects from which to remove the tags.  When using this action with an access point, you must direct requests to the access point hostname. The access point hostname takes the form AccessPointName-AccountId.s3-accesspoint.Region.amazonaws.com. When using this action with an access point through the Amazon Web Services SDKs, you provide the access point ARN in place of the bucket name. For more information about access point ARNs, see Using access points in the Amazon S3 User Guide. When you use this action with Amazon S3 on Outposts, you must direct requests to the S3 on Outposts hostname. The S3 on Outposts hostname takes the form  AccessPointName-AccountId.outpostID.s3-outposts.Region.amazonaws.com. When you use this action with S3 on Outposts through the Amazon Web Services SDKs, you provide the Outposts access point ARN in place of the bucket name. For more information about S3 on Outposts ARNs, see What is S3 on Outposts in the Amazon S3 User Guide.
      */
     Bucket: BucketName;
     /**
@@ -2051,7 +2051,7 @@ declare namespace S3 {
   }
   export interface DeleteObjectsRequest {
     /**
-     * The bucket name containing the objects to delete.  When using this action with an access point, you must direct requests to the access point hostname. The access point hostname takes the form AccessPointName-AccountId.s3-accesspoint.Region.amazonaws.com. When using this action with an access point through the Amazon Web Services SDKs, you provide the access point ARN in place of the bucket name. For more information about access point ARNs, see Using access points in the Amazon S3 User Guide. When using this action with Amazon S3 on Outposts, you must direct requests to the S3 on Outposts hostname. The S3 on Outposts hostname takes the form  AccessPointName-AccountId.outpostID.s3-outposts.Region.amazonaws.com. When using this action with S3 on Outposts through the Amazon Web Services SDKs, you provide the Outposts bucket ARN in place of the bucket name. For more information about S3 on Outposts ARNs, see Using Amazon S3 on Outposts in the Amazon S3 User Guide.
+     * The bucket name containing the objects to delete.  When using this action with an access point, you must direct requests to the access point hostname. The access point hostname takes the form AccessPointName-AccountId.s3-accesspoint.Region.amazonaws.com. When using this action with an access point through the Amazon Web Services SDKs, you provide the access point ARN in place of the bucket name. For more information about access point ARNs, see Using access points in the Amazon S3 User Guide. When you use this action with Amazon S3 on Outposts, you must direct requests to the S3 on Outposts hostname. The S3 on Outposts hostname takes the form  AccessPointName-AccountId.outpostID.s3-outposts.Region.amazonaws.com. When you use this action with S3 on Outposts through the Amazon Web Services SDKs, you provide the Outposts access point ARN in place of the bucket name. For more information about S3 on Outposts ARNs, see What is S3 on Outposts in the Amazon S3 User Guide.
      */
     Bucket: BucketName;
     /**
@@ -2148,7 +2148,7 @@ declare namespace S3 {
      */
     EncryptionType: ServerSideEncryption;
     /**
-     * If the encryption type is aws:kms, this optional value specifies the ID of the symmetric customer managed key to use for encryption of job results. Amazon S3 only supports symmetric keys. For more information, see Using symmetric and asymmetric keys in the Amazon Web Services Key Management Service Developer Guide.
+     * If the encryption type is aws:kms, this optional value specifies the ID of the symmetric encryption customer managed key to use for encryption of job results. Amazon S3 only supports symmetric encryption KMS keys. For more information, see Asymmetric keys in Amazon Web Services KMS in the Amazon Web Services Key Management Service Developer Guide.
      */
     KMSKeyId?: SSEKMSKeyId;
     /**
@@ -2158,7 +2158,7 @@ declare namespace S3 {
   }
   export interface EncryptionConfiguration {
     /**
-     * Specifies the ID (Key ARN or Alias ARN) of the customer managed Amazon Web Services KMS key stored in Amazon Web Services Key Management Service (KMS) for the destination bucket. Amazon S3 uses this key to encrypt replica objects. Amazon S3 only supports symmetric, customer managed KMS keys. For more information, see Using symmetric and asymmetric keys in the Amazon Web Services Key Management Service Developer Guide.
+     * Specifies the ID (Key ARN or Alias ARN) of the customer managed Amazon Web Services KMS key stored in Amazon Web Services Key Management Service (KMS) for the destination bucket. Amazon S3 uses this key to encrypt replica objects. Amazon S3 only supports symmetric encryption KMS keys. For more information, see Asymmetric keys in Amazon Web Services KMS in the Amazon Web Services Key Management Service Developer Guide.
      */
     ReplicaKmsKeyID?: ReplicaKmsKeyID;
   }
@@ -2175,7 +2175,7 @@ declare namespace S3 {
      */
     VersionId?: ObjectVersionId;
     /**
-     * The error code is a string that uniquely identifies an error condition. It is meant to be read and understood by programs that detect and handle errors by type.   Amazon S3 error codes       Code: AccessDenied     Description: Access Denied    HTTP Status Code: 403 Forbidden    SOAP Fault Code Prefix: Client        Code: AccountProblem    Description: There is a problem with your Amazon Web Services account that prevents the action from completing successfully. Contact Amazon Web Services Support for further assistance.    HTTP Status Code: 403 Forbidden    SOAP Fault Code Prefix: Client        Code: AllAccessDisabled    Description: All access to this Amazon S3 resource has been disabled. Contact Amazon Web Services Support for further assistance.    HTTP Status Code: 403 Forbidden    SOAP Fault Code Prefix: Client        Code: AmbiguousGrantByEmailAddress    Description: The email address you provided is associated with more than one account.    HTTP Status Code: 400 Bad Request    SOAP Fault Code Prefix: Client        Code: AuthorizationHeaderMalformed    Description: The authorization header you provided is invalid.    HTTP Status Code: 400 Bad Request    HTTP Status Code: N/A        Code: BadDigest    Description: The Content-MD5 you specified did not match what we received.    HTTP Status Code: 400 Bad Request    SOAP Fault Code Prefix: Client        Code: BucketAlreadyExists    Description: The requested bucket name is not available. The bucket namespace is shared by all users of the system. Please select a different name and try again.    HTTP Status Code: 409 Conflict    SOAP Fault Code Prefix: Client        Code: BucketAlreadyOwnedByYou    Description: The bucket you tried to create already exists, and you own it. Amazon S3 returns this error in all Amazon Web Services Regions except in the North Virginia Region. For legacy compatibility, if you re-create an existing bucket that you already own in the North Virginia Region, Amazon S3 returns 200 OK and resets the bucket access control lists (ACLs).    Code: 409 Conflict (in all Regions except the North Virginia Region)     SOAP Fault Code Prefix: Client        Code: BucketNotEmpty    Description: The bucket you tried to delete is not empty.    HTTP Status Code: 409 Conflict    SOAP Fault Code Prefix: Client        Code: CredentialsNotSupported    Description: This request does not support credentials.    HTTP Status Code: 400 Bad Request    SOAP Fault Code Prefix: Client        Code: CrossLocationLoggingProhibited    Description: Cross-location logging not allowed. Buckets in one geographic location cannot log information to a bucket in another location.    HTTP Status Code: 403 Forbidden    SOAP Fault Code Prefix: Client        Code: EntityTooSmall    Description: Your proposed upload is smaller than the minimum allowed object size.    HTTP Status Code: 400 Bad Request    SOAP Fault Code Prefix: Client        Code: EntityTooLarge    Description: Your proposed upload exceeds the maximum allowed object size.    HTTP Status Code: 400 Bad Request    SOAP Fault Code Prefix: Client        Code: ExpiredToken    Description: The provided token has expired.    HTTP Status Code: 400 Bad Request    SOAP Fault Code Prefix: Client        Code: IllegalVersioningConfigurationException     Description: Indicates that the versioning configuration specified in the request is invalid.    HTTP Status Code: 400 Bad Request    SOAP Fault Code Prefix: Client        Code: IncompleteBody    Description: You did not provide the number of bytes specified by the Content-Length HTTP header    HTTP Status Code: 400 Bad Request    SOAP Fault Code Prefix: Client        Code: IncorrectNumberOfFilesInPostRequest    Description: POST requires exactly one file upload per request.    HTTP Status Code: 400 Bad Request    SOAP Fault Code Prefix: Client        Code: InlineDataTooLarge    Description: Inline data exceeds the maximum allowed size.    HTTP Status Code: 400 Bad Request    SOAP Fault Code Prefix: Client        Code: InternalError    Description: We encountered an internal error. Please try again.    HTTP Status Code: 500 Internal Server Error    SOAP Fault Code Prefix: Server        Code: InvalidAccessKeyId    Description: The Amazon Web Services access key ID you provided does not exist in our records.    HTTP Status Code: 403 Forbidden    SOAP Fault Code Prefix: Client        Code: InvalidAddressingHeader    Description: You must specify the Anonymous role.    HTTP Status Code: N/A    SOAP Fault Code Prefix: Client        Code: InvalidArgument    Description: Invalid Argument    HTTP Status Code: 400 Bad Request    SOAP Fault Code Prefix: Client        Code: InvalidBucketName    Description: The specified bucket is not valid.    HTTP Status Code: 400 Bad Request    SOAP Fault Code Prefix: Client        Code: InvalidBucketState    Description: The request is not valid with the current state of the bucket.    HTTP Status Code: 409 Conflict    SOAP Fault Code Prefix: Client        Code: InvalidDigest    Description: The Content-MD5 you specified is not valid.    HTTP Status Code: 400 Bad Request    SOAP Fault Code Prefix: Client        Code: InvalidEncryptionAlgorithmError    Description: The encryption request you specified is not valid. The valid value is AES256.    HTTP Status Code: 400 Bad Request    SOAP Fault Code Prefix: Client        Code: InvalidLocationConstraint    Description: The specified location constraint is not valid. For more information about Regions, see How to Select a Region for Your Buckets.     HTTP Status Code: 400 Bad Request    SOAP Fault Code Prefix: Client        Code: InvalidObjectState    Description: The action is not valid for the current state of the object.    HTTP Status Code: 403 Forbidden    SOAP Fault Code Prefix: Client        Code: InvalidPart    Description: One or more of the specified parts could not be found. The part might not have been uploaded, or the specified entity tag might not have matched the part's entity tag.    HTTP Status Code: 400 Bad Request    SOAP Fault Code Prefix: Client        Code: InvalidPartOrder    Description: The list of parts was not in ascending order. Parts list must be specified in order by part number.    HTTP Status Code: 400 Bad Request    SOAP Fault Code Prefix: Client        Code: InvalidPayer    Description: All access to this object has been disabled. Please contact Amazon Web Services Support for further assistance.    HTTP Status Code: 403 Forbidden    SOAP Fault Code Prefix: Client        Code: InvalidPolicyDocument    Description: The content of the form does not meet the conditions specified in the policy document.    HTTP Status Code: 400 Bad Request    SOAP Fault Code Prefix: Client        Code: InvalidRange    Description: The requested range cannot be satisfied.    HTTP Status Code: 416 Requested Range Not Satisfiable    SOAP Fault Code Prefix: Client        Code: InvalidRequest    Description: Please use AWS4-HMAC-SHA256.    HTTP Status Code: 400 Bad Request    Code: N/A        Code: InvalidRequest    Description: SOAP requests must be made over an HTTPS connection.    HTTP Status Code: 400 Bad Request    SOAP Fault Code Prefix: Client        Code: InvalidRequest    Description: Amazon S3 Transfer Acceleration is not supported for buckets with non-DNS compliant names.    HTTP Status Code: 400 Bad Request    Code: N/A        Code: InvalidRequest    Description: Amazon S3 Transfer Acceleration is not supported for buckets with periods (.) in their names.    HTTP Status Code: 400 Bad Request    Code: N/A        Code: InvalidRequest    Description: Amazon S3 Transfer Accelerate endpoint only supports virtual style requests.    HTTP Status Code: 400 Bad Request    Code: N/A        Code: InvalidRequest    Description: Amazon S3 Transfer Accelerate is not configured on this bucket.    HTTP Status Code: 400 Bad Request    Code: N/A        Code: InvalidRequest    Description: Amazon S3 Transfer Accelerate is disabled on this bucket.    HTTP Status Code: 400 Bad Request    Code: N/A        Code: InvalidRequest    Description: Amazon S3 Transfer Acceleration is not supported on this bucket. Contact Amazon Web Services Support for more information.    HTTP Status Code: 400 Bad Request    Code: N/A        Code: InvalidRequest    Description: Amazon S3 Transfer Acceleration cannot be enabled on this bucket. Contact Amazon Web Services Support for more information.    HTTP Status Code: 400 Bad Request    Code: N/A        Code: InvalidSecurity    Description: The provided security credentials are not valid.    HTTP Status Code: 403 Forbidden    SOAP Fault Code Prefix: Client        Code: InvalidSOAPRequest    Description: The SOAP request body is invalid.    HTTP Status Code: 400 Bad Request    SOAP Fault Code Prefix: Client        Code: InvalidStorageClass    Description: The storage class you specified is not valid.    HTTP Status Code: 400 Bad Request    SOAP Fault Code Prefix: Client        Code: InvalidTargetBucketForLogging    Description: The target bucket for logging does not exist, is not owned by you, or does not have the appropriate grants for the log-delivery group.     HTTP Status Code: 400 Bad Request    SOAP Fault Code Prefix: Client        Code: InvalidToken    Description: The provided token is malformed or otherwise invalid.    HTTP Status Code: 400 Bad Request    SOAP Fault Code Prefix: Client        Code: InvalidURI    Description: Couldn't parse the specified URI.    HTTP Status Code: 400 Bad Request    SOAP Fault Code Prefix: Client        Code: KeyTooLongError    Description: Your key is too long.    HTTP Status Code: 400 Bad Request    SOAP Fault Code Prefix: Client        Code: MalformedACLError    Description: The XML you provided was not well-formed or did not validate against our published schema.    HTTP Status Code: 400 Bad Request    SOAP Fault Code Prefix: Client        Code: MalformedPOSTRequest     Description: The body of your POST request is not well-formed multipart/form-data.    HTTP Status Code: 400 Bad Request    SOAP Fault Code Prefix: Client        Code: MalformedXML    Description: This happens when the user sends malformed XML (XML that doesn't conform to the published XSD) for the configuration. The error message is, "The XML you provided was not well-formed or did not validate against our published schema."     HTTP Status Code: 400 Bad Request    SOAP Fault Code Prefix: Client        Code: MaxMessageLengthExceeded    Description: Your request was too big.    HTTP Status Code: 400 Bad Request    SOAP Fault Code Prefix: Client        Code: MaxPostPreDataLengthExceededError    Description: Your POST request fields preceding the upload file were too large.    HTTP Status Code: 400 Bad Request    SOAP Fault Code Prefix: Client        Code: MetadataTooLarge    Description: Your metadata headers exceed the maximum allowed metadata size.    HTTP Status Code: 400 Bad Request    SOAP Fault Code Prefix: Client        Code: MethodNotAllowed    Description: The specified method is not allowed against this resource.    HTTP Status Code: 405 Method Not Allowed    SOAP Fault Code Prefix: Client        Code: MissingAttachment    Description: A SOAP attachment was expected, but none were found.    HTTP Status Code: N/A    SOAP Fault Code Prefix: Client        Code: MissingContentLength    Description: You must provide the Content-Length HTTP header.    HTTP Status Code: 411 Length Required    SOAP Fault Code Prefix: Client        Code: MissingRequestBodyError    Description: This happens when the user sends an empty XML document as a request. The error message is, "Request body is empty."     HTTP Status Code: 400 Bad Request    SOAP Fault Code Prefix: Client        Code: MissingSecurityElement    Description: The SOAP 1.1 request is missing a security element.    HTTP Status Code: 400 Bad Request    SOAP Fault Code Prefix: Client        Code: MissingSecurityHeader    Description: Your request is missing a required header.    HTTP Status Code: 400 Bad Request    SOAP Fault Code Prefix: Client        Code: NoLoggingStatusForKey    Description: There is no such thing as a logging status subresource for a key.    HTTP Status Code: 400 Bad Request    SOAP Fault Code Prefix: Client        Code: NoSuchBucket    Description: The specified bucket does not exist.    HTTP Status Code: 404 Not Found    SOAP Fault Code Prefix: Client        Code: NoSuchBucketPolicy    Description: The specified bucket does not have a bucket policy.    HTTP Status Code: 404 Not Found    SOAP Fault Code Prefix: Client        Code: NoSuchKey    Description: The specified key does not exist.    HTTP Status Code: 404 Not Found    SOAP Fault Code Prefix: Client        Code: NoSuchLifecycleConfiguration    Description: The lifecycle configuration does not exist.     HTTP Status Code: 404 Not Found    SOAP Fault Code Prefix: Client        Code: NoSuchUpload    Description: The specified multipart upload does not exist. The upload ID might be invalid, or the multipart upload might have been aborted or completed.    HTTP Status Code: 404 Not Found    SOAP Fault Code Prefix: Client        Code: NoSuchVersion     Description: Indicates that the version ID specified in the request does not match an existing version.    HTTP Status Code: 404 Not Found    SOAP Fault Code Prefix: Client        Code: NotImplemented    Description: A header you provided implies functionality that is not implemented.    HTTP Status Code: 501 Not Implemented    SOAP Fault Code Prefix: Server        Code: NotSignedUp    Description: Your account is not signed up for the Amazon S3 service. You must sign up before you can use Amazon S3. You can sign up at the following URL: Amazon S3     HTTP Status Code: 403 Forbidden    SOAP Fault Code Prefix: Client        Code: OperationAborted    Description: A conflicting conditional action is currently in progress against this resource. Try again.    HTTP Status Code: 409 Conflict    SOAP Fault Code Prefix: Client        Code: PermanentRedirect    Description: The bucket you are attempting to access must be addressed using the specified endpoint. Send all future requests to this endpoint.    HTTP Status Code: 301 Moved Permanently    SOAP Fault Code Prefix: Client        Code: PreconditionFailed    Description: At least one of the preconditions you specified did not hold.    HTTP Status Code: 412 Precondition Failed    SOAP Fault Code Prefix: Client        Code: Redirect    Description: Temporary redirect.    HTTP Status Code: 307 Moved Temporarily    SOAP Fault Code Prefix: Client        Code: RestoreAlreadyInProgress    Description: Object restore is already in progress.    HTTP Status Code: 409 Conflict    SOAP Fault Code Prefix: Client        Code: RequestIsNotMultiPartContent    Description: Bucket POST must be of the enclosure-type multipart/form-data.    HTTP Status Code: 400 Bad Request    SOAP Fault Code Prefix: Client        Code: RequestTimeout    Description: Your socket connection to the server was not read from or written to within the timeout period.    HTTP Status Code: 400 Bad Request    SOAP Fault Code Prefix: Client        Code: RequestTimeTooSkewed    Description: The difference between the request time and the server's time is too large.    HTTP Status Code: 403 Forbidden    SOAP Fault Code Prefix: Client        Code: RequestTorrentOfBucketError    Description: Requesting the torrent file of a bucket is not permitted.    HTTP Status Code: 400 Bad Request    SOAP Fault Code Prefix: Client        Code: SignatureDoesNotMatch    Description: The request signature we calculated does not match the signature you provided. Check your Amazon Web Services secret access key and signing method. For more information, see REST Authentication and SOAP Authentication for details.    HTTP Status Code: 403 Forbidden    SOAP Fault Code Prefix: Client        Code: ServiceUnavailable    Description: Reduce your request rate.    HTTP Status Code: 503 Service Unavailable    SOAP Fault Code Prefix: Server        Code: SlowDown    Description: Reduce your request rate.    HTTP Status Code: 503 Slow Down    SOAP Fault Code Prefix: Server        Code: TemporaryRedirect    Description: You are being redirected to the bucket while DNS updates.    HTTP Status Code: 307 Moved Temporarily    SOAP Fault Code Prefix: Client        Code: TokenRefreshRequired    Description: The provided token must be refreshed.    HTTP Status Code: 400 Bad Request    SOAP Fault Code Prefix: Client        Code: TooManyBuckets    Description: You have attempted to create more buckets than allowed.    HTTP Status Code: 400 Bad Request    SOAP Fault Code Prefix: Client        Code: UnexpectedContent    Description: This request does not support content.    HTTP Status Code: 400 Bad Request    SOAP Fault Code Prefix: Client        Code: UnresolvableGrantByEmailAddress    Description: The email address you provided does not match any account on record.    HTTP Status Code: 400 Bad Request    SOAP Fault Code Prefix: Client        Code: UserKeyMustBeSpecified    Description: The bucket POST must contain the specified field name. If it is specified, check the order of the fields.    HTTP Status Code: 400 Bad Request    SOAP Fault Code Prefix: Client     
+     * The error code is a string that uniquely identifies an error condition. It is meant to be read and understood by programs that detect and handle errors by type. The following is a list of Amazon S3 error codes. For more information, see Error responses.      Code: AccessDenied     Description: Access Denied    HTTP Status Code: 403 Forbidden    SOAP Fault Code Prefix: Client        Code: AccountProblem    Description: There is a problem with your Amazon Web Services account that prevents the action from completing successfully. Contact Amazon Web Services Support for further assistance.    HTTP Status Code: 403 Forbidden    SOAP Fault Code Prefix: Client        Code: AllAccessDisabled    Description: All access to this Amazon S3 resource has been disabled. Contact Amazon Web Services Support for further assistance.    HTTP Status Code: 403 Forbidden    SOAP Fault Code Prefix: Client        Code: AmbiguousGrantByEmailAddress    Description: The email address you provided is associated with more than one account.    HTTP Status Code: 400 Bad Request    SOAP Fault Code Prefix: Client        Code: AuthorizationHeaderMalformed    Description: The authorization header you provided is invalid.    HTTP Status Code: 400 Bad Request    HTTP Status Code: N/A        Code: BadDigest    Description: The Content-MD5 you specified did not match what we received.    HTTP Status Code: 400 Bad Request    SOAP Fault Code Prefix: Client        Code: BucketAlreadyExists    Description: The requested bucket name is not available. The bucket namespace is shared by all users of the system. Please select a different name and try again.    HTTP Status Code: 409 Conflict    SOAP Fault Code Prefix: Client        Code: BucketAlreadyOwnedByYou    Description: The bucket you tried to create already exists, and you own it. Amazon S3 returns this error in all Amazon Web Services Regions except in the North Virginia Region. For legacy compatibility, if you re-create an existing bucket that you already own in the North Virginia Region, Amazon S3 returns 200 OK and resets the bucket access control lists (ACLs).    Code: 409 Conflict (in all Regions except the North Virginia Region)     SOAP Fault Code Prefix: Client        Code: BucketNotEmpty    Description: The bucket you tried to delete is not empty.    HTTP Status Code: 409 Conflict    SOAP Fault Code Prefix: Client        Code: CredentialsNotSupported    Description: This request does not support credentials.    HTTP Status Code: 400 Bad Request    SOAP Fault Code Prefix: Client        Code: CrossLocationLoggingProhibited    Description: Cross-location logging not allowed. Buckets in one geographic location cannot log information to a bucket in another location.    HTTP Status Code: 403 Forbidden    SOAP Fault Code Prefix: Client        Code: EntityTooSmall    Description: Your proposed upload is smaller than the minimum allowed object size.    HTTP Status Code: 400 Bad Request    SOAP Fault Code Prefix: Client        Code: EntityTooLarge    Description: Your proposed upload exceeds the maximum allowed object size.    HTTP Status Code: 400 Bad Request    SOAP Fault Code Prefix: Client        Code: ExpiredToken    Description: The provided token has expired.    HTTP Status Code: 400 Bad Request    SOAP Fault Code Prefix: Client        Code: IllegalVersioningConfigurationException     Description: Indicates that the versioning configuration specified in the request is invalid.    HTTP Status Code: 400 Bad Request    SOAP Fault Code Prefix: Client        Code: IncompleteBody    Description: You did not provide the number of bytes specified by the Content-Length HTTP header    HTTP Status Code: 400 Bad Request    SOAP Fault Code Prefix: Client        Code: IncorrectNumberOfFilesInPostRequest    Description: POST requires exactly one file upload per request.    HTTP Status Code: 400 Bad Request    SOAP Fault Code Prefix: Client        Code: InlineDataTooLarge    Description: Inline data exceeds the maximum allowed size.    HTTP Status Code: 400 Bad Request    SOAP Fault Code Prefix: Client        Code: InternalError    Description: We encountered an internal error. Please try again.    HTTP Status Code: 500 Internal Server Error    SOAP Fault Code Prefix: Server        Code: InvalidAccessKeyId    Description: The Amazon Web Services access key ID you provided does not exist in our records.    HTTP Status Code: 403 Forbidden    SOAP Fault Code Prefix: Client        Code: InvalidAddressingHeader    Description: You must specify the Anonymous role.    HTTP Status Code: N/A    SOAP Fault Code Prefix: Client        Code: InvalidArgument    Description: Invalid Argument    HTTP Status Code: 400 Bad Request    SOAP Fault Code Prefix: Client        Code: InvalidBucketName    Description: The specified bucket is not valid.    HTTP Status Code: 400 Bad Request    SOAP Fault Code Prefix: Client        Code: InvalidBucketState    Description: The request is not valid with the current state of the bucket.    HTTP Status Code: 409 Conflict    SOAP Fault Code Prefix: Client        Code: InvalidDigest    Description: The Content-MD5 you specified is not valid.    HTTP Status Code: 400 Bad Request    SOAP Fault Code Prefix: Client        Code: InvalidEncryptionAlgorithmError    Description: The encryption request you specified is not valid. The valid value is AES256.    HTTP Status Code: 400 Bad Request    SOAP Fault Code Prefix: Client        Code: InvalidLocationConstraint    Description: The specified location constraint is not valid. For more information about Regions, see How to Select a Region for Your Buckets.     HTTP Status Code: 400 Bad Request    SOAP Fault Code Prefix: Client        Code: InvalidObjectState    Description: The action is not valid for the current state of the object.    HTTP Status Code: 403 Forbidden    SOAP Fault Code Prefix: Client        Code: InvalidPart    Description: One or more of the specified parts could not be found. The part might not have been uploaded, or the specified entity tag might not have matched the part's entity tag.    HTTP Status Code: 400 Bad Request    SOAP Fault Code Prefix: Client        Code: InvalidPartOrder    Description: The list of parts was not in ascending order. Parts list must be specified in order by part number.    HTTP Status Code: 400 Bad Request    SOAP Fault Code Prefix: Client        Code: InvalidPayer    Description: All access to this object has been disabled. Please contact Amazon Web Services Support for further assistance.    HTTP Status Code: 403 Forbidden    SOAP Fault Code Prefix: Client        Code: InvalidPolicyDocument    Description: The content of the form does not meet the conditions specified in the policy document.    HTTP Status Code: 400 Bad Request    SOAP Fault Code Prefix: Client        Code: InvalidRange    Description: The requested range cannot be satisfied.    HTTP Status Code: 416 Requested Range Not Satisfiable    SOAP Fault Code Prefix: Client        Code: InvalidRequest    Description: Please use AWS4-HMAC-SHA256.    HTTP Status Code: 400 Bad Request    Code: N/A        Code: InvalidRequest    Description: SOAP requests must be made over an HTTPS connection.    HTTP Status Code: 400 Bad Request    SOAP Fault Code Prefix: Client        Code: InvalidRequest    Description: Amazon S3 Transfer Acceleration is not supported for buckets with non-DNS compliant names.    HTTP Status Code: 400 Bad Request    Code: N/A        Code: InvalidRequest    Description: Amazon S3 Transfer Acceleration is not supported for buckets with periods (.) in their names.    HTTP Status Code: 400 Bad Request    Code: N/A        Code: InvalidRequest    Description: Amazon S3 Transfer Accelerate endpoint only supports virtual style requests.    HTTP Status Code: 400 Bad Request    Code: N/A        Code: InvalidRequest    Description: Amazon S3 Transfer Accelerate is not configured on this bucket.    HTTP Status Code: 400 Bad Request    Code: N/A        Code: InvalidRequest    Description: Amazon S3 Transfer Accelerate is disabled on this bucket.    HTTP Status Code: 400 Bad Request    Code: N/A        Code: InvalidRequest    Description: Amazon S3 Transfer Acceleration is not supported on this bucket. Contact Amazon Web Services Support for more information.    HTTP Status Code: 400 Bad Request    Code: N/A        Code: InvalidRequest    Description: Amazon S3 Transfer Acceleration cannot be enabled on this bucket. Contact Amazon Web Services Support for more information.    HTTP Status Code: 400 Bad Request    Code: N/A        Code: InvalidSecurity    Description: The provided security credentials are not valid.    HTTP Status Code: 403 Forbidden    SOAP Fault Code Prefix: Client        Code: InvalidSOAPRequest    Description: The SOAP request body is invalid.    HTTP Status Code: 400 Bad Request    SOAP Fault Code Prefix: Client        Code: InvalidStorageClass    Description: The storage class you specified is not valid.    HTTP Status Code: 400 Bad Request    SOAP Fault Code Prefix: Client        Code: InvalidTargetBucketForLogging    Description: The target bucket for logging does not exist, is not owned by you, or does not have the appropriate grants for the log-delivery group.     HTTP Status Code: 400 Bad Request    SOAP Fault Code Prefix: Client        Code: InvalidToken    Description: The provided token is malformed or otherwise invalid.    HTTP Status Code: 400 Bad Request    SOAP Fault Code Prefix: Client        Code: InvalidURI    Description: Couldn't parse the specified URI.    HTTP Status Code: 400 Bad Request    SOAP Fault Code Prefix: Client        Code: KeyTooLongError    Description: Your key is too long.    HTTP Status Code: 400 Bad Request    SOAP Fault Code Prefix: Client        Code: MalformedACLError    Description: The XML you provided was not well-formed or did not validate against our published schema.    HTTP Status Code: 400 Bad Request    SOAP Fault Code Prefix: Client        Code: MalformedPOSTRequest     Description: The body of your POST request is not well-formed multipart/form-data.    HTTP Status Code: 400 Bad Request    SOAP Fault Code Prefix: Client        Code: MalformedXML    Description: This happens when the user sends malformed XML (XML that doesn't conform to the published XSD) for the configuration. The error message is, "The XML you provided was not well-formed or did not validate against our published schema."     HTTP Status Code: 400 Bad Request    SOAP Fault Code Prefix: Client        Code: MaxMessageLengthExceeded    Description: Your request was too big.    HTTP Status Code: 400 Bad Request    SOAP Fault Code Prefix: Client        Code: MaxPostPreDataLengthExceededError    Description: Your POST request fields preceding the upload file were too large.    HTTP Status Code: 400 Bad Request    SOAP Fault Code Prefix: Client        Code: MetadataTooLarge    Description: Your metadata headers exceed the maximum allowed metadata size.    HTTP Status Code: 400 Bad Request    SOAP Fault Code Prefix: Client        Code: MethodNotAllowed    Description: The specified method is not allowed against this resource.    HTTP Status Code: 405 Method Not Allowed    SOAP Fault Code Prefix: Client        Code: MissingAttachment    Description: A SOAP attachment was expected, but none were found.    HTTP Status Code: N/A    SOAP Fault Code Prefix: Client        Code: MissingContentLength    Description: You must provide the Content-Length HTTP header.    HTTP Status Code: 411 Length Required    SOAP Fault Code Prefix: Client        Code: MissingRequestBodyError    Description: This happens when the user sends an empty XML document as a request. The error message is, "Request body is empty."     HTTP Status Code: 400 Bad Request    SOAP Fault Code Prefix: Client        Code: MissingSecurityElement    Description: The SOAP 1.1 request is missing a security element.    HTTP Status Code: 400 Bad Request    SOAP Fault Code Prefix: Client        Code: MissingSecurityHeader    Description: Your request is missing a required header.    HTTP Status Code: 400 Bad Request    SOAP Fault Code Prefix: Client        Code: NoLoggingStatusForKey    Description: There is no such thing as a logging status subresource for a key.    HTTP Status Code: 400 Bad Request    SOAP Fault Code Prefix: Client        Code: NoSuchBucket    Description: The specified bucket does not exist.    HTTP Status Code: 404 Not Found    SOAP Fault Code Prefix: Client        Code: NoSuchBucketPolicy    Description: The specified bucket does not have a bucket policy.    HTTP Status Code: 404 Not Found    SOAP Fault Code Prefix: Client        Code: NoSuchKey    Description: The specified key does not exist.    HTTP Status Code: 404 Not Found    SOAP Fault Code Prefix: Client        Code: NoSuchLifecycleConfiguration    Description: The lifecycle configuration does not exist.     HTTP Status Code: 404 Not Found    SOAP Fault Code Prefix: Client        Code: NoSuchUpload    Description: The specified multipart upload does not exist. The upload ID might be invalid, or the multipart upload might have been aborted or completed.    HTTP Status Code: 404 Not Found    SOAP Fault Code Prefix: Client        Code: NoSuchVersion     Description: Indicates that the version ID specified in the request does not match an existing version.    HTTP Status Code: 404 Not Found    SOAP Fault Code Prefix: Client        Code: NotImplemented    Description: A header you provided implies functionality that is not implemented.    HTTP Status Code: 501 Not Implemented    SOAP Fault Code Prefix: Server        Code: NotSignedUp    Description: Your account is not signed up for the Amazon S3 service. You must sign up before you can use Amazon S3. You can sign up at the following URL: Amazon S3     HTTP Status Code: 403 Forbidden    SOAP Fault Code Prefix: Client        Code: OperationAborted    Description: A conflicting conditional action is currently in progress against this resource. Try again.    HTTP Status Code: 409 Conflict    SOAP Fault Code Prefix: Client        Code: PermanentRedirect    Description: The bucket you are attempting to access must be addressed using the specified endpoint. Send all future requests to this endpoint.    HTTP Status Code: 301 Moved Permanently    SOAP Fault Code Prefix: Client        Code: PreconditionFailed    Description: At least one of the preconditions you specified did not hold.    HTTP Status Code: 412 Precondition Failed    SOAP Fault Code Prefix: Client        Code: Redirect    Description: Temporary redirect.    HTTP Status Code: 307 Moved Temporarily    SOAP Fault Code Prefix: Client        Code: RestoreAlreadyInProgress    Description: Object restore is already in progress.    HTTP Status Code: 409 Conflict    SOAP Fault Code Prefix: Client        Code: RequestIsNotMultiPartContent    Description: Bucket POST must be of the enclosure-type multipart/form-data.    HTTP Status Code: 400 Bad Request    SOAP Fault Code Prefix: Client        Code: RequestTimeout    Description: Your socket connection to the server was not read from or written to within the timeout period.    HTTP Status Code: 400 Bad Request    SOAP Fault Code Prefix: Client        Code: RequestTimeTooSkewed    Description: The difference between the request time and the server's time is too large.    HTTP Status Code: 403 Forbidden    SOAP Fault Code Prefix: Client        Code: RequestTorrentOfBucketError    Description: Requesting the torrent file of a bucket is not permitted.    HTTP Status Code: 400 Bad Request    SOAP Fault Code Prefix: Client        Code: SignatureDoesNotMatch    Description: The request signature we calculated does not match the signature you provided. Check your Amazon Web Services secret access key and signing method. For more information, see REST Authentication and SOAP Authentication for details.    HTTP Status Code: 403 Forbidden    SOAP Fault Code Prefix: Client        Code: ServiceUnavailable    Description: Service is unable to handle request.    HTTP Status Code: 503 Service Unavailable    SOAP Fault Code Prefix: Server        Code: SlowDown    Description: Reduce your request rate.    HTTP Status Code: 503 Slow Down    SOAP Fault Code Prefix: Server        Code: TemporaryRedirect    Description: You are being redirected to the bucket while DNS updates.    HTTP Status Code: 307 Moved Temporarily    SOAP Fault Code Prefix: Client        Code: TokenRefreshRequired    Description: The provided token must be refreshed.    HTTP Status Code: 400 Bad Request    SOAP Fault Code Prefix: Client        Code: TooManyBuckets    Description: You have attempted to create more buckets than allowed.    HTTP Status Code: 400 Bad Request    SOAP Fault Code Prefix: Client        Code: UnexpectedContent    Description: This request does not support content.    HTTP Status Code: 400 Bad Request    SOAP Fault Code Prefix: Client        Code: UnresolvableGrantByEmailAddress    Description: The email address you provided does not match any account on record.    HTTP Status Code: 400 Bad Request    SOAP Fault Code Prefix: Client        Code: UserKeyMustBeSpecified    Description: The bucket POST must contain the specified field name. If it is specified, check the order of the fields.    HTTP Status Code: 400 Bad Request    SOAP Fault Code Prefix: Client     
      */
     Code?: Code;
     /**
@@ -2198,7 +2198,7 @@ declare namespace S3 {
   export type EventList = Event[];
   export interface ExistingObjectReplication {
     /**
-     * 
+     * Specifies whether Amazon S3 replicates existing source bucket objects. 
      */
     Status: ExistingObjectReplicationStatus;
   }
@@ -2255,7 +2255,7 @@ declare namespace S3 {
   }
   export interface GetBucketAclRequest {
     /**
-     * Specifies the S3 bucket whose ACL is being requested.
+     * Specifies the S3 bucket whose ACL is being requested. To use this API operation against an access point, provide the alias of the access point in place of the bucket name. To use this API operation against an Object Lambda access point, provide the alias of the Object Lambda access point in place of the bucket name. If the Object Lambda access point alias in a request is not valid, the error code InvalidAccessPointAliasError is returned. For more information about InvalidAccessPointAliasError, see List of Error Codes.
      */
     Bucket: BucketName;
     /**
@@ -2291,7 +2291,7 @@ declare namespace S3 {
   }
   export interface GetBucketCorsRequest {
     /**
-     * The bucket name for which to get the cors configuration.
+     * The bucket name for which to get the cors configuration. To use this API operation against an access point, provide the alias of the access point in place of the bucket name. To use this API operation against an Object Lambda access point, provide the alias of the Object Lambda access point in place of the bucket name. If the Object Lambda access point alias in a request is not valid, the error code InvalidAccessPointAliasError is returned. For more information about InvalidAccessPointAliasError, see List of Error Codes.
      */
     Bucket: BucketName;
     /**
@@ -2388,7 +2388,7 @@ declare namespace S3 {
   }
   export interface GetBucketLocationRequest {
     /**
-     * The name of the bucket for which to get the location.
+     * The name of the bucket for which to get the location. To use this API operation against an access point, provide the alias of the access point in place of the bucket name. To use this API operation against an Object Lambda access point, provide the alias of the Object Lambda access point in place of the bucket name. If the Object Lambda access point alias in a request is not valid, the error code InvalidAccessPointAliasError is returned. For more information about InvalidAccessPointAliasError, see List of Error Codes.
      */
     Bucket: BucketName;
     /**
@@ -2421,7 +2421,7 @@ declare namespace S3 {
      */
     Bucket: BucketName;
     /**
-     * The ID used to identify the metrics configuration.
+     * The ID used to identify the metrics configuration. The ID has a 64 character limit and can only contain letters, numbers, periods, dashes, and underscores.
      */
     Id: MetricsId;
     /**
@@ -2431,7 +2431,7 @@ declare namespace S3 {
   }
   export interface GetBucketNotificationConfigurationRequest {
     /**
-     * The name of the bucket for which to get the notification configuration.
+     * The name of the bucket for which to get the notification configuration. To use this API operation against an access point, provide the alias of the access point in place of the bucket name. To use this API operation against an Object Lambda access point, provide the alias of the Object Lambda access point in place of the bucket name. If the Object Lambda access point alias in a request is not valid, the error code InvalidAccessPointAliasError is returned. For more information about InvalidAccessPointAliasError, see List of Error Codes.
      */
     Bucket: BucketName;
     /**
@@ -2463,7 +2463,7 @@ declare namespace S3 {
   }
   export interface GetBucketPolicyRequest {
     /**
-     * The bucket name for which to get the bucket policy.
+     * The bucket name for which to get the bucket policy. To use this API operation against an access point, provide the alias of the access point in place of the bucket name. To use this API operation against an Object Lambda access point, provide the alias of the Object Lambda access point in place of the bucket name. If the Object Lambda access point alias in a request is not valid, the error code InvalidAccessPointAliasError is returned. For more information about InvalidAccessPointAliasError, see List of Error Codes.
      */
     Bucket: BucketName;
     /**
@@ -2673,7 +2673,7 @@ declare namespace S3 {
   }
   export interface GetObjectAttributesRequest {
     /**
-     * The name of the bucket that contains the object. When using this action with an access point, you must direct requests to the access point hostname. The access point hostname takes the form AccessPointName-AccountId.s3-accesspoint.Region.amazonaws.com. When using this action with an access point through the Amazon Web Services SDKs, you provide the access point ARN in place of the bucket name. For more information about access point ARNs, see Using access points in the Amazon S3 User Guide. When using this action with Amazon S3 on Outposts, you must direct requests to the S3 on Outposts hostname. The S3 on Outposts hostname takes the form  AccessPointName-AccountId.outpostID.s3-outposts.Region.amazonaws.com. When using this action with S3 on Outposts through the Amazon Web Services SDKs, you provide the Outposts bucket ARN in place of the bucket name. For more information about S3 on Outposts ARNs, see Using Amazon S3 on Outposts in the Amazon S3 User Guide.
+     * The name of the bucket that contains the object. When using this action with an access point, you must direct requests to the access point hostname. The access point hostname takes the form AccessPointName-AccountId.s3-accesspoint.Region.amazonaws.com. When using this action with an access point through the Amazon Web Services SDKs, you provide the access point ARN in place of the bucket name. For more information about access point ARNs, see Using access points in the Amazon S3 User Guide. When you use this action with Amazon S3 on Outposts, you must direct requests to the S3 on Outposts hostname. The S3 on Outposts hostname takes the form  AccessPointName-AccountId.outpostID.s3-outposts.Region.amazonaws.com. When you use this action with S3 on Outposts through the Amazon Web Services SDKs, you provide the Outposts access point ARN in place of the bucket name. For more information about S3 on Outposts ARNs, see What is S3 on Outposts in the Amazon S3 User Guide.
      */
     Bucket: BucketName;
     /**
@@ -2861,7 +2861,7 @@ declare namespace S3 {
      */
     SSECustomerKeyMD5?: SSECustomerKeyMD5;
     /**
-     * If present, specifies the ID of the Amazon Web Services Key Management Service (Amazon Web Services KMS) symmetric customer managed key that was used for the object.
+     * If present, specifies the ID of the Amazon Web Services Key Management Service (Amazon Web Services KMS) symmetric encryption customer managed key that was used for the object.
      */
     SSEKMSKeyId?: SSEKMSKeyId;
     /**
@@ -2900,7 +2900,7 @@ declare namespace S3 {
   }
   export interface GetObjectRequest {
     /**
-     * The bucket name containing the object.  When using this action with an access point, you must direct requests to the access point hostname. The access point hostname takes the form AccessPointName-AccountId.s3-accesspoint.Region.amazonaws.com. When using this action with an access point through the Amazon Web Services SDKs, you provide the access point ARN in place of the bucket name. For more information about access point ARNs, see Using access points in the Amazon S3 User Guide. When using an Object Lambda access point the hostname takes the form AccessPointName-AccountId.s3-object-lambda.Region.amazonaws.com. When using this action with Amazon S3 on Outposts, you must direct requests to the S3 on Outposts hostname. The S3 on Outposts hostname takes the form  AccessPointName-AccountId.outpostID.s3-outposts.Region.amazonaws.com. When using this action with S3 on Outposts through the Amazon Web Services SDKs, you provide the Outposts bucket ARN in place of the bucket name. For more information about S3 on Outposts ARNs, see Using Amazon S3 on Outposts in the Amazon S3 User Guide.
+     * The bucket name containing the object.  When using this action with an access point, you must direct requests to the access point hostname. The access point hostname takes the form AccessPointName-AccountId.s3-accesspoint.Region.amazonaws.com. When using this action with an access point through the Amazon Web Services SDKs, you provide the access point ARN in place of the bucket name. For more information about access point ARNs, see Using access points in the Amazon S3 User Guide. When using an Object Lambda access point the hostname takes the form AccessPointName-AccountId.s3-object-lambda.Region.amazonaws.com. When you use this action with Amazon S3 on Outposts, you must direct requests to the S3 on Outposts hostname. The S3 on Outposts hostname takes the form  AccessPointName-AccountId.outpostID.s3-outposts.Region.amazonaws.com. When you use this action with S3 on Outposts through the Amazon Web Services SDKs, you provide the Outposts access point ARN in place of the bucket name. For more information about S3 on Outposts ARNs, see What is S3 on Outposts in the Amazon S3 User Guide.
      */
     Bucket: BucketName;
     /**
@@ -2924,7 +2924,7 @@ declare namespace S3 {
      */
     Key: ObjectKey;
     /**
-     * Downloads the specified range bytes of an object. For more information about the HTTP Range header, see https://www.w3.org/Protocols/rfc2616/rfc2616-sec14.html#sec14.35.  Amazon S3 doesn't support retrieving multiple ranges of data per GET request. 
+     * Downloads the specified range bytes of an object. For more information about the HTTP Range header, see https://www.rfc-editor.org/rfc/rfc9110.html#name-range.  Amazon S3 doesn't support retrieving multiple ranges of data per GET request. 
      */
     Range?: Range;
     /**
@@ -3019,7 +3019,7 @@ declare namespace S3 {
   }
   export interface GetObjectTaggingRequest {
     /**
-     * The bucket name containing the object for which to get the tagging information.  When using this action with an access point, you must direct requests to the access point hostname. The access point hostname takes the form AccessPointName-AccountId.s3-accesspoint.Region.amazonaws.com. When using this action with an access point through the Amazon Web Services SDKs, you provide the access point ARN in place of the bucket name. For more information about access point ARNs, see Using access points in the Amazon S3 User Guide. When using this action with Amazon S3 on Outposts, you must direct requests to the S3 on Outposts hostname. The S3 on Outposts hostname takes the form  AccessPointName-AccountId.outpostID.s3-outposts.Region.amazonaws.com. When using this action with S3 on Outposts through the Amazon Web Services SDKs, you provide the Outposts bucket ARN in place of the bucket name. For more information about S3 on Outposts ARNs, see Using Amazon S3 on Outposts in the Amazon S3 User Guide.
+     * The bucket name containing the object for which to get the tagging information.  When using this action with an access point, you must direct requests to the access point hostname. The access point hostname takes the form AccessPointName-AccountId.s3-accesspoint.Region.amazonaws.com. When using this action with an access point through the Amazon Web Services SDKs, you provide the access point ARN in place of the bucket name. For more information about access point ARNs, see Using access points in the Amazon S3 User Guide. When you use this action with Amazon S3 on Outposts, you must direct requests to the S3 on Outposts hostname. The S3 on Outposts hostname takes the form  AccessPointName-AccountId.outpostID.s3-outposts.Region.amazonaws.com. When you use this action with S3 on Outposts through the Amazon Web Services SDKs, you provide the Outposts access point ARN in place of the bucket name. For more information about S3 on Outposts ARNs, see What is S3 on Outposts in the Amazon S3 User Guide.
      */
     Bucket: BucketName;
     /**
@@ -3120,7 +3120,7 @@ declare namespace S3 {
   export type Grants = Grant[];
   export interface HeadBucketRequest {
     /**
-     * The bucket name. When using this action with an access point, you must direct requests to the access point hostname. The access point hostname takes the form AccessPointName-AccountId.s3-accesspoint.Region.amazonaws.com. When using this action with an access point through the Amazon Web Services SDKs, you provide the access point ARN in place of the bucket name. For more information about access point ARNs, see Using access points in the Amazon S3 User Guide. When using this action with Amazon S3 on Outposts, you must direct requests to the S3 on Outposts hostname. The S3 on Outposts hostname takes the form  AccessPointName-AccountId.outpostID.s3-outposts.Region.amazonaws.com. When using this action with S3 on Outposts through the Amazon Web Services SDKs, you provide the Outposts bucket ARN in place of the bucket name. For more information about S3 on Outposts ARNs, see Using Amazon S3 on Outposts in the Amazon S3 User Guide.
+     * The bucket name. When using this action with an access point, you must direct requests to the access point hostname. The access point hostname takes the form AccessPointName-AccountId.s3-accesspoint.Region.amazonaws.com. When using this action with an access point through the Amazon Web Services SDKs, you provide the access point ARN in place of the bucket name. For more information about access point ARNs, see Using access points in the Amazon S3 User Guide. When you use this action with an Object Lambda access point, provide the alias of the Object Lambda access point in place of the bucket name. If the Object Lambda access point alias in a request is not valid, the error code InvalidAccessPointAliasError is returned. For more information about InvalidAccessPointAliasError, see List of Error Codes. When you use this action with Amazon S3 on Outposts, you must direct requests to the S3 on Outposts hostname. The S3 on Outposts hostname takes the form  AccessPointName-AccountId.outpostID.s3-outposts.Region.amazonaws.com. When you use this action with S3 on Outposts through the Amazon Web Services SDKs, you provide the Outposts access point ARN in place of the bucket name. For more information about S3 on Outposts ARNs, see What is S3 on Outposts in the Amazon S3 User Guide.
      */
     Bucket: BucketName;
     /**
@@ -3214,7 +3214,7 @@ declare namespace S3 {
      */
     WebsiteRedirectLocation?: WebsiteRedirectLocation;
     /**
-     * If the object is stored using server-side encryption either with an Amazon Web Services KMS key or an Amazon S3-managed encryption key, the response includes this header with the value of the server-side encryption algorithm used when storing this object in Amazon S3 (for example, AES256, aws:kms).
+     * The server-side encryption algorithm used when storing this object in Amazon S3 (for example, AES256, aws:kms).
      */
     ServerSideEncryption?: ServerSideEncryption;
     /**
@@ -3230,7 +3230,7 @@ declare namespace S3 {
      */
     SSECustomerKeyMD5?: SSECustomerKeyMD5;
     /**
-     * If present, specifies the ID of the Amazon Web Services Key Management Service (Amazon Web Services KMS) symmetric customer managed key that was used for the object.
+     * If present, specifies the ID of the Amazon Web Services Key Management Service (Amazon Web Services KMS) symmetric encryption customer managed key that was used for the object.
      */
     SSEKMSKeyId?: SSEKMSKeyId;
     /**
@@ -3265,7 +3265,7 @@ declare namespace S3 {
   }
   export interface HeadObjectRequest {
     /**
-     * The name of the bucket containing the object. When using this action with an access point, you must direct requests to the access point hostname. The access point hostname takes the form AccessPointName-AccountId.s3-accesspoint.Region.amazonaws.com. When using this action with an access point through the Amazon Web Services SDKs, you provide the access point ARN in place of the bucket name. For more information about access point ARNs, see Using access points in the Amazon S3 User Guide. When using this action with Amazon S3 on Outposts, you must direct requests to the S3 on Outposts hostname. The S3 on Outposts hostname takes the form  AccessPointName-AccountId.outpostID.s3-outposts.Region.amazonaws.com. When using this action with S3 on Outposts through the Amazon Web Services SDKs, you provide the Outposts bucket ARN in place of the bucket name. For more information about S3 on Outposts ARNs, see Using Amazon S3 on Outposts in the Amazon S3 User Guide.
+     * The name of the bucket containing the object. When using this action with an access point, you must direct requests to the access point hostname. The access point hostname takes the form AccessPointName-AccountId.s3-accesspoint.Region.amazonaws.com. When using this action with an access point through the Amazon Web Services SDKs, you provide the access point ARN in place of the bucket name. For more information about access point ARNs, see Using access points in the Amazon S3 User Guide. When you use this action with Amazon S3 on Outposts, you must direct requests to the S3 on Outposts hostname. The S3 on Outposts hostname takes the form  AccessPointName-AccountId.outpostID.s3-outposts.Region.amazonaws.com. When you use this action with S3 on Outposts through the Amazon Web Services SDKs, you provide the Outposts access point ARN in place of the bucket name. For more information about S3 on Outposts ARNs, see What is S3 on Outposts in the Amazon S3 User Guide.
      */
     Bucket: BucketName;
     /**
@@ -3289,7 +3289,7 @@ declare namespace S3 {
      */
     Key: ObjectKey;
     /**
-     * Because HeadObject returns only the metadata for an object, this parameter has no effect.
+     * HeadObject returns only the metadata for an object. If the Range is satisfiable, only the ContentLength is affected in the response. If the Range is not satisfiable, S3 returns a 416 - Requested Range Not Satisfiable error.
      */
     Range?: Range;
     /**
@@ -3540,7 +3540,7 @@ declare namespace S3 {
   }
   export interface LifecycleExpiration {
     /**
-     * Indicates at what date the object is to be moved or deleted. Should be in GMT ISO 8601 Format.
+     * Indicates at what date the object is to be moved or deleted. The date value must conform to the ISO 8601 format. The time is always midnight UTC.
      */
     Date?: _Date;
     /**
@@ -3808,7 +3808,7 @@ declare namespace S3 {
   }
   export interface ListMultipartUploadsRequest {
     /**
-     * The name of the bucket to which the multipart upload was initiated.  When using this action with an access point, you must direct requests to the access point hostname. The access point hostname takes the form AccessPointName-AccountId.s3-accesspoint.Region.amazonaws.com. When using this action with an access point through the Amazon Web Services SDKs, you provide the access point ARN in place of the bucket name. For more information about access point ARNs, see Using access points in the Amazon S3 User Guide. When using this action with Amazon S3 on Outposts, you must direct requests to the S3 on Outposts hostname. The S3 on Outposts hostname takes the form  AccessPointName-AccountId.outpostID.s3-outposts.Region.amazonaws.com. When using this action with S3 on Outposts through the Amazon Web Services SDKs, you provide the Outposts bucket ARN in place of the bucket name. For more information about S3 on Outposts ARNs, see Using Amazon S3 on Outposts in the Amazon S3 User Guide.
+     * The name of the bucket to which the multipart upload was initiated.  When using this action with an access point, you must direct requests to the access point hostname. The access point hostname takes the form AccessPointName-AccountId.s3-accesspoint.Region.amazonaws.com. When using this action with an access point through the Amazon Web Services SDKs, you provide the access point ARN in place of the bucket name. For more information about access point ARNs, see Using access points in the Amazon S3 User Guide. When you use this action with Amazon S3 on Outposts, you must direct requests to the S3 on Outposts hostname. The S3 on Outposts hostname takes the form  AccessPointName-AccountId.outpostID.s3-outposts.Region.amazonaws.com. When you use this action with S3 on Outposts through the Amazon Web Services SDKs, you provide the Outposts access point ARN in place of the bucket name. For more information about S3 on Outposts ARNs, see What is S3 on Outposts in the Amazon S3 User Guide.
      */
     Bucket: BucketName;
     /**
@@ -3966,7 +3966,7 @@ declare namespace S3 {
   }
   export interface ListObjectsRequest {
     /**
-     * The name of the bucket containing the objects. When using this action with an access point, you must direct requests to the access point hostname. The access point hostname takes the form AccessPointName-AccountId.s3-accesspoint.Region.amazonaws.com. When using this action with an access point through the Amazon Web Services SDKs, you provide the access point ARN in place of the bucket name. For more information about access point ARNs, see Using access points in the Amazon S3 User Guide. When using this action with Amazon S3 on Outposts, you must direct requests to the S3 on Outposts hostname. The S3 on Outposts hostname takes the form  AccessPointName-AccountId.outpostID.s3-outposts.Region.amazonaws.com. When using this action with S3 on Outposts through the Amazon Web Services SDKs, you provide the Outposts bucket ARN in place of the bucket name. For more information about S3 on Outposts ARNs, see Using Amazon S3 on Outposts in the Amazon S3 User Guide.
+     * The name of the bucket containing the objects. When using this action with an access point, you must direct requests to the access point hostname. The access point hostname takes the form AccessPointName-AccountId.s3-accesspoint.Region.amazonaws.com. When using this action with an access point through the Amazon Web Services SDKs, you provide the access point ARN in place of the bucket name. For more information about access point ARNs, see Using access points in the Amazon S3 User Guide. When you use this action with Amazon S3 on Outposts, you must direct requests to the S3 on Outposts hostname. The S3 on Outposts hostname takes the form  AccessPointName-AccountId.outpostID.s3-outposts.Region.amazonaws.com. When you use this action with S3 on Outposts through the Amazon Web Services SDKs, you provide the Outposts access point ARN in place of the bucket name. For more information about S3 on Outposts ARNs, see What is S3 on Outposts in the Amazon S3 User Guide.
      */
     Bucket: BucketName;
     /**
@@ -4005,7 +4005,7 @@ declare namespace S3 {
      */
     Contents?: ObjectList;
     /**
-     * The bucket name. When using this action with an access point, you must direct requests to the access point hostname. The access point hostname takes the form AccessPointName-AccountId.s3-accesspoint.Region.amazonaws.com. When using this action with an access point through the Amazon Web Services SDKs, you provide the access point ARN in place of the bucket name. For more information about access point ARNs, see Using access points in the Amazon S3 User Guide. When using this action with Amazon S3 on Outposts, you must direct requests to the S3 on Outposts hostname. The S3 on Outposts hostname takes the form  AccessPointName-AccountId.outpostID.s3-outposts.Region.amazonaws.com. When using this action with S3 on Outposts through the Amazon Web Services SDKs, you provide the Outposts bucket ARN in place of the bucket name. For more information about S3 on Outposts ARNs, see Using Amazon S3 on Outposts in the Amazon S3 User Guide.
+     * The bucket name. When using this action with an access point, you must direct requests to the access point hostname. The access point hostname takes the form AccessPointName-AccountId.s3-accesspoint.Region.amazonaws.com. When using this action with an access point through the Amazon Web Services SDKs, you provide the access point ARN in place of the bucket name. For more information about access point ARNs, see Using access points in the Amazon S3 User Guide. When you use this action with Amazon S3 on Outposts, you must direct requests to the S3 on Outposts hostname. The S3 on Outposts hostname takes the form  AccessPointName-AccountId.outpostID.s3-outposts.Region.amazonaws.com. When you use this action with S3 on Outposts through the Amazon Web Services SDKs, you provide the Outposts access point ARN in place of the bucket name. For more information about S3 on Outposts ARNs, see What is S3 on Outposts in the Amazon S3 User Guide.
      */
     Name?: BucketName;
     /**
@@ -4029,7 +4029,7 @@ declare namespace S3 {
      */
     EncodingType?: EncodingType;
     /**
-     * KeyCount is the number of keys returned with this request. KeyCount will always be less than or equals to MaxKeys field. Say you ask for 50 keys, your result will include less than equals 50 keys 
+     * KeyCount is the number of keys returned with this request. KeyCount will always be less than or equal to the MaxKeys field. Say you ask for 50 keys, your result will include 50 keys or fewer.
      */
     KeyCount?: KeyCount;
     /**
@@ -4047,7 +4047,7 @@ declare namespace S3 {
   }
   export interface ListObjectsV2Request {
     /**
-     * Bucket name to list.  When using this action with an access point, you must direct requests to the access point hostname. The access point hostname takes the form AccessPointName-AccountId.s3-accesspoint.Region.amazonaws.com. When using this action with an access point through the Amazon Web Services SDKs, you provide the access point ARN in place of the bucket name. For more information about access point ARNs, see Using access points in the Amazon S3 User Guide. When using this action with Amazon S3 on Outposts, you must direct requests to the S3 on Outposts hostname. The S3 on Outposts hostname takes the form  AccessPointName-AccountId.outpostID.s3-outposts.Region.amazonaws.com. When using this action with S3 on Outposts through the Amazon Web Services SDKs, you provide the Outposts bucket ARN in place of the bucket name. For more information about S3 on Outposts ARNs, see Using Amazon S3 on Outposts in the Amazon S3 User Guide.
+     * Bucket name to list.  When using this action with an access point, you must direct requests to the access point hostname. The access point hostname takes the form AccessPointName-AccountId.s3-accesspoint.Region.amazonaws.com. When using this action with an access point through the Amazon Web Services SDKs, you provide the access point ARN in place of the bucket name. For more information about access point ARNs, see Using access points in the Amazon S3 User Guide. When you use this action with Amazon S3 on Outposts, you must direct requests to the S3 on Outposts hostname. The S3 on Outposts hostname takes the form  AccessPointName-AccountId.outpostID.s3-outposts.Region.amazonaws.com. When you use this action with S3 on Outposts through the Amazon Web Services SDKs, you provide the Outposts access point ARN in place of the bucket name. For more information about S3 on Outposts ARNs, see What is S3 on Outposts in the Amazon S3 User Guide.
      */
     Bucket: BucketName;
     /**
@@ -4089,7 +4089,7 @@ declare namespace S3 {
   }
   export interface ListPartsOutput {
     /**
-     * If the bucket has a lifecycle rule configured with an action to abort incomplete multipart uploads and the prefix in the lifecycle rule matches the object name in the request, then the response includes this header indicating when the initiated multipart upload will become eligible for abort operation. For more information, see Aborting Incomplete Multipart Uploads Using a Bucket Lifecycle Policy. The response will also include the x-amz-abort-rule-id header that will provide the ID of the lifecycle configuration rule that defines this action.
+     * If the bucket has a lifecycle rule configured with an action to abort incomplete multipart uploads and the prefix in the lifecycle rule matches the object name in the request, then the response includes this header indicating when the initiated multipart upload will become eligible for abort operation. For more information, see Aborting Incomplete Multipart Uploads Using a Bucket Lifecycle Configuration. The response will also include the x-amz-abort-rule-id header that will provide the ID of the lifecycle configuration rule that defines this action.
      */
     AbortDate?: AbortDate;
     /**
@@ -4148,7 +4148,7 @@ declare namespace S3 {
   }
   export interface ListPartsRequest {
     /**
-     * The name of the bucket to which the parts are being uploaded.  When using this action with an access point, you must direct requests to the access point hostname. The access point hostname takes the form AccessPointName-AccountId.s3-accesspoint.Region.amazonaws.com. When using this action with an access point through the Amazon Web Services SDKs, you provide the access point ARN in place of the bucket name. For more information about access point ARNs, see Using access points in the Amazon S3 User Guide. When using this action with Amazon S3 on Outposts, you must direct requests to the S3 on Outposts hostname. The S3 on Outposts hostname takes the form  AccessPointName-AccountId.outpostID.s3-outposts.Region.amazonaws.com. When using this action with S3 on Outposts through the Amazon Web Services SDKs, you provide the Outposts bucket ARN in place of the bucket name. For more information about S3 on Outposts ARNs, see Using Amazon S3 on Outposts in the Amazon S3 User Guide.
+     * The name of the bucket to which the parts are being uploaded.  When using this action with an access point, you must direct requests to the access point hostname. The access point hostname takes the form AccessPointName-AccountId.s3-accesspoint.Region.amazonaws.com. When using this action with an access point through the Amazon Web Services SDKs, you provide the access point ARN in place of the bucket name. For more information about access point ARNs, see Using access points in the Amazon S3 User Guide. When you use this action with Amazon S3 on Outposts, you must direct requests to the S3 on Outposts hostname. The S3 on Outposts hostname takes the form  AccessPointName-AccountId.outpostID.s3-outposts.Region.amazonaws.com. When you use this action with S3 on Outposts through the Amazon Web Services SDKs, you provide the Outposts access point ARN in place of the bucket name. For more information about S3 on Outposts ARNs, see What is S3 on Outposts in the Amazon S3 User Guide.
      */
     Bucket: BucketName;
     /**
@@ -4250,7 +4250,7 @@ declare namespace S3 {
   }
   export interface MetricsConfiguration {
     /**
-     * The ID used to identify the metrics configuration.
+     * The ID used to identify the metrics configuration. The ID has a 64 character limit and can only contain letters, numbers, periods, dashes, and underscores.
      */
     Id: MetricsId;
     /**
@@ -4555,7 +4555,7 @@ declare namespace S3 {
   }
   export interface Owner {
     /**
-     * Container for the display name of the owner.
+     * Container for the display name of the owner. This value is only supported in the following Amazon Web Services Regions:   US East (N. Virginia)   US West (N. California)   US West (Oregon)   Asia Pacific (Singapore)   Asia Pacific (Sydney)   Asia Pacific (Tokyo)   Europe (Ireland)   South America (São Paulo)  
      */
     DisplayName?: DisplayName;
     /**
@@ -4771,7 +4771,7 @@ declare namespace S3 {
   }
   export interface PutBucketEncryptionRequest {
     /**
-     * Specifies default encryption for a bucket using server-side encryption with Amazon S3-managed keys (SSE-S3) or customer managed keys (SSE-KMS). For information about the Amazon S3 default encryption feature, see Amazon S3 Default Bucket Encryption in the Amazon S3 User Guide.
+     * Specifies default encryption for a bucket using server-side encryption with different key options. By default, all buckets have a default encryption configuration that uses server-side encryption with Amazon S3 managed keys (SSE-S3). You can optionally configure default encryption for a bucket by using server-side encryption with an Amazon Web Services KMS key (SSE-KMS) or a customer-provided key (SSE-C). For information about the bucket default encryption feature, see Amazon S3 Bucket Default Encryption in the Amazon S3 User Guide.
      */
     Bucket: BucketName;
     /**
@@ -4888,7 +4888,7 @@ declare namespace S3 {
      */
     Bucket: BucketName;
     /**
-     * The ID used to identify the metrics configuration.
+     * The ID used to identify the metrics configuration. The ID has a 64 character limit and can only contain letters, numbers, periods, dashes, and underscores.
      */
     Id: MetricsId;
     /**
@@ -5141,7 +5141,7 @@ declare namespace S3 {
      */
     GrantWriteACP?: GrantWriteACP;
     /**
-     * Key for which the PUT action was initiated. When using this action with an access point, you must direct requests to the access point hostname. The access point hostname takes the form AccessPointName-AccountId.s3-accesspoint.Region.amazonaws.com. When using this action with an access point through the Amazon Web Services SDKs, you provide the access point ARN in place of the bucket name. For more information about access point ARNs, see Using access points in the Amazon S3 User Guide. When using this action with Amazon S3 on Outposts, you must direct requests to the S3 on Outposts hostname. The S3 on Outposts hostname takes the form  AccessPointName-AccountId.outpostID.s3-outposts.Region.amazonaws.com. When using this action with S3 on Outposts through the Amazon Web Services SDKs, you provide the Outposts bucket ARN in place of the bucket name. For more information about S3 on Outposts ARNs, see Using Amazon S3 on Outposts in the Amazon S3 User Guide.
+     * Key for which the PUT action was initiated. When using this action with an access point, you must direct requests to the access point hostname. The access point hostname takes the form AccessPointName-AccountId.s3-accesspoint.Region.amazonaws.com. When using this action with an access point through the Amazon Web Services SDKs, you provide the access point ARN in place of the bucket name. For more information about access point ARNs, see Using access points in the Amazon S3 User Guide. When you use this action with Amazon S3 on Outposts, you must direct requests to the S3 on Outposts hostname. The S3 on Outposts hostname takes the form  AccessPointName-AccountId.outpostID.s3-outposts.Region.amazonaws.com. When you use this action with S3 on Outposts through the Amazon Web Services SDKs, you provide the Outposts access point ARN in place of the bucket name. For more information about S3 on Outposts ARNs, see What is S3 on Outposts in the Amazon S3 User Guide.
      */
     Key: ObjectKey;
     RequestPayer?: RequestPayer;
@@ -5244,7 +5244,7 @@ declare namespace S3 {
      */
     ChecksumSHA256?: ChecksumSHA256;
     /**
-     * If you specified server-side encryption either with an Amazon Web Services KMS key or Amazon S3-managed encryption key in your PUT request, the response includes this header. It confirms the encryption algorithm that Amazon S3 used to encrypt the object.
+     * The server-side encryption algorithm used when storing this object in Amazon S3 (for example, AES256, aws:kms).
      */
     ServerSideEncryption?: ServerSideEncryption;
     /**
@@ -5260,11 +5260,11 @@ declare namespace S3 {
      */
     SSECustomerKeyMD5?: SSECustomerKeyMD5;
     /**
-     * If x-amz-server-side-encryption is present and has the value of aws:kms, this header specifies the ID of the Amazon Web Services Key Management Service (Amazon Web Services KMS) symmetric customer managed key that was used for the object. 
+     * If x-amz-server-side-encryption is has a valid value of aws:kms, this header specifies the ID of the Amazon Web Services Key Management Service (Amazon Web Services KMS) symmetric encryption customer managed key that was used for the object. 
      */
     SSEKMSKeyId?: SSEKMSKeyId;
     /**
-     * If present, specifies the Amazon Web Services KMS Encryption Context to use for object encryption. The value of this header is a base64-encoded UTF-8 string holding JSON with the encryption context key-value pairs.
+     * If present, specifies the Amazon Web Services KMS Encryption Context to use for object encryption. The value of this header is a base64-encoded UTF-8 string holding JSON with the encryption context key-value pairs. This value is stored as object metadata and automatically gets passed on to Amazon Web Services KMS for future GetObject or CopyObject operations on this object.
      */
     SSEKMSEncryptionContext?: SSEKMSEncryptionContext;
     /**
@@ -5283,7 +5283,7 @@ declare namespace S3 {
      */
     Body?: Body;
     /**
-     * The bucket name to which the PUT action was initiated.  When using this action with an access point, you must direct requests to the access point hostname. The access point hostname takes the form AccessPointName-AccountId.s3-accesspoint.Region.amazonaws.com. When using this action with an access point through the Amazon Web Services SDKs, you provide the access point ARN in place of the bucket name. For more information about access point ARNs, see Using access points in the Amazon S3 User Guide. When using this action with Amazon S3 on Outposts, you must direct requests to the S3 on Outposts hostname. The S3 on Outposts hostname takes the form  AccessPointName-AccountId.outpostID.s3-outposts.Region.amazonaws.com. When using this action with S3 on Outposts through the Amazon Web Services SDKs, you provide the Outposts bucket ARN in place of the bucket name. For more information about S3 on Outposts ARNs, see Using Amazon S3 on Outposts in the Amazon S3 User Guide.
+     * The bucket name to which the PUT action was initiated.  When using this action with an access point, you must direct requests to the access point hostname. The access point hostname takes the form AccessPointName-AccountId.s3-accesspoint.Region.amazonaws.com. When using this action with an access point through the Amazon Web Services SDKs, you provide the access point ARN in place of the bucket name. For more information about access point ARNs, see Using access points in the Amazon S3 User Guide. When you use this action with Amazon S3 on Outposts, you must direct requests to the S3 on Outposts hostname. The S3 on Outposts hostname takes the form  AccessPointName-AccountId.outpostID.s3-outposts.Region.amazonaws.com. When you use this action with S3 on Outposts through the Amazon Web Services SDKs, you provide the Outposts access point ARN in place of the bucket name. For more information about S3 on Outposts ARNs, see What is S3 on Outposts in the Amazon S3 User Guide.
      */
     Bucket: BucketName;
     /**
@@ -5291,11 +5291,11 @@ declare namespace S3 {
      */
     CacheControl?: CacheControl;
     /**
-     * Specifies presentational information for the object. For more information, see http://www.w3.org/Protocols/rfc2616/rfc2616-sec19.html#sec19.5.1.
+     * Specifies presentational information for the object. For more information, see https://www.rfc-editor.org/rfc/rfc6266#section-4.
      */
     ContentDisposition?: ContentDisposition;
     /**
-     * Specifies what content encodings have been applied to the object and thus what decoding mechanisms must be applied to obtain the media-type referenced by the Content-Type header field. For more information, see http://www.w3.org/Protocols/rfc2616/rfc2616-sec14.html#sec14.11.
+     * Specifies what content encodings have been applied to the object and thus what decoding mechanisms must be applied to obtain the media-type referenced by the Content-Type header field. For more information, see https://www.rfc-editor.org/rfc/rfc9110.html#field.content-encoding.
      */
     ContentEncoding?: ContentEncoding;
     /**
@@ -5303,7 +5303,7 @@ declare namespace S3 {
      */
     ContentLanguage?: ContentLanguage;
     /**
-     * Size of the body in bytes. This parameter is useful when the size of the body cannot be determined automatically. For more information, see http://www.w3.org/Protocols/rfc2616/rfc2616-sec14.html#sec14.13.
+     * Size of the body in bytes. This parameter is useful when the size of the body cannot be determined automatically. For more information, see https://www.rfc-editor.org/rfc/rfc9110.html#name-content-length.
      */
     ContentLength?: ContentLength;
     /**
@@ -5311,7 +5311,7 @@ declare namespace S3 {
      */
     ContentMD5?: ContentMD5;
     /**
-     * A standard MIME type describing the format of the contents. For more information, see http://www.w3.org/Protocols/rfc2616/rfc2616-sec14.html#sec14.17.
+     * A standard MIME type describing the format of the contents. For more information, see https://www.rfc-editor.org/rfc/rfc9110.html#name-content-type.
      */
     ContentType?: ContentType;
     /**
@@ -5335,7 +5335,7 @@ declare namespace S3 {
      */
     ChecksumSHA256?: ChecksumSHA256;
     /**
-     * The date and time at which the object is no longer cacheable. For more information, see http://www.w3.org/Protocols/rfc2616/rfc2616-sec14.html#sec14.21.
+     * The date and time at which the object is no longer cacheable. For more information, see https://www.rfc-editor.org/rfc/rfc7234#section-5.3.
      */
     Expires?: Expires;
     /**
@@ -5387,11 +5387,11 @@ declare namespace S3 {
      */
     SSECustomerKeyMD5?: SSECustomerKeyMD5;
     /**
-     * If x-amz-server-side-encryption is present and has the value of aws:kms, this header specifies the ID of the Amazon Web Services Key Management Service (Amazon Web Services KMS) symmetrical customer managed key that was used for the object. If you specify x-amz-server-side-encryption:aws:kms, but do not provide x-amz-server-side-encryption-aws-kms-key-id, Amazon S3 uses the Amazon Web Services managed key to protect the data. If the KMS key does not exist in the same account issuing the command, you must use the full ARN and not just the ID. 
+     * If x-amz-server-side-encryption has a valid value of aws:kms, this header specifies the ID of the Amazon Web Services Key Management Service (Amazon Web Services KMS) symmetric encryption customer managed key that was used for the object. If you specify x-amz-server-side-encryption:aws:kms, but do not provide x-amz-server-side-encryption-aws-kms-key-id, Amazon S3 uses the Amazon Web Services managed key to protect the data. If the KMS key does not exist in the same account issuing the command, you must use the full ARN and not just the ID. 
      */
     SSEKMSKeyId?: SSEKMSKeyId;
     /**
-     * Specifies the Amazon Web Services KMS Encryption Context to use for object encryption. The value of this header is a base64-encoded UTF-8 string holding JSON with the encryption context key-value pairs.
+     * Specifies the Amazon Web Services KMS Encryption Context to use for object encryption. The value of this header is a base64-encoded UTF-8 string holding JSON with the encryption context key-value pairs. This value is stored as object metadata and automatically gets passed on to Amazon Web Services KMS for future GetObject or CopyObject operations on this object.
      */
     SSEKMSEncryptionContext?: SSEKMSEncryptionContext;
     /**
@@ -5466,7 +5466,7 @@ declare namespace S3 {
   }
   export interface PutObjectTaggingRequest {
     /**
-     * The bucket name containing the object.  When using this action with an access point, you must direct requests to the access point hostname. The access point hostname takes the form AccessPointName-AccountId.s3-accesspoint.Region.amazonaws.com. When using this action with an access point through the Amazon Web Services SDKs, you provide the access point ARN in place of the bucket name. For more information about access point ARNs, see Using access points in the Amazon S3 User Guide. When using this action with Amazon S3 on Outposts, you must direct requests to the S3 on Outposts hostname. The S3 on Outposts hostname takes the form  AccessPointName-AccountId.outpostID.s3-outposts.Region.amazonaws.com. When using this action with S3 on Outposts through the Amazon Web Services SDKs, you provide the Outposts bucket ARN in place of the bucket name. For more information about S3 on Outposts ARNs, see Using Amazon S3 on Outposts in the Amazon S3 User Guide.
+     * The bucket name containing the object.  When using this action with an access point, you must direct requests to the access point hostname. The access point hostname takes the form AccessPointName-AccountId.s3-accesspoint.Region.amazonaws.com. When using this action with an access point through the Amazon Web Services SDKs, you provide the access point ARN in place of the bucket name. For more information about access point ARNs, see Using access points in the Amazon S3 User Guide. When you use this action with Amazon S3 on Outposts, you must direct requests to the S3 on Outposts hostname. The S3 on Outposts hostname takes the form  AccessPointName-AccountId.outpostID.s3-outposts.Region.amazonaws.com. When you use this action with S3 on Outposts through the Amazon Web Services SDKs, you provide the Outposts access point ARN in place of the bucket name. For more information about S3 on Outposts ARNs, see What is S3 on Outposts in the Amazon S3 User Guide.
      */
     Bucket: BucketName;
     /**
@@ -5630,7 +5630,7 @@ declare namespace S3 {
      */
     SourceSelectionCriteria?: SourceSelectionCriteria;
     /**
-     * 
+     * Optional configuration to replicate existing source bucket objects. For more information, see Replicating Existing Objects in the Amazon S3 User Guide. 
      */
     ExistingObjectReplication?: ExistingObjectReplication;
     /**
@@ -5715,7 +5715,7 @@ declare namespace S3 {
   }
   export interface RestoreObjectRequest {
     /**
-     * The bucket name containing the object to restore.  When using this action with an access point, you must direct requests to the access point hostname. The access point hostname takes the form AccessPointName-AccountId.s3-accesspoint.Region.amazonaws.com. When using this action with an access point through the Amazon Web Services SDKs, you provide the access point ARN in place of the bucket name. For more information about access point ARNs, see Using access points in the Amazon S3 User Guide. When using this action with Amazon S3 on Outposts, you must direct requests to the S3 on Outposts hostname. The S3 on Outposts hostname takes the form  AccessPointName-AccountId.outpostID.s3-outposts.Region.amazonaws.com. When using this action with S3 on Outposts through the Amazon Web Services SDKs, you provide the Outposts bucket ARN in place of the bucket name. For more information about S3 on Outposts ARNs, see Using Amazon S3 on Outposts in the Amazon S3 User Guide.
+     * The bucket name containing the object to restore.  When using this action with an access point, you must direct requests to the access point hostname. The access point hostname takes the form AccessPointName-AccountId.s3-accesspoint.Region.amazonaws.com. When using this action with an access point through the Amazon Web Services SDKs, you provide the access point ARN in place of the bucket name. For more information about access point ARNs, see Using access points in the Amazon S3 User Guide. When you use this action with Amazon S3 on Outposts, you must direct requests to the S3 on Outposts hostname. The S3 on Outposts hostname takes the form  AccessPointName-AccountId.outpostID.s3-outposts.Region.amazonaws.com. When you use this action with S3 on Outposts through the Amazon Web Services SDKs, you provide the Outposts access point ARN in place of the bucket name. For more information about S3 on Outposts ARNs, see What is S3 on Outposts in the Amazon S3 User Guide.
      */
     Bucket: BucketName;
     /**
@@ -5846,7 +5846,7 @@ declare namespace S3 {
   export type SSECustomerKeyMD5 = string;
   export interface SSEKMS {
     /**
-     * Specifies the ID of the Amazon Web Services Key Management Service (Amazon Web Services KMS) symmetric customer managed key to use for encrypting inventory reports.
+     * Specifies the ID of the Amazon Web Services Key Management Service (Amazon Web Services KMS) symmetric encryption customer managed key to use for encrypting inventory reports.
      */
     KeyId: SSEKMSKeyId;
   }
@@ -5946,7 +5946,7 @@ declare namespace S3 {
      */
     SSEAlgorithm: ServerSideEncryption;
     /**
-     * Amazon Web Services Key Management Service (KMS) customer Amazon Web Services KMS key ID to use for the default encryption. This parameter is allowed if and only if SSEAlgorithm is set to aws:kms. You can specify the key ID or the Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the KMS key. However, if you are using encryption with cross-account or Amazon Web Services service operations you must use a fully qualified KMS key ARN. For more information, see Using encryption for cross-account operations.   For example:    Key ID: 1234abcd-12ab-34cd-56ef-1234567890ab    Key ARN: arn:aws:kms:us-east-2:111122223333:key/1234abcd-12ab-34cd-56ef-1234567890ab     Amazon S3 only supports symmetric KMS keys and not asymmetric KMS keys. For more information, see Using symmetric and asymmetric keys in the Amazon Web Services Key Management Service Developer Guide. 
+     * Amazon Web Services Key Management Service (KMS) customer Amazon Web Services KMS key ID to use for the default encryption. This parameter is allowed if and only if SSEAlgorithm is set to aws:kms. You can specify the key ID or the Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the KMS key. If you use a key ID, you can run into a LogDestination undeliverable error when creating a VPC flow log.  If you are using encryption with cross-account or Amazon Web Services service operations you must use a fully qualified KMS key ARN. For more information, see Using encryption for cross-account operations.    Key ID: 1234abcd-12ab-34cd-56ef-1234567890ab    Key ARN: arn:aws:kms:us-east-2:111122223333:key/1234abcd-12ab-34cd-56ef-1234567890ab     Amazon S3 only supports symmetric encryption KMS keys. For more information, see Asymmetric keys in Amazon Web Services KMS in the Amazon Web Services Key Management Service Developer Guide. 
      */
     KMSMasterKeyID?: SSEKMSKeyId;
   }
@@ -6144,7 +6144,7 @@ declare namespace S3 {
      */
     SSECustomerKeyMD5?: SSECustomerKeyMD5;
     /**
-     * If present, specifies the ID of the Amazon Web Services Key Management Service (Amazon Web Services KMS) symmetric customer managed key that was used for the object.
+     * If present, specifies the ID of the Amazon Web Services Key Management Service (Amazon Web Services KMS) symmetric encryption customer managed key that was used for the object.
      */
     SSEKMSKeyId?: SSEKMSKeyId;
     /**
@@ -6155,7 +6155,7 @@ declare namespace S3 {
   }
   export interface UploadPartCopyRequest {
     /**
-     * The bucket name. When using this action with an access point, you must direct requests to the access point hostname. The access point hostname takes the form AccessPointName-AccountId.s3-accesspoint.Region.amazonaws.com. When using this action with an access point through the Amazon Web Services SDKs, you provide the access point ARN in place of the bucket name. For more information about access point ARNs, see Using access points in the Amazon S3 User Guide. When using this action with Amazon S3 on Outposts, you must direct requests to the S3 on Outposts hostname. The S3 on Outposts hostname takes the form  AccessPointName-AccountId.outpostID.s3-outposts.Region.amazonaws.com. When using this action with S3 on Outposts through the Amazon Web Services SDKs, you provide the Outposts bucket ARN in place of the bucket name. For more information about S3 on Outposts ARNs, see Using Amazon S3 on Outposts in the Amazon S3 User Guide.
+     * The bucket name. When using this action with an access point, you must direct requests to the access point hostname. The access point hostname takes the form AccessPointName-AccountId.s3-accesspoint.Region.amazonaws.com. When using this action with an access point through the Amazon Web Services SDKs, you provide the access point ARN in place of the bucket name. For more information about access point ARNs, see Using access points in the Amazon S3 User Guide. When you use this action with Amazon S3 on Outposts, you must direct requests to the S3 on Outposts hostname. The S3 on Outposts hostname takes the form  AccessPointName-AccountId.outpostID.s3-outposts.Region.amazonaws.com. When you use this action with S3 on Outposts through the Amazon Web Services SDKs, you provide the Outposts access point ARN in place of the bucket name. For more information about S3 on Outposts ARNs, see What is S3 on Outposts in the Amazon S3 User Guide.
      */
     Bucket: BucketName;
     /**
@@ -6262,7 +6262,7 @@ declare namespace S3 {
      */
     SSECustomerKeyMD5?: SSECustomerKeyMD5;
     /**
-     * If present, specifies the ID of the Amazon Web Services Key Management Service (Amazon Web Services KMS) symmetric customer managed key was used for the object.
+     * If present, specifies the ID of the Amazon Web Services Key Management Service (Amazon Web Services KMS) symmetric encryption customer managed key was used for the object.
      */
     SSEKMSKeyId?: SSEKMSKeyId;
     /**
@@ -6277,7 +6277,7 @@ declare namespace S3 {
      */
     Body?: Body;
     /**
-     * The name of the bucket to which the multipart upload was initiated. When using this action with an access point, you must direct requests to the access point hostname. The access point hostname takes the form AccessPointName-AccountId.s3-accesspoint.Region.amazonaws.com. When using this action with an access point through the Amazon Web Services SDKs, you provide the access point ARN in place of the bucket name. For more information about access point ARNs, see Using access points in the Amazon S3 User Guide. When using this action with Amazon S3 on Outposts, you must direct requests to the S3 on Outposts hostname. The S3 on Outposts hostname takes the form  AccessPointName-AccountId.outpostID.s3-outposts.Region.amazonaws.com. When using this action with S3 on Outposts through the Amazon Web Services SDKs, you provide the Outposts bucket ARN in place of the bucket name. For more information about S3 on Outposts ARNs, see Using Amazon S3 on Outposts in the Amazon S3 User Guide.
+     * The name of the bucket to which the multipart upload was initiated. When using this action with an access point, you must direct requests to the access point hostname. The access point hostname takes the form AccessPointName-AccountId.s3-accesspoint.Region.amazonaws.com. When using this action with an access point through the Amazon Web Services SDKs, you provide the access point ARN in place of the bucket name. For more information about access point ARNs, see Using access points in the Amazon S3 User Guide. When you use this action with Amazon S3 on Outposts, you must direct requests to the S3 on Outposts hostname. The S3 on Outposts hostname takes the form  AccessPointName-AccountId.outpostID.s3-outposts.Region.amazonaws.com. When you use this action with S3 on Outposts through the Amazon Web Services SDKs, you provide the Outposts access point ARN in place of the bucket name. For more information about S3 on Outposts ARNs, see What is S3 on Outposts in the Amazon S3 User Guide.
      */
     Bucket: BucketName;
     /**
@@ -6385,7 +6385,7 @@ declare namespace S3 {
      */
     Body?: Body;
     /**
-     * The integer status code for an HTTP response of a corresponding GetObject request.  Status Codes     200 - OK     206 - Partial Content     304 - Not Modified     400 - Bad Request     401 - Unauthorized     403 - Forbidden     404 - Not Found     405 - Method Not Allowed     409 - Conflict     411 - Length Required     412 - Precondition Failed     416 - Range Not Satisfiable     500 - Internal Server Error     503 - Service Unavailable   
+     * The integer status code for an HTTP response of a corresponding GetObject request. The following is a list of status codes.    200 - OK     206 - Partial Content     304 - Not Modified     400 - Bad Request     401 - Unauthorized     403 - Forbidden     404 - Not Found     405 - Method Not Allowed     409 - Conflict     411 - Length Required     412 - Precondition Failed     416 - Range Not Satisfiable     500 - Internal Server Error     503 - Service Unavailable   
      */
     StatusCode?: GetObjectResponseStatusCode;
     /**
@@ -6506,7 +6506,7 @@ declare namespace S3 {
      */
     SSECustomerAlgorithm?: SSECustomerAlgorithm;
     /**
-     *  If present, specifies the ID of the Amazon Web Services Key Management Service (Amazon Web Services KMS) symmetric customer managed key that was used for stored in Amazon S3 object. 
+     *  If present, specifies the ID of the Amazon Web Services Key Management Service (Amazon Web Services KMS) symmetric encryption customer managed key that was used for stored in Amazon S3 object. 
      */
     SSEKMSKeyId?: SSEKMSKeyId;
     /**